Skip to main content

Full text of "Annual Bibliography Of Indian Archaeology Vol VIII"

See other formats


KERN INSTITUTE - LEYDEN 

-OC HlN ; . . 




ANNUAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF INDIAN 

ARCHAEOLOGY 



FOR THE YEAR 1933 



PUBLISHED WITH THR AID OP THE GOVERNMENT OF 
NETHERLANDS INDIA. THE IMPERIAL GOVERNMENT 
OP INDIA. THE GOVERNMF.STS OF H t H THE NIZAM 
OP HYDERABAD. IL H. THE MAHARAJA GAEKWAR OF 
UARODA, H. H. THP. MAHARAJA OF TRAVANCORE. ILK 
THE MAHARAJA OF COCHIN. AND THE GOVERNMENT 



OF CEYLON 



VOLUME VIII 





LEYDEN E. J. BRILL LTD. — 1*86 



ANNUAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF INDIAN ARCHEOLOGY 





C& /\ 



KERN INSTITUTE — LEYDEN 



ANNUAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF INDIAN 

ARCHAEOLOGY 

FOR THE YEAR 1933 



PUBLISHED WITH THE AID OF THE GOVERNMENT OF 
NETHERLANDS INDIA. THE IMPERIAL GOVERNMENT 
OF INDIA. THE GOVERNMENTS OF H. E. H THE NIZAM 
OF HYDERABAD. H. H. THE MAHARAJA GAF.KWAR OF 
BARODA. H.H. THE MAHARAJA OF TRAVANCORE. H. H. 
THE MAHARAJA OF COCHIN. AND THE GOVERNMENT 

OF CEYLON 



VOLUME VIII 




LEYDEN: E. J. BRILL LTD. — 1935 



EDITORIAL BOARD 



J. Pit. Vogel, c.i.e., ph.d., Professor of Sanskrit, University of Leyden. 

N. J. Krom, ph.d., Professor of Indo-Javanese Archeology, University of Leyden. 

J. H. Kramixs, lld.. Lecturer in Persian and Turkish, University of Leyden. 

Naoshiro Fukusiiima, Professor of Sanskrit in the Imperial University, Tokyo. 

Rimala Chcrx Law, m.a.. ■.t_, ph.d.. Editor of ’Indian Culture', Calcutta. 

Hermann Goetz, ph.d.. Conservator of the Kem Institute, Secretary. 

A. J. Bern IT Kempers, ph.d., Conservator of the Kem Institute, Joint-Secretary. 

HONORARY EDITORS 

Rao Bahadur, S. Krishnaswami Aivangar, m.a., ph.d., late Professor of Indian 
History and Archeology in the University’ of Madras. 

Amrrogio Ballini, Professor of Sanskrit in the ‘University Cattolica del Sacro 
Cuore', Mibn, Italy. 

Rai Bahadur. Ramaprasad Ciianda, r.a., p.a.s.r., bte Superintendent, Archeo- 
logical Section, Indian Museum. Calcutta. 

George Cants. Directeur dc 1'fccok Frantaise d'Extrime-Orient, Hanoi. Indo-Chinc. 

Ananda K. Coomaraswamy, D.Sc’., Fellow for Research in Indian, Persian, and 
Muhammadan Art, Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, Mass., U. S. A. 

Victor Golourew, ph.d., Membre de I'Kcolc Franchise d'Extrtmc-Orient, Hanoi, 
Indo-Chine. 

Rp.np. Grousset, Conservateur du Music Cemuschi et Conscrvateur-adjoint au 
Music Guimet, Paris. 

Kiian Bahadur, Mavlvi Zapar Hasan, r.a., late Deputy Director-General of 
Archeology, Simla, India. 

A. M. Hoc ART, late Archaeological Commissioner. Ceylon. 

Rai Bahadur, Data Ram Sahxi, m.a., late Director-General of Archeology in 
India, Simla, India. 

Hirananda Sastri, m.a., M.O.L., tir.o. Director of Archeology, Baroda, and late 
Government Epigraphist, Indb. 



NOTICE 

The Editorial Board wishes to render this Annual Bibliography as complete as 
possible, especially with regard to publications appearing in Indb. Authors are 
particularly requested to supply the Kern Institute with copies of any articles dealing 
with Indian archeology and allied subjects so that they may be duly noted in further 
issues of the Bibliography. 




FOREWORD. 



Since the appearance of Volume VII of this Bibliography, in June 1934, some 
important changes have taken place in the Editorial Board. In the Foreword to that 
volume we have already had occasion to note that, owing to Dr. FAbri's departure 
to India, his connexion with the editing of the Annual Bibliography of Indian 
Arihaology has been severed. Here we wish again to record our great indebtedness 
to Dr. FA MI for the amount of labour devoted by him to the editorial work for a 
number of years. Whatever success the Bibliography has achieved U in no small 
measure due to his indefatigable industry. 

Mr. Naoshiro Fukcsiiima, Professor of Sanskrit in the Imperial University of 
Tokyo, who for the last two years had rendered us valuable assistance in the capacity 
of an honorary editor, has now acceded to our wish and accepted a place in the 
Editorial Board. It has been with some difficulty that we have |>ersuadcd him to assume 
a position more in agreement with the great significance of his collaboration by which 
we arc enabled to include all important Japanese publications in this bibliography. In 
his letter of a6th August 1934 Professor FtnOStmiA declared his willingness to join 
our Editorial Board 'in the name of the international cooperation between scholars’; 
we welcome his consent given on this account all the more gladly. 

With no less satisfaction do we welcome Dr. Bimala Chum Law of Calcutta as 
a new member of our Editorial Board. It is fit that the country* which occupies the 
most important and, indeed, the central place in our Bibliography should be represented 
among its Editors. Dr. Law has not only distinguished himself especially in the domain 
of Buddhist studies (with which Indian archaeology is so closely associated), but he 
moreover enjoys a well merited reputation as a generous patron of antiquarian research. 
In both these capacities he has undertaken to further the interests of this annua) 
publication and it is mainly due to his vigorous support that we are able to bring 
out the present volume essentially on the same lines as had been followed in pre- 
vious issues. 

Dr. A. J. Bkrmet Kkmfers, whose name appears now for the first time among 
the Editors, is not indeed new to the work, as several years back he voluntarily 
rendered us valuable help in the editorial work. Certain measures of economy, sug- 
gested by him and put into practice in the present volume, have resulted in a con- 
siderable saving of space without, however, affecting the essential elements. The 
measures adopted find sufficient justification in the serious decrease in income, suffered 




VI 



by the Kern Institute of late years which, however natural it may be in the prevailing 
economic conditions, was none the less alarming and called for immediate redress. 

As stated in the Foreword to the Annual Bibliography for Ikr year /gjl (p. V), 
the Government of Netherlands India had been obliged to reduce their annual grant 
towards this publication from jooo to 1000 guilders. Whosoever is but slightly acquainted 
with the distressing financial situation by which the said Government is faced will not 
marvel that a further reduction from 1000 to 500 guilders has now appeared to be 
unavoidable. We have, indeed, every reason to be thankful that the grant-in-aid which 
hitherto has been our main stay has not been withdrawn altogether. 

The is not all. The drastic reduction of our chief subsidy was attended by a 
gradual fall in members and supporters. Last but not least, the fall of the Pound 
which was closely followed by that of the Rupee, added to our embarassment. As a 
result, the Bibliography is now supplied to our Indian members at a price (via. the 
annual fee of membership) below the cost of production. And this term should be 
understood as applying merely to the printing charges, the laborious editorial work 
being left out of account. It would be a natural and certainly not unreasonable 
expedient to raise the annual fee of six Rupees which has been fixed for members 
in India. It is however clear that such a measure might quite well have a contrary 
effect from that in view. Besides, it is our wish to keep the Bibliography within reach 
of that honourable but often indigent class of Pandits who from ancient times have 
regarded the essence of the (aitrat as their principal wealth. 

In this dilemma w« have ventured to appeal for aid and support to those Rulers 
of the autonomous States of India who enjoy the reputation of generous patrons of 
indigenous art and antiquarian research. It seemed by no means unreasonable to hope 
that they might be found willing to favour an enterprise calculated to promote the 
noble cause of Indian archxology. 

The result of our firat steps in this direction has not belied our expectations. 
The Government of H. E. H. the Nizam of Hyderabad-Deccan, the premier ruling 
chief of India, was the first to sanction an annual grant of Rs. 200.— for the period 
of five years. Their Highnesses, the Maharajas of Travancore and of Cochin have 
likewise lent their generous support and it is hoped that others among the enlight- 
ened rulers of the more progressive States will listen to our appeal. It is gratifying 
that the Government of Ceylon, too. have evidenced their appreciation of the Biblio- 
graphy by sanctioning a grant-in aid of Rs. 250.— In this connexion we wish also 
gratefully to record a gift received from His Highness the Maharaja Gaekwar of 
Baroda for the furtherance of the work of the Kern Institute in general in addition to 
a very liberal donation for the preservation and publication of the ancient manuscripts 
of Bali 1 . Another most welcome gift was received by us from H. H. Sir Kaiser 
SiiuM SHDt Jung Bahadur Rana. K. B. E.. Commanding General of Nepal. The gracious 

1 Since -riling the above, we ban: bom informed ibal Ha hue, moreover, 

sanctioned a subsidy towards ihe puttkatioo of the present volume. 




VII 



letter, dated the 8th January 1935, in which he communicated to us his readiness to 
render his support to the editing of the Annual Bibliography, conveyed at the same 
time the important news that Sir Kaiser Shumsher has assumed the position of 
Director General of Archeology for Nepal and in that capacity has undertaken 
explorations on the ancient site of the Lumbinivana, the birth-place of the Buddha. It 
is a matter ot no small gratification that the archaeological interests of a country par- 
ticularly rich in ancient remains have now been entrusted to such able hands. We wish 
Sir Kaiser Shumsher every success in his great undertaking. 

Notwithstanding the imposing array of combined auxiliary forces which have come 
to the rescue and which undoubtedly bode a substantial improvement in the financial 
position of the Bibliography, we have deemed it prudent to adopt certain measures, 
alluded to above, which, while tending to reduce the bulk of the present volume, have 
not, we believe, resulted in any material loss. Some of the measures adopted, such 
as the employment of certain abbreviations, will indeed hardly be noticed even by those 
who have had occasion to handle the volumes previously published. Some, such as the 
omission of academic and honorific titles in connexion with the names of authors, will 
perhaps be regretted, but this measure having been carried through systematically, the 
regret need not be embittered by envy. An alteration of some greater import relates 
to archeological and historical journals which in the preceding issues used to be enu- 
merated under the letter A (Periodicals) in the different sections of the bibliography 
to which they belong, the full contents of each journal being added in each case. In 
the present volume the titles and contents of periodicals have been noticed in the 
bibliography proper only in exceptional cases, vis., when the various articles contained 
in a journal are not separately dealt with or when a particular issue of a journal has 
been made the subject of a review. The list of abbreviations, however, which was a 
constant feature of previous volumes has not only been retained, but has now been 
extended to a complete list of the periodicals with which we are concerned'. Those 
persons who are in the habit of consulting our Bibliography will be best able to judge 
whether this new arrangement is likely to cause any inconvenience. If such proved to 
be the case, it would be an inducement for reverting to the old arrangement. We 
trust, however, that such a retrograde movement will not be called for and that, on 
the contrary, the bibliography will be found to have gained in practical utility. 

The modified method now adopted may easily lead to a misunderstanding with 
regard to the exhaustiveness of the present issue as compared with its predecessors. 
It will be seen that it comprises 706 entries, whereas volume VII, which appeared a 
year ago, contains 75J items. These figures, however, include respectively 16 and 67 
titles of periodicals so that the number of books and articles dealt with, has not fallen 
but has on the contrary slightly encreased. 



1 Each title is followed by a reference to those numbers 
various articles comprised in the journal in question. 



of the bibliography »h.ch deal with the 




vm 



The introductory portion of the present volume is, we believe, more represent- 
ative than has been the case with previous issues. A novel feature is the general 
article on exploratory work in India daring the year under review. We arc greatly 
indebted to the scholars of different nationality who have contributed the various 
articles constituting the Introduction. Some amongst them like Sir Richard Burn, Mr, 
G. Yazdaxi, Mr. S. Paranavitaxa and Dr. F. D. K. Boscn we may regard as our 
regular collaborators. The names of others are now met with for the first time in 
the Introduction, though not perhaps in the bibliography proper; their co-operation is 
all the more welcome. They are M. Henri Marchal, directeur du service archco* 
logique dc l lndo-Chine, Mr. H. E. STAnnoN, I. E. S. (ret.), F. A. S. B., late Director 
of Public Instruction in Bengal, and Dr. W. D. van Wijxgaarden, Conservator of 
the Museum of Antiquities, Leyden. 

The able article devoted by the last-named scholar to Dr. Ernst HrRzrr.i.D's 
startling discoveries at Pcrsepolis is illustrated by two excellent photographs which we 
owe to the courtesy of the discoverer himself. We wish here to thank Dr. Hkrzku.d 
for his kindness in placing them at our disposal. The photographs here published in 
connexion with the contributions of Mr. Paraxavitana, Mr. Stapleton and Mr. Yazdani 
have been supplied by these authors themselves. The same is the case with the very 
fine photographs belonging to the concluding paper by Dr. F. D. K. Bosch, Director 
of Archxology in Netherlands India. Those relating to Kashmir we owe to the kindness 
of Mr. Kak, formerly Director of Archxology in that State. The photographic prints 
which M. George Canto, Director of the French School of Hanoi, allowed us to 
publish along with M. Marchal's article have been supplemented by a few particu- 
larly fine views which we received from the Musce Guimet through the kind inter- 
mediary of the Countess G. de Coral REmusat. 

Of the text-illustrations the sketch-map of Bengal has been prepared by Major J. 
J. Muldxr, late of the Survey Department of Netherlands India. For the next one 
we are indebted to the friendship of Licut.-Colonel Th. van E»», R. E. (ret.). Figures 
3—4 we owe to the Director of the tUoU Frantaiu if Ex trim* Orient-, whilst, last 
but not least, the attractive little sketch of the ancient mosque of Cheribon in Java 
is a good specimen of the draughtsmanship of Mr. Th. P. Galbtin. 

This time the task of collecting and arranging the very extensive bibliographical 
materials was entrusted to Dr. Hermann Goetz and Dr. A. J. Bernrt K km reus. They 
have discharged it in a manner which will command satisfaction. Dr. B. C. Law, 
the new member of the Board of Editors, has now assumed the responsibility for 
books and articles written in the Indian vernaculars. Professor N. Fukusmma, our 
Japanese collaborator and his able assistant. Mr. Otoya Tanaka, have again favoured 
us with their valuable assistance with regard to archxological publications brought 
out in their cour.tr>-. In the editorial work we have received welcome help from Mrs. 
D. Kukxex-W ickstked, Frau Dr. Hermann GotTZ. M. Jean Buiiot, Mr. J.S. Furnivaix. 
I.C.S., late Commissioner of Settlements and Land Records. Burma, and Mr. VV. 




IX 



H. Nicholes, formerly Chief Engineer, P. W. D., Madras. We wish here to record our 
gratitude for this help as well as for all other as s istance by which the work has benefited. 

We should not conclude this Foreword without mentioning the publishers Messrs. 
E. J. Brill, Ltd., Leyden, as well as Messrs. L. van Leer & Co., the well-known 
lithographers and collotype-printers of Amsterdam. We record with satisfaction that 
Mr. Th. Folkers, the newly appointed Manager of the firm first-mentioned, has 
evinced no less interest and readiness to help with reference to this annual publication 
than we were accustomed to experience from his predecessor, the late Mr. C. Pel- 
tf.nbvrg, whose courteous personality will remain in our grateful memory. 

J. Pit. Vogel. 





CONTENTS 



F.8* 

Foreword v 

CONTENTS XI 

List of Plates xiu 

List of Text Illustrations xin 

Introduction i 

In Memorial* Hendrik Kern 

Excavations at Pertepolis 3 

Archaeological Researches in India during the year 1932— JJ 6 

Indian Numismatics in 1933 10 

a. Early Indian Coins 10 

b. Indo-Scythian and KushAn 1 1 

t. Guptas ^ ........ 13 

d. Mediaeval . . . 13 

t. Moslem . 13 

/. Assam . • 13 

Recent Advances in Knowledge of the Early and Medixval History of Bengal 13 
Note on the Progress made by H. E. H. the Niram's Archeological Depart- 
ment during the year 1933—34 A.D. 17 

a. Survey of Monuments . . . i 17 

b. Conservation 17 

t. Excavation 19 

d. Epigraphy 1 9 

Ancient Monuments of Kashmir 20 

Ceylon. Conservation of the Royal Bath at Po|onnaniva 2$ 

Further India. Principal Works carried out on the Site of Angkor during 

the year 1933 27 

a. Conservation of the Bayon Temple 27 

*. Sounding the 'Well’ in the Bayon 28 

t. Prasat Ak Yom 29 

d. Canals and Causeways around Angkor Thom 33 

Indonesia. Summary of Archeological Work in Netherlands India in 1933 . 34 

a. The Preservation of Ancient Monuments 34 

b. Hindu Antiquities 35 

e. Antiquities of the Transitional Period 36 

d. Prehistoric Researches 37 

e. Musicological Research 37 




XII 



List op periodicals . . . 
Bibliography pok the year 
I. General 



■933 



III. 

IV. 

V. 



India 



5- 

6 . 

7- 

8. 

9- 

IQ. 

Ceylon 



Archxology and Art History 
Architecture and Sculpture . 

Painting 

Iconography 

Paleography 

Epigraphy 

Chronology 

Ancient History 

Ancient Geography .... 
Numismatics 



General 



Further India 
Indonesia . 



VI. Adjoining Territories 

I. Iran, Mesopotamia. Tnran. Tibet and Afghanistan 

3. The Far East (China. Japan. Korea) 

Addenda and Corrigenda 

Index 



39 
4 7 
47 
S2 
5 J 
6i 
06 
69 
7' 
7' 

78 

79 
9' 
95 
95 
99 
oj 
13 
13 
31 

*S 

36 



The Bibliography includes reviews which have appeared in 1953 . although the books to 
which they refer, were published in previous years. The titles of such books are placed between 
square brackets. 

An asterisk before the title of a book or periodical indicates that it is found in the library 
of the Kern Institute. In the case of articles published in periodicals the reader may refer to 
the list on p. J9— 45 «* no separate asterisk has been put before the title of each paper. 




LIST OF PLATES 



Frontispiece: Portrait of Hendrik Kiks. 

Plate I: Excavations at Perscpolis. 

a. Group of Indian Tribute-bearers. 

b. Group of Scythian Tribute-bearers. 

Plate II: Images (ram Bengal. 

a. Image of Daaturi. 

b. Image of Charming. 
t. Image of Sorya. 

d. Image of Siva and Plrvati. 

/. Image of Vish*u. 

Plate III: Frescoes at Ellora. 

Plate IV : Avantitvtmm Temple at Avantipura, Kashmir. 

a. Staircase leading up to Sanctum. 
b-c. Sculptures decorating Staircase. 

Plate V : Royal Bath at Poionnaruva. Ceylon. 

«. Royal Bath before restoration. 

b. Royal Bath after restoration. 

Plate VI: Explorations at Angkor, Cambodia. 

a. General view of Hayon Temple, from West. 

b. Prasat ak Yom in the course of excavation, from S.-E. 
Plate VII: Explorations at Angkor. Cambodia. 

a. General view of Central Tower of the Bayon Temple. 

b. Buddha Statue found in Sanctum of Central Tower. 
Plate VIII: Archeological Work ia Netherlands India. Bronte Buddha 

Image found at Sempaga. West Coast of Celebes. 
a. Front view. b. Back view. 

Plate IX: Archeological Work in Netherlands India. Stone Image of 

a Queen (?) from Jebuk. Eastern Java. 
a. Front view. b. Back view. 



TEXT ILLUSTRATIONS 

Fig. I. Sketch-map of Bengal. 

Fig. a. Tiles from Hlrwan. Kashmir. 

Fig. 3. Prasat Ak Yom. Principal Shrine, N\ S. Section. 
Fig. 4. Canal System around Angkor Thom. 

Fig. 5. Masigit Agung at Chcriboo, Java. 




INTRODUCTION 



IN MEMORIAM HENDRIK KERN 

The 6 ,h April 1933 was ihe hundredth anniversary of the birth day of Hendrik 
Kkxn. It is fit that in the present volume appertaining to the year 1933 some lines 
of reverential remembrance should be consecrated to the memory of the great scholar 
after whom the Kern Institute has been named 

After having taken his Doctor's degree in 1855 at the University of Leyden on 
a thesis relating to the Achxmenian inscriptions, he very soon started work on 
VarAhamihira's Rrthaliamkila, of which he published an edition and an English 
translation. About the same time he translated Kalidasa’s fiakumlata into his mother- 
tongue. In the spring of 1863 he was appointed * Anglo-Sanskrit Professor* in Queen’s 
College at Benares Kulm always retained pleasant memories of his contact with the 
representatives of indigenous scholarship. His stay in India, however, lasted only little 
more than a year. In 1865 he returned to his native country where he had been 
called to occupy the newly founded chair of Sanskrit and comparative philology in 
the Leyden University. He thus became the first Sanskrit Professor in Holland and 
may be rightly considered as the founder of .Sanskrit studies in that country. Until 
the year 1903, when he reached the age of seventy, he occupied the Leyden chair 
and numerous young scholars benefited by his teaching. 

It is not our object here to relate in detail the story of his life, which was 
entirely spent in the service of scholarship and was free from striking events. Nor do 
wc wish to survey the numerous works relating to so many fields of research which 
he has given to the learned world in the course of his life. After he had passed 
away on the 4'* July of the year 1917 at the age of eighty-four, several obituaries 
have appeared containing a full account of his life and work. 

The range of his studies was indeed incredibly wide and incredibly great was the 
number of languages with which he was familiar and which he could employ with 
ease both in conversation and correspondence. Kern was above all a Master of 
languages. He not only commanded the whole range of Indo-European languages 
both ancient and modern, but had also made an extensive study of the Indonesian 
tongues to which he applied the same methods of philological research as were 
practised with reference to the first-mentioned group. Especially in the domain of Old- 
Javanese philology Kern was one of the great pioneers. 

* The portrait reproduced u the front»ps«ce in ihe present rolame is the same which sppesred in 
the Memorial Volume presented to Ksaw 00 the occasion of his 70* birthday. 

Aoaul biLliogiaphy, VIII. 



I 




Linguistic study, however, did not exclusively occupy his attention. On the one 
hand, it led him on to the investigation of religions, particularly Buddhism. His History 
of Buddhism . written in the Dutch language but translated into French and German, 
appeared in 18*2-4 and is still considered a standard work. He also contributed a 
Manual of Buddhism (1896) to the well-known 'Encyclopedia of Indo- Aryan Research’. 
He edited AryaiQra’s JatakamaU (Harvard Oriental Series, vol. I, 1891) and the 
Saddharmapundartka (191s). the latter in collaboration with the Japanese sanskritist 
Bunyiu Nanjio. K rax was one of the foremost Pali scholars; we will only mention 
his valuable additions to R. C. Child***' Dictionary of tht Pali Language. 

On the other hand. Kras's intimate knowledge of Sanskrit and Pali brought him 
into contact with Indian epigraphy which under the inspiration of James Pkikskp, had 
just commenced its marvellous career. Kras devoted hi* great learning and sagacity 
in the first place to the most difficult department of that field of study, namely, the 
investigation of the Edicts of A 4 oka. Although hit conclusions have not always stood 
the test of further inquiry, his interpretation of those difficult documents possesses a 
|to*itive value and he is rightly reckoned among the foremost of the older generation 
of Asokan scholars. 

The study of the epigraphy of IndO'China was initiated by Krax. This fact is 
generously acknowledged by that select body of French scholars who have distinguished 
themselves in the decipherment and interpretation of the numerous cpigraphical records 
of Champa and Kambodia. One of them, M. Louis Fixot, calls him •l'initiateur dc 
lepigraphie cambodgicnne et le temoin attentif et cordial des travaux qui continwrent 
les .mens * 

With regard to the ancient inscriptions of the Malay Archipelago, too, Kkkn'h 
activity has been of primary importance. A considerable number of the Sanskrit 
records have been edited by him and it is astonishing that, notwithstanding the often 
defective character of the facsimiles which had been placed at his disposal, his readings 
have generally been accepted by subsequent, better equipped cpigraphists. It was no 
doubt his profound knowledge of San*krit which enabled him to arrive at conclusions 
of lasting value. 

Among those who have known Kras personally there is certainly none who will 
not bear a vivid recollection not only of his imposing scholarship but also of his 
unfailing kindness, his unaffected simplicity and his readiness to help and advise his 
fellow-workers and pupils. 



IRAN 

EXCAVATIONS AT PERSEPOL1S 

There is hardly any ancient site which in grandeur and beauty can be compared 
with the ruins of Persepolis, one of the early capitals of the Persian Empire. Already 
in the 1 7'* and 1 S' h centuries these remains drew the attention of European travellers, 




3 



such as Pietro della Valle, Cornells de Broth and Carsten Niebuhr who visited the 
spot in the years 1621, 1705 and 1765 respectively and have left detailed descriptions. 1 
As regards the archaeological research carried out on the site of Persepolis from the 
middle of the i9 ,h century, special praise is due to the explorers DlEULAFOY, Df. 
Morgan, Sarre and HER2TELD who by their publications made the art of ancient 
Persia generally known. Excavations on strictly scientific lines, however, did not take 
place until the year 1931. when a systematic excavation of the site was commenced 
under the supervision of Dr. Ernst Herzffld. Field Director of the University of Chicago 
Oriental Institute Expedition to Persia. Particularly during the working season of 1933 
discoveries of outstanding interest were made. 

The ruins of Persepolis are situated at a distance of some 50 kilometres from 
the town of Shiraz and stand on a terrace projecting from the fool of the mountain 
range which dominates the extensive plains of Mervdasht. The town was founded by 
Darius I, who is rightly regarded as one of the most prominent rulers of the Ancient 
Orient and as the real originator of the Achxmenian Empire. Under him and his 
successors Persepolis became a capital of the Persian Empire, but owing to the position 
of the town being somewhat too remote to serve the interests of their world-wide 
Imperial policy, these monarch* occupied it only at intervals. Nothing is yet known 
of the city which by in the plain in front of the terrace. The palaces of the Achit- 
menid kings which stood on the top of the terrace and have been partly preserved, 
arc the most representative monuments of ancient Persian architecture. 

The preserved portion consists of those parts of the palatial edifices which were 
constructed of stone, via. the flights of stairs, portals and pillars. In the construction 
of these buildings, in contradistinction with the Assyrian palaces, stone was largely 
used. It is true that sun-dried bricks, too. were very extensively employed as well as 
timber i but walls, roofs, in fact all that was built of these more perishable materials, 
has now completely vanished. 

As regards the Persepolitan palaces, we distinguish residential edifices and audience- 
halls (a/Wuna). The nucleus of these pabccs is the large hall covered with a fiat 
roof supported on pillars and provided with a front-hall and a lateral chamber on 
each side. The ground-plan is invariably square. Each of the palaces has been built 
on its own platform. An imposing double flight of steps leads up to the top of the 
terrace and to each palace separately. The terrace which is now strewn with blocks 
of marble carries the following buildings: a portal of Xerxes, the entrances of which 
were flanked by colossal statues of bulls, such as are well-known from Assyrian art; 
a large hall of audience, provided with thirty-six pillars which measure 19 metres in 
height; and the famous hall of a hundred columns, built by Darius, measuring 72 
metres square, and provided with slender and richly decorated pillars which are uj 

1 A description of the ruim with a eery fine pUw after a drawing probably made 00 the spot by- 
Philip AKOSL is found in the diary of Joan Cooaee. Ambassador of the Dutch East India Company to 
Penia in 1651— •*, which wa* composed by Cornelia Sraurax and edited by A. Hon in 1908 (p. 107—19). 
This description has been inserted by Francois Vaixxtij* in his big work Oud tn Xunt Oeit-Mif*. 




4 



metres in height The last-mentioned edifice, which recalls an Egyptian hypostyle hall, 
is regarded as the finest masterpiece of Persian palatial architecture. 

In this city of palaces Dr. Ernst Humii) has conducted excavations on behalf 
of the Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago. Magnificent works of art were 
found under the dibris of the palace buildings. When the grand monumental stair- 
ways leading up to the terrace and to the palaces had been laid bare, it was found 
that the walls of these stairways as wdl as those of the palace buildings themselves 
were adorned with magnificent sculptured reliefs. On these reliefs the person of the 
Great King, either Darius or Xerxes, is repeatedly pictured in the performance of 
ceremonial and symbolical actions, such as the granting of audience and the acceptance 
of the tribute of subject nations, on which occasions the King is represented either 
walking or seated on his throne and usually attended by satellites. Here wc see the 
grandees of the realm, the stately procession of courtiers and the train of royal body- 
guards in Persian attire, armed with lances, bows and quivers, and also the envoys 
from the different provinces of the Empire carrying their presents and advancing in 
a festal procession. The various groups are separated by conventional cyprcsvtrrcs. 
The ambassadors, recognisable by their peculiar dress and arms, are ushered in alter- 
nately by a Persian and a Median chamberlain on the occasion of the Noruz or New 
Year’s festival (at" March) in order to present their gifts consisting of chariots, horses, 
camels, bulls, lions and, besides animals, other products of their country, such as 
garments, costly vases and so forth. They are arranged in three rows, one above the 
other i each group representing a nation or province is shown separately. These embas- 
sies clearly demonstrate the enormous extent of the Persian Empire whose vast terri- 
tories extended from Farghana in the north cast to Abyssinia in the south-west, and 
from the Balkans in the north west to Sind in the south-east. 

These reliefs exhibit the several nations constituting the Empire, as well as their 
costumes and weapons. The great exactness in the rendering of all the details is of 
special value for our knowledge of the peoples represented. They show us *gift-bearcrs 
from Kush and l’unt, Arachosians (Southern Afghanistan) bringing vessels and a camel, 
Sardians bringing a humped bull, shields and lances; Bactrians (Northern Afghanistan) 
bringing gold vessels and a camel, an Indian tribute-bearer from one of the three 
Indian satrapies of the Persian Empire, carrying two baskets of gold vessels on a 
flexible yoke; Susians (from Khuiistan), with a lioness and her cubs, and weapons 
(bows and long daggers, of which latter a golden specimen from the Oxus treasure 
is in the British Museum), Armenians with a stallion and an amphora; Scythian tribute- 
bearers from Farghana (in Russian Turkestan) bringing a horse, bracelets and garments; 
Syrian tribute- bearers with gold vessels, bracelets and a pair of horses; Cilician tribute- 
bearers with rains’ 

Although these figures are not accompanied with explanatory inscriptions, the groups 



1 Tkt lUuitraUd Undn Nan of *5 March and 1 April 1953, ■Jiich has been quoted, may be 
consulted for further particulars. 




5 



of tribute-bearers can be identified with the aid of analogous representations found 
on other monuments. Thus the Scythian tribute-bearers are 'remarkable for their 
peculiar pointed and conical caps* which they likewise wear on certain Greek monu- 
ments such as the Francois Vase 

By the courtesy of Dr. HnzrEU) wc arc enabled to reproduce two groups here 
(Plate I), one of Indians and the other of Scythians or &akas, as they are called in 
Sanskrit literature. In a letter dated the 21“ December 1934 the explorer comments 
as follows on the two groups in question. He points out 'that the Saka of the tribute 
procession of Xerxes, although they are absolutely identical with the Saka Tigrakbauda, 
are not those, but are the Saka I'aradraya of Southern Russia, somewhere near the 
Cimmerian Bosporus |Crimca|. Of the three Indian satrapies, only the Hindui (Sind) 
arc represented. The animal is meant to be a wild ass, the man in front carries a 
flexible stick over his shoulder, not a scale. The very first figure to the right is the 
Persian usher, who holds by the hand the chief of the mission*. 

The Ach*menian relief bear testimony to an astonishing power of expression. 
They exhibit a remarkable freedom of style: the figures have been rendered in real 
profile, the faces show a great variety of expression, the animals are disting uislied by 
a vividness of motion, contrasting with the austere attitude of the human beings. 
Indication* of scenery are totally absent as well as anything suggestive of a back- 
ground. No vestige is found of those lively hunting and battle scene* selected by the 
Assyrian king* to decorate the walls of their royal dwellings. The same stereotyped 
subjects are repeated over and over again, but this monotony has a deeper meaning 
and is intended to emphasize the supreme power of the king of kings. For it is no 
series of historical events which these reliefs are meant to portray; they visualize the 
splendour of the royal court as indeed Acha-mcman sculptural art throughout serves 
to glorify the king. Among the reliefs there are several which represent a lion attacking 
a bull (a subject rightly designated as the 'arms* of Acluemcnian Persia), and some 
which show the king in the act of slaying a fabulous unicorn. Both these motifs, 
which are derived from Babylonian art. recur several times on the walls of the monu- 
mental staircase. They symbolize at the same time the power of the king and, in 
accordance with the Zoroastrian creed, the victory of the good over the evil principle. 

Persian art is not a popular but a courtly art in the strict sense; it was the 
creation of a royal dynasty. On that account its monuments are confined to the kingly 
capitals, while it flourished at the same time as the Empire under Darius and Xerxes 
(550—330 B. C.). It disappears with the downfall of the house of Ach*menes. This 
Achzrmenian art being the youngest of the Ancient Orient, is often regarded as a 
daughter of that of Babylon and Assyria Undoubtedly there exist numerous close 
relations between the two But it has also been influenced by other regions of the 
Near East and especially by Egypt, so that it can be better termed a late mani- 
festation. in fact, the last fruit of the art of the Ancient Orient. 

1 L. Moon, Sty! hunt anJ Greeks. Cambridge. 1913. p. 54, fig. 8. 




6 



When the Persians had conquered the whole of the Near East, they adopted 
various artistic ideas from the subject nations. What they saw in Syria and Egypt 
took their fancy. Thus Persian art under the Ach*menids developed a character of 
its own. It combined the results of Near Eastern artistic ideals into a brilliant unity 
in which the national element is not wanting. It betrays connexions with Hittite, 
Babylonian, Assyrian and Egyptian art. although the independent development of 
analogous features is by no means excluded. But whatever Persian art has borrowed, 
it has combined with indigenous elements, so as to produce an entirely independent 
style. Eor that reason it must be considered as an autonomous art imparting visible 
expression to the unlimited power of the Acharmenian kings '. 

What lends a peculiar charm to the ruins of Persepolis is the absence of any 
additions of a later period. Persepolis existed for no more than two centuries. It was 
annihilated in the conflagration kindled in 330 B. C. by Alexander the Great who 
with his own hand flung a flaming torch into the royal palace. The story of the 
conflagration which has been handed down to us only by the lighter classical authors 
(Plutarch and Arrian), is confirmed by the recent excavations which have revealed 
masses of charcoal mixed with the dibris. By his action Alexander wished to emphasise 
symbolically that the Ach*meman Empire had ceased to exist. Aduemenian art came 
to an end together with the Empire. 

After the destruction of the palace buildings, the adjoining residential town seems 
soon to have been deserted. The palace-walls built of sun-dried bricks gradually crumbled 
down. The dtbrit covered the whole terrace with a thick layer of loam which during 
twenty-three centuries concealed, and at the same time guarded, the priceless sculp- 
tures. so that they could now be laid bare in an excellent state of preservation. Of 
the eight edifices only a few stone gateways and pillars remained standing to show 
the sj*ot where Alexander the Great once celebrated his triumph. Yet the ruins of 
Persepolis are still imposing by those monumental remains by reason of the pillars, gateways 
and grand staircases which make the whole terrace one of the wonders of the 
Ancient World. 

W. D. VAN WtJNUAARDKN. 



INDIA 

ARCH/EOLOGICAL RESEARCHES IN INDIA DURING THE YEAR l93*-33*- 

No excavations were carried out at Mohenjo-daro owing to the retirement of 
Dr. E. J. H. Mackay, whilst at Harappa little work was done. We understand that 
Dr. Mackay is bringing out a book on •Further Excavations at Mohenjo-daro’. As 
regards the mysterious Indus Valley script, we may draw attention to a paper on 
•Seals of ancient-lndian style found at Ur* published by Mr. C. J. Gann in the Pro- 

I F*. Same, Du Kmmit /et <tM P/riua, Berlin, 191a, p. S— 15. 

» The proent article hat been nuinly drawn from a note communicated to the principal Indian news- 
japm ( 7 *r SUInmta of 5 Nov. 1934. TV of 8 Nov. 1934, etc.) by Rai Bahadur I>aya Ram SaHNI, 
Director-General of Archxology. 




7 



cccdings of the British Academy, vol. XVIII. Mr. G. de Hkvesv's startling discovery 
that the script of the Indus Valley shows certain analogies to that found on wooden 
tablets in the Easter Island has evoked considerable interest. 

The explorations conducted by Sir John Marshall on the site of Taxila have 
brought to light another Buddhist monastery which exceeds in size all edifices of its 
class known in the North-West. The locality where it was found is called KalawOn. 
The site yielded a copper plate inscribed in Kharoshjhi characters. In this inscription 
the monastery from the ruins of which it was exhumed is indicated by the name of 
Chhadaiila. The document, which is dated in the year 1 34. has been edited by Professor 
Sten Konow It is of considerable importance as it supplies a reliable basis for the 
dating of the Gandhara sculptures which were discovered along with it. 

An event of importance was the opening of the Curzon Museum of Archeology 
at Mathura by Sir Malcolm Hailey, Governor of the United Provinces, on the a s' k 
January 1933. In the course of his speech H. E. gave the history of the Mathura 
Museum. It was Mr. F. S. Growsi who started the collection of sculptures and 
inscriptions which he himself had excavated during his collectorship of the District. It 
was housed in a very omate building which had originally been intended for a rest- 
house of Indian gentlemen of rank. The subsequent growth of the collection was 
mainly due to the infatigable labours of the late Kai Bahadur Pt. Radii* Krishna. 
Among the numerous important pieces which he recovered we need only mention the 
Yaksha of Parkham, the N'Aga of thhargaon. the statues of Kanishka and other 
princes of the Kushaga dynasty and the two sacrificial posts of IsApur. From 1911 
Pt. Radica Krishna was in charge of the Museum as Honorary Curator. The old 
museum soon proved too small to contain the ever growing number of sculptures. In 
1919 the local Government deckled to provide a suitable building to house the col- 
lection, it was completed in 1939 at a cost of Rs. 1.60.000. Moreover a grant of 
Rs. 10.000 was sanctioned to cover the expense of the removal of the exhibits to 
the new building. They were arranged under the personal supervision of Rai Bahadur 
Rama Prasad Ciianda. It was on the special wish of Pt. Radha Krishna lhal the 
new Museum was named after Lord Cuuon who during his Viccroyalty has done so 
much to promote archxological research in India. 

The foundation of a local archxological Society at Allahabad is another event 
which deserves to be mentioned. Excavations on the site of Kosam. the ancient Kausambl, 
arc contemplated. 

The Archxological Department of Gwalior under the direction of Mr. M. B. Garde 
carried out some remarkable excavations at Gyaraspur, a village 23 miles to the 
north-east of Bhiba, which yielded the remains of a huge Vaishnava temple of the 
io' h century A. D., some beautiful images and carvings and three fragments of a 
large Sanskrit inscription — a firaiasii — connected with the construction of a temple. 



• JR AS , i 9 j», p. 9,9-6$ <ff I A . VU, do. i84); .nd F . f . InJ , XXI, pt. VI <Ap«U 

1 93 *)• P- *S»— 9. Pla«'- 




The recovered portion of the epigraph mentions the names of three kings of a 
hitherto unknown royal dynasty, namely, Sivagana, Chamundaraja and Mahendrapala. 

On the famous Buddhist site of N'alanda in Southern Bihar the excavations carried 
on during a number of years were continued. Hitherto eight monastic buildings, a 
large s tafia and other religious edifices had been discovered. Now a ninth monastery 
has been brought to light. In the course of its excavation as many as seventy-five 
images of metal and stone representing Buddhist and Brahmanical deities were recovered. 
It may now be considered as definitely sealed that the bronze statuettes belonging 
to the monastery which the Sailendra king Balaputra had founded at Nalanda were 
not imported from Java but must have been manufactured by local craftsmen Among 
the minor antiquities found at N'alanda there were some 3000 objects of burnt or 
unburnt clay, including miniature models of (haityas, as well as seals and sealings'. 
Several of the latter are inscribed ; the inscription usually reads : Sn-Nalanda-mahavi- 
ManyaryaiMktkuiamgkasya , 'Of the Community of the Venerable Friars (residing) 
at the Great Monastery of Srl-NilandA*. Incidentally these monastic sealings are of 
interest for the identification of other Buddhist sites, like that of Kasia, where similar 
discoveries have been made. They prove that these inscribed objects were not imported 
from elsewhere and therefore record the name of the convent in the ruins of which 
they were found. 

In the course of excavations at Rajgir, the andent Rajagriha, conducted in 1905 — 6 
by Sir John Marshall and Dr. Theodor Bloch a curious brick structure, called Maijiyar 
Math, raised on a circular plan and decorated with remarkable terra cotta figures of 
Nagas and other divinities, had been discovered, the exact nature of which it wan 
impossible then to establish. Fresh explorations have now made it clear that this enig- 
matical structure consists of two buildings raised the one upon the other, the lower one 
being a circular &aiva shrine and the upper one a Buddhist sluf>a of the 8' fc or 9 ,h 
century A. D. A fragment of a stone sculpture which came to light in this excavation 
contains the name of the mountain Yipula, one of the five hills by which the ancient 
royal city of Rajagriha was surrounded. On account of its being engirdled by mountains 
the town was also known by the name of Girivraja. 

The excavation of the great temple of Pah&rpur in the Rajshahi district of Bengal 
has now been brought to completion '. At a small distance to the east of the temple the 
recent explorations have brought to light a shrine dedicated to the Buddhist goddess 
Tara. For further explorations carried out in Bengal by various archaeologists, we may 
refer to the special article which Mr. H. E. Stamj-Tok has contributed to the present 
volume. Here we wish only to record the discovery of an exquisitely carved Vishnu 
image of colossal size which was found at Itahar in the Dinajpur district. It has been 
deposited in the Indian Museum at Calcutta. 

' The qJMUoo ha, b«n fully discus*! by A. J. Boxtr Kcuraa, 7 he brenui et NUandd and Hindu- 
fateueir An, Leyden, 1935. 

» Hirirunda Saski, The CUy Seal, •/ Aalanda, A>. /nd. XXI, p. ji-j. 

* Cf. An. BM. /. A., VII, p. .6-,,. 




In the month of March 1933 a discover) of great interest was made by Mr. T. G. 
Aravamuda Iyengar of the Madras Museum at Satyamangalam, a village 7 miles west 
of the famous Fort of Gingee. It consists of a large number of stone sculptures repre- 
senting Vishnu, Rudra, Silrya and other deities of the Brahmanical l’antheon. These 
images, which are reported to be well preserved and of excellent workmanship, are 
ascribed by the discoverer to the time between 700 and 850 A.D. They exhibit a 
transition from the late Pallava to the early Chola period. The collection has been 
removed to the Government Museum at Madras. 

In the field of Moslim archaeology a find of importance was made at Old-Delhi 
by Khan Bahadur Maulwi Zafar Hasan. On the site of Jahanpanah, one of the six 
cities which preceded the capital founded by the Great Mogul Shah Jahan, he laid 
bare the remains of an extensive building which is believed to be the palace of 
Mubammad-bin-Tughlaq ( 1 — 51). the second ruler of the Tugblaq dynasty. A large 

hall, measuring 300 by 210 feet, which must have been supported on 300 wooden 
pillars is believed to be identical with the Qafr i haiar-Sutun or ‘Thousand-pillared 
Hall’ described by lbn Ba«u|a. 

For a number of years extensive works of repair and restoration have been car- 
ried out in the Lahore Fort under the superintendence of Mr. J. F. Blakiston. In 
the next issue of the Bibliography we hope to publish an account of this interesting work. 

Two more events of a personal character we wish briefly to commemorate. On 
the a6' h November 193a was Sir Aurcl Strim's seventieth birth day. Few arch.xolo- 
gists can look back on such an amount of epoch-making exploratory work published 
in the most perfect form, as Sir Aurel Smut has produced. But it will be hard indeed 
to point to any other explorer who at the age of seventy still carries on his work 
in the field under conditions which would deter a man of half that number of year*. 
While offering the veteran archeologist our congratulations, we wish to thank him 
for the warm interest which he has shown on many occasions in the Kern Institute 
and its work. 

We do not wish to conclude this survey without mentioning the death of Mr. 
Henry Cocsam which occurred at Tunbridge- Wells, Kent, on 5“ November 1933. 
Mr. Cousens joined the Archeological Survey of Western India in 1861 as a drafts- 
man and an assistant to Dr. James Burgess. From 1891 till his retirement in 1910 
he was Superintendent of the Western or Bombay Circle. In that capacity he rendered 
excellent services in the listing, preservation and survey of the numberless monuments 
in his charge and, besides contributing valuable papers to the Annual Reports of the 
Archeological Survey, produced a considerable number of well-illustrated volumes on 
the architectural remains of Bijapur, Gujarat, Ka^iiiwar and Sind. Mr. Cousens was 
a conscientious and reliable worker and a first-class draftsman and photographer. He 
made a complete photographic survey of the sculptures of S2nchi ; we understand that 
the publication of these beautiful photographs is shortly to be expected. Mr. Cousens 
died at the age of nearly eighty years. 

J. Pm. Vogel. 

Asiua) bibliography, VIII. a 




IO 



INDIAN NUMISMATICS IN 1933 
a. EARLY INDIAN COINS 

In vol. XIX of the Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Restarch Society Mr. K. 
P. Javaswal undertakes to fill the blank in the history of Northern India between 
the Kushans and the Guptas, drawing his evidence from the PurSijas, the play called 
Kaumudimakotsava, the poem named Bkataiataka, inscriptions and coins. He asserts 
that the Kushans were defeated by the Bhlraiivas about 180 A. D., and that about 
344 A. D. the Bharaiivas and Vakatakas were amalgamated in the person of Rudra- 
scna I whose father was a Vlkifaka while his mother was a Bhiraiiva. The Vskatakas 
are know from copper-plate inscriptions chiefly found in Berir or the Bombay Presi- 
dency, with one or two bare mentions of their name in Baghelkhand, and three 
inscriptions at Ajaijii. The BharaAivas arc specifically mentioned only in the genealogy 
on the Vakataka plates, where Rudrasena 1 is shown to be the grand son of Bhava 
Naga who is described as a Bharatiya. 

In attempting to fit the Pauranic accounts to this reading of history Mr. Javaswal 
begins with the lists of the Naga dynasties, and equates some of thetn with the 
names on the coins found at Mathura His identification* are not very convincing, 
as he has to place Jsesha-data of the coins before Rama-data, while the true order 
is probably the reverse. Moreover Siiu-chandradata whose coin was published by 
Professor Ramon' must be much later than 10 B. C. — 35 A D., the date he assign* 
to the Naga-king Situ nandi. Some of the Mathura coins he describes as struck by 
the later Naga rulers, who are referred to but not named in the Purlnas, arc pro- 
bably earlier than those of Rama data, and one of them w-as struck by a Satrap (Siva- 
data) not by a Rijl. Lastly, while the coins were certainly struck by rulers in the 
Doflb, the Puraoas describe the Xagas as rulers of Vidita. 

Mr. Javaswal takes the word ‘Nava’ (Nikas or Nlgas) in the well-known pas- 
sage describing the rulers of Champavati and Mathura as a name instead of the 
number nine, and describes Navanlga as the first of the BharaAiva rulers. He identi- 
fies him as the striker of a well-known series of coins found chiefly at Kosambl the 
inscription on which has been variously read as .Vaasa, Detasa or as part of a name 
•navaia. Nava-nSga is said to have ruled first at Padmavati about 140 A. D. and 
then at Kantit ' on the Ganges, and to have conquered the Kushans. He was followed 
about 170 A. D. by Virasena whose coins are found at Mathura and in the DoSb 
from Bulandshahr to Cawnpore. Mr. Javaswal also assigns to Virasena two coins* 
obtained by Cinninomam near Narwar and read by him as Kha- which Mr. Javaswal 



1 Cunningham. Coin of Ansunt J*tu, p. 85. 

• JRAS. 1,00. p. .,4 

• He identic* (hi* wxh Kinupur* maintxd to it* Vukpnfmrinm. 

• Coin of M/Jinol ImJio, p. *3. PJ. 11 — ij. 14 




reads as Vi-. This attribution cannot be supported on any ground. He thinks that 
the Bharaiivas then divided into three branches and assigns to one (at I'admavati) 
the rest of the coins published by Cuxnixgham (/. r.), and to another, ruling from 
Kantit, a series of coins which V. A. Smith 1 described as uncertain. Until more of 
these coins are discovered and it is known where the)- are found, it is purely specu- 
lative to assign them to Kantit. The third branch at MathurA is said never to have 
struck coins. 

Accepting a suggestion by V. A. Smith (/. t. p. 19J, 197, n. a) that there 
were two rulers called Vtrasena. Mr. Javaswal professes to read the name on the 
second scries as Pravarasrna, and also a date 76. It seems probable that Sami was 
mistaken in dividing the series, as the coins are rather crudely struck and many are 
worn. And it is certain that Mr Jayaswal’* reading is incorrect. He has taken as 
Pra-, the first syllable of the name he reads, a portion of a nandipada which comes 
below ‘Vlrasena’, and the marks he reads as 76 are portions of another nandipada 
on the right of the coin. The wheel mark which he notes on the coin, and which he 
identities with a similar mark on a pillar bearing the word Vakatanam , is merely the 
base of the same symbol. 

Mr. Jayaswal also reads on coins the name of two other VakApika rulers known 
from their plates The coins are of the Kau«mU series. One of them is an early 
cast coin, which bears no inscription, but Mr Jayaswal has taken part of a nandipada 
as the name Rudra, and turns a 1 vailika into the symbol for too. He thus assigns 
a coin which is |>robably of the y* century B. C. to Rudrasena I whom he places in 
348 A. I). The name on the other coin, read by Smith as Pazataia (1 i.e . of Pirvata) 
he reads as Ppthvl sena. Smith’s reading is confirmed by a coin in the British Museum. 

Lastly Mr. Jayaswal refers to the Gupta coin*. He adds to their issues a coin 
of the Paftchala scries, reading Chandragnpiatpt. where Cunximgham preferred Rudra 
guptasa. The British Museum specimens clearly confirm the latter reading both as 
regards the initial syllable and the Prakrit form of the genitive. This coin is probably 
500 years earlier than the date assigned in the paper. Mr. Javaswal’s deductions from 
the title used on the tiger type of Samudragupta's coinage are also unsound. 

k. INDO-SCYTHIAN AND KUSHAN 

Mr. N. G. Maji'mdar presents in the Ankerolagua! Survey of India Report 
for 1928 — 9 (p. 169, pi. LXIV) a fresh study of the coins of Spalirises. Ares and 
Arilises in which he supports V. A. Smith’s views that there were two kings named 
Ares, and that Arilises ruled between their reigns. His most important fresh material 
is the valuable suggestion that the form of the Kharosluhl dental sa changed at this 
period, which he appears to prove. It is of course quite possible that the change 
began in one portion of the dominions of Azes which, as pointed out by Whitehead, 
who takes the opposite view, were extensive V 



Indian Muirum Ca/aUgut. p. *05. 



• CtieUgur Punjab Muuum, 1 , p. 93. 




A very interesting gold coin acquired by the British Museum shows Wema Kadphiscs 
riding on an elephant and thus marks the conquest of Indian territory while three 
coins found in northern and eastern Bengal illustrate the later stages of KushSn coinage ’. 

t. GUPTAS 

In the Indian Historical Quarterly for 1933 Professor D. C. Ganguli makes 
the acute suggestion (p. 784) that the name read by Allan 1 doubtfully as Chandragupta 
( 111 ) should be Vainyagupta, and the coins were then struck by the ruler whose 
copper-plate was published in Ind. Hist. Quart., 1930, p. 45. The reading has been 
accepted by Allan *, and it is curious that it was not suggested earlier from the engraving 
of no. MU, pi. XLVII in Marsoen's tfumismata Oritntalia. It is possible that 
Vainyagupta should be identified with Vajra named by Yuan Chwang as the son ot 
Baladitya since Vena of which Vainya is a patronymic, was a name of Indra, and 
the vajra was Indra s symbol. 

d. MEDIEVAL 

Mr. L. P. Panmya describes in Ini. Hist. Quart , IX, p. 595, an interesting 
silver coin or seal of quite a new type, bearing the name Prasanna-matra, which first 
appears on the seal of copper-plates issued by his grandson Maha-sudeva (A>. Ind., 
IX, p. 17a). No coins of this line have been published before, but as one side is 
blank the piece may have been struck as a seal or medal. 

/. MOSLEM 

The report of the Archeological Survey of Hyderabad for 1340 (1930 1 A. D.) 
gives full information of recent acquisitions, including coins of a Hand Shah I ruler 
(? Amir Band Sultan A. H. 999— toio) which have not been recognized before, and 
a rupee of Shah 'Alam II of a new mint Ramchandranagar, the site of which is uncertain. 

/. ASSAM 

A short note by Rai Bahadur K. L. Bakua in the Journal of the Assam 
Research Society. 1933 (p. 33) on the coinage of Assam gives an interesting summary 
of the information derived from the coin legends about the religious tenets of the 
rulers. He suggests that the so-called Gahori Mohur, bearing the representation of a 
boar, which was much prized in Assam as a lucky amulet was a coin of the ancient 
KAmarupa kings who traced descent from the Variha incarnation. No specimen of 
this gold coin seems to be known, but a silver one in the Assam cabinet is described * 



' Bril. Mat. Quarterly, VIII, p. JJ. 

1 JASB. 19JJ, p. ttj. 

* Brit, xtm r. Cat. Gnfit* Cent, p. 144. pL XXIII, 6— S. 
‘ Cambridge SAerler H tilery a/ India, 19)4, p. 94. 

• W*m«S, II p. 165. 

' JASB, 1910, p. 165. 




•3 



by Staplston, whose attribution to the Burmese rulers of Assam is doubted by Botham. 
A new edition 1 of the catalogue of coins in the Shillong Museum shows its wealth 
of Assamese coins, especially silver, and the extent to which its general collection is 
increasing. 

R. Burn. 



RECENT ADVANCES IN KNOWLEDGE OF THE EARLY AND 
MEDIEVAL HISTORY OF BENGAL 

In Bengal the year was noteworthy for the publication in the Journal of the 
Aiiatic Sotitly of Rental of a series of papers* dealing with fresh work that has 
considerably extended our knowledge of the early and medieval history of North-Eastern 
India. The first five of these were contributed to a Symposium on Northern Bengal 
History, held at the Society's rooms in the first week of 1933; while the remaining 
two, by S. K. Sabaswati, embodied the results of two subsequent tours that were 
undertaken with the object of completing the previous surveys. 

Until recent years the earliest known fact in the history of Northern Bengal was 
that this area was included in the Gupta Empire* between 43s and 543 A. D. \ but 
the papers now under consideration carry the political connection of Bengal with the 
rest of India backwards by more than 600 years In the first place, Mr. MaZUMDA*’i 
note on Rushan Coins indicates that, in the time of Vasudeva (185— jao A.D.), 
Northern Bengal also probably formed part of the Kushin dominions. In 19*8-9, 
however, a terra cotta plaque (showing an archer shooting deer from a four-horsed 
chariot) had been found at Mahisthln in the course of systematic excavations by the 
Archaeological Department, while in 193* Prof. S. K. Cmatterji also discovered at 
Bokhara (the ancient Pushkaranl). in the Bankura district of Western Bengal, a 
plaque of a standing Yakshini. As both these can only be assigned to the Suftga 
period (»nd and early 1* cent. B. C.), their discovery suggests the likelihood of Suftga 



1 Reviewed by J. Allan in AW CArrn, 1954, p 6a 

* ( 1 ) Mott on a Mauryan !n«'tfhoa from MaAlitAAm If At aarlral TuudrarardAaua), by D. R. 11 iiakda»Ka«. 
(*> Thru XmiAin ratal frtm JVarlA Praia!, by H. C. MmxMi. 

(j) A ' Liar of Tim/ ftr Xarfkrrn Braga!, by H. E. Statlston. 

(4) A 'oft on a staled and munArd image af SBryya from QafAaA (TAdM). Oiifntf Dwarf nr, by 

N. Chauavabti and S. K- Sa*ajwati. 

(5) NaU an Hr Ifntrrual and ArrAmoUgua! main of a Toar in Hr Outrun of MaMaA and 
DtnA/fur, Dee. 140—31*1, 1931. by H E- Siakxtoc. 

(6) Main am faun In fir Outrun of Mi! da A and Otud/fur, by S. K. Sasaswati. 

(7) Notnaa a Third tear in the Dufrirfof Dmi/fur, rAu/ty along Hr CAuimah AW, by S K. Sabaswati. 
AH the above appeared in No. 1 td JASB, XXVIII, 193a. p 113-9] (with 9 Hales and « illostrat- 

ions in the text). 

■ Vidr papers by R. C. Basax on the Duudarpor Copper Plates two of which were in the name of 
KurairagupU; Ef. fad.. XV. p rij ff.) and the Dbaoudaha Copper Flare of the same Gupta King {IHdrm, 
XVII, P . J 45 ff.). 



•4 



supremacy in North-Eastern India at least as far hack as 80 B. C. (the date of the 
murder of the last Surtga King). 

A still more remarkable discovery, that was announced by Prof. D. R. BhaNDarkar 
at the Symposium, is the finding, during the course of the Archeological Department’s 
1 93 1 -2 season of work at Mahasthan, of a fragmentary inscription in the Brahml 
alphabet of the Aiokan rock and pillar edicts, recording the issue of an order to the 
local Mahamatra (officer) stationed at Pundranagara that, with a view to the relief 
of distress (caused either by flood or famine), he should (i) make advances in gatidaka 
coins and (a) distribute paddy from the district granary on which the inscription was 
placed. This not only settles the identity of Mahisthan with the historical Pundravardhana, 
but also indicates that Northern Bengal was probably included in the Nlauryan Empire. 
The inscription further shows, if Dr. Bhaxdarkar b correct in his reading and expla- 
nation of the name of the people who were to be assisted, viz. the Samvamglyas, or 
‘Allied (tribes called) VaAglyas', that the name V**£* for Bengal was probably in 
use even in the time of Afoka (say 350 B. C.) 

The remaining four papers embody the results of enquiries that have been carried 
out by the writer, with various helpers, during the last few years in the M&ldah and 
Dinfljpur districts of Northern Bengal, particularly with a view to settling the vexed 
question as to the site of Ekdali, the stronghold before which the Bengal Kings, 
Ilyas Shah and hb son, Sikandar Shah, were able successfully to withstand two attacks 
of the Delhi Emperor. Flrflx Sb*h. in the middle of the 14* century. Evidence has 
been gathered to prove the correctness of WltTMACOTfa suggestion (made as long 
ago as 1874) that it should be identified with the place of that name in DinSjpur. 
The city apparently included an area of upwards of 35 square miles, enclosed within 
a broad moat formed by linking up the Chiramatl and BAliyA rivers, and a memory 
of the battle between Ilyas and FirOx may be preserved in the name of the village 
Ranthail (‘Battle Field') which is situated in the great plain stretching to the south 
of the old city, about 4 miles to the south-west of the spot where the Baliya leaves 
the southern moat. 

A careful survey of the site and the surrounding country (which is scattered with 
mounds indicative of ancient settlements) resulted in the discovery of numerous images, 
some of which may date from at least the earliest Pala times (late 8* and 9' h cent. 
A. D.). This shows that Ekdali was originally a Hindu city the name of which was 
probably Bairhitia. Among these images, the following merit the special attention ol 
archaeologists: 

1. Dantur.i — a form of Chamunda, (Plate IIu). A sandstone image found at 
Kafashan, a village lying a short dbtance to the north-east of the embanked area 
east of the Baliyi. Date possibly as early as the 8* century. 

2. Vishnu, in sandstone, (Plate Hr). From Kakadighi, a mile to the N.W. of 
Qajbah, the citadel of Ekdali. As it b similar to the specimen of the same image 



Efi. /nJ., XXI, p. Sj— 91, with pUte. 




i6 

found at Bodh Gaya that was dedicated in the 26* year of DharmapAla it probably 
dates from about 800 A. D. 

3. A miniature Vishnu Trivikrama of the 9“ century — now in the Varendra 
Research Society Museum, RijshShi — came from Adyakhaij^a, on the ChirSmati. 
This hamlet (which lies immediately west of the Ekdila Maut£) may possibly, as suggested 
by its name, have been the original nucleus of the former Hindu city. 

4. Tenth century sandstone image of Siva and Parvati (Plate II d) from Srlrlmpur, 
about to miles north-cast of Qa}bah (and 1 mile W. of Karanji — cf. later). 

5. Eleventh century image of Rishabhanatha, the first of the twenty-four Jain 
Tlrthankaras\ from Surohar, just across the ChirSmati river to the west of the old 
city. This is an epitome in stone of the Jain hierarchy, as the main image is sur- 
rounded by minatures of the twenty-three other Tlrtkankaras. 

6. Seated Surya (Plate Ilr) from Q*»bah. If «his can be correctly assigned to the 
first half of the 13* century, it indicates how alight was the hold over Western Bengal 
of the Moslem rulers who succeeded Muhammad bin Bakbtiytr Khiljl, seeing that 
Devlkot — the headquarters of the latter Chief — by only 15 miles to the east of 
this particular yajbah. 

7. Vishnu Trivikrama from Karanji. with an inscription Palirayam Jhakkurak. 
dating from the latter part of the 13* century and hence again subsequent to the 
first Moslem Conquest. 

The last-named inscription is of particular interest in connection with a further 
object of enquiry in this part of Bengal, vis. the means by which the Hindu Raja 
GariM was able to oust the reigning Moslem dynasty about 1415 A. D. and to rule 
over Bengal for 3 years under the somewhat too provocative title of Danuja Marddana 
('Destroyer of the Demons'). Evidence is adduced to show that Raja Gari&i's home- 
village may have been Karanji, and that — if not a Koch himself — he probably 
utilised the Kochs of Northern Bengal to establish himself temporarily as sole ruler 
of Bengal. The leading race of Kochs is now known as Poliyas. and if the inscription 
was intended, more correctly, to read PaUrayam f 'kakkurah (the 'God of the Palis' — 
the image having been dedicated either by. or for, the l*al»), the existence of a strong 
Poliya clement in the locality may be inferred as far back as the 13“ century. 

The remaining historical problem that it was attempted to solve was the site of 
the battle in which Sikandar Shah, the builder of the great Adlna Mosque at Pindua, 
was slain about 1395 A. D., while opposing the advance of his rebellious son Ghiyiy- 
ud-din Azam. The probable site of the battle is shown to have been the village of 
Raniganj or Ranigarh, which lies on the Tangan River at the junction of three ancient 
roads. The first of these ran east towards Ghoraghat : and hence may have been the 
road along which Ghiyaj-ud-din advanced from his headquarters in Eastern Bengal. 
The second was the road from North-western India (through old Maldah): while the 
third ran north-west, first to Pandua and the Adina Mosque, and thence to Northern 



• A.R. Arch. .W, 1908-* p. ,48. 6*. j. 




Bengal. If the identification is correct. Ramganj was possibly the country residence 
not only of the Moslem rulers of Pandua but also of their Hindu predecessors. Both 
at Pandua and Ramganj. Hindu remains occur, dating, in one case, from the 9' h , and, 
in the other, the 10* century, and a fine specimen of the broad and well-cambered 
brick-on-cdge road by which the two places were connected was discovered just inside 
the eastern ramparts of Pandua. near a break in the wall, which probably marks the 
site of the Eastern Gate of the old city. 

H. E. Stan-KTOn. 

NOTE ON THE PROGRESS MADE BY H. E. H. THE NIZAM S 
ARCHAEOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT DURING THE YEAR 1933-34. A. D. 

*. SURVEY OF MONUMENTS 

Several new monuments of considerable arehxological and historical importance 
urre surveyed during the year in the Raichur. Bidar, Gulbarga. OsmanAbAd, Aurangabad, 
Nalgonda and AirAf-i-Baldah Districts. The most important of these is a vikara at 
Ghafotkatch which was concealed from view by the accumulation of (U&ris and has 
now been noticed and cleaned for the first time. It is separate from the two viharat at 
Ghatotkatch described in Fncttmc and Bimuus' Cm Templet of India (p. 346-7). 
Another important monument surveyed for the first time is the fort at Taltam, mentioned 
in the A'mi-Atiari and the Attar A 'a mat in connection with the conquest of 
Khandcsh and Ahmadnagar by Akbar. The fort is situated in the Indhiyari range 
between Ajanta and Kanhar. From an architectural point of view it is like the other 
hill forts of the Deccan; but it has inscriptions which throw light on contemporary 
history. Another important building studied systematically for the first time is the temple 
at GhanpUr, situated about 8 miles north east of Ramappa in the midst of thick jungle, 
which has now been cleared. The temple has a close resemblance to the well-known 
Saivite temple at Ramappa. being star-shaped in plan. It also has figure-brackets of 
polished black stone which show much imagination and skill in their carving. A full 
description of these monuments will appear in the Annual Report of the Department 
for 1933—34 A. D. which is under compilation. 

h. CONSERVATION 

A total sum of Rs. 04, 961—6—6 was spent during the year on the preservation 
of archzological monuments in the Dominions. The campaign of conservation work 
carried out at Aurangabad. Ajanta. Ellora and Bidar, which mostly engaged the 
attention of the Department, deserves special mention. At Aurangabad the two groups 
of Buddhist caves have been thoroughly cleaned and conserved, and made easily 
accessible by the construction of a motorable road from the Bcgampura Gate of 
Aurangabad to the foot of the hill in which the caves are situated. A bridle-path has 



Au.u.1 BiWiograph,. VUL 



i 




i3 



also been cut along the brow of the hill for the convenience of visitors to go from 
one group of caves to the other without descending into the valley and climbing up 
the cliff again as they had to do before. 

At Ellora the frescoes in the ceding of the KailSsa and the Indra SabhS have 
been cleaned and preserved scientifically and there is no danger of their perishing for 
at least a couple of centuries to come. As they throw important light on the history 
of Indian painting after the disappearance of the Buddhist religion, a complete set of 
the copies is being prepared. It would seem that the societies of painters attached to 
different monasteries were persecuted at the time of the revival of the Brahmanical 
religion, so that artistic skill and tradition were completely lost with the waning of 
Buddhism in India. The frescoes at Ellora are nearly a century posterior in date to 
those of Ajanta; but the difference is so great that one fears to class them with the 
latter from consideration of points of technique and artistic feeling. The photographs 
of a few copies of these frescoes are reproduced in Plate III. At Ellora, for the facility 
of visitors, the road in front of the cave* has been widened at aeveral points and 
parking places laid out for cars. 

Inside the Daulatibid Fort almost all the prominent monuments have been con- 
served and much has been done in the clearance of jungle and the construction of 
foot-paths leading to various monuments. 

In the Aurangabad city itself the Department during the year under report has 
taken in hand the special repair* to the Naukhanda Palace. This was originally con- 
structed by Malik Ambar; but 'Alam All Khan, the Governor of Aurangabad under 
Aurungxeb, is reported to have made some additions to the edifice. His Highness 
Ajif Jah Ni*am-ul-Mulk made further addition* to the building and it was his 
favourite residence after his assuming independence. There is a carpet in the building 
which is shown to the public every year on the ‘Id festival when the Subahdar of the 
division receives *a:rs from the official* and the general public of Aurangabad as a 
token of their homage to the king. The building has some spacious halls which are 
now being repaired according to an estimate amounting to Rs. 37, too for the complete 
conservation of the building and the gardens. Of this sum Rs. 7, 500 have been spent 
during the year on repairs to this monument. 

At Ajanta the cleaning and conservation of the frescoes were continued during 
the year and the paintings on the walls of caves IX, X, XII, XVI, XVII and XIX 
have been preserved scientifically. In cave IX a fresco was noticed, concealed under 
dirt, which shows a dagaba with an enclosure and a gateway similar to those of the 
Sanchi Tope. In this painting votaries arc shown bringing offerings towards the dugaba. 
The head-gears and the dresses of these votaries are similar to those noticed on the 
southern gateway of the Great Tope at Sanchi. The painting from the point of 
technique seems to be of the second century A. D., and it is interesting to note that 
at this time the design and the detail of the Sanchi Tope held the imagination of 
artists in different parts of India. 

In Bidar the excavations of the Takht Maball have disclosed some halls decorated 




19 



with beautiful tile-work. The tiles are of different patterns and designs ; some are square 
in form, while others are of different shapes joined together like mosaic-work. The 
designs represent chiefly floral, geometrical and calligraphic devices. Some tiles are 
hand-painted and some have real gold work, which was also apparently done by hand. 
In the volume on Bidar, which is under compilation, a chapter is devoted to the 
technique of these tiles. 

At Bidar two other monuments of the Baihmani period have been conserved 
during the year. They are the Solah Khambh Mosque and the Madrasa Mabmfid Gawan. 
The former is a spacious building, rather severe in style, while the Madrasa has a 
close resemblance to similar buildings of Khurasan and Persia and must have been 
designed by a Persian architect. It is interesting to note that at Bidar the influence 
of Persian art and culture is very prominent; even the Persian royal emblem — the rising 
sun and the lion — is worked out in tiles as an ornamental motif in the spandrels 
of some buildings. 

c. EXCAVATION 

During the year under review Government have sanctioned a sum of Ks. 5000 
to conduct excavations in the old fort at Warangal and at a site in the Nalgonda 
District on the northern bank of the Krishna river facing the remains of NAgarjuni- 
konija. The operations will commence in the next cold weather and the Department 
expect* to discover some interesting records at both these places. 

d EPIGRAPHY 

In the domain of Hindu inscriptions a comprehensive survey of the Telugu records 
has been made and all inscriptions in that language have been copied and arc now 
being edited in the form of a monograph by Dr. P. Smhivasachak of Madras, who a few 
years ago obtained the Ph. D. degree of the London University for his researches in 
the political history and the inscriptions of the Klkatlya dynasty. The monograph is 
likely to be published early next year (1935). Two other monographs have been 
compiled on the Canarese inscriptions of Kopbal. KukkanQr and KallQr and Mr. 
C. R. Krbhkamacmablc. Superintendent for Epigraphy of the Archiological Survey 
of India, is editing them for the Hyderabad Arthtrological Series 

During the year a thorough survey was also made of the Moslem inscriptions of 
ShfthpQr, SAgar and Gogi in the Gulbarga District, a detailed article on which has 
been contributed to the Epigraphia Ind^Stvslemica. The majority of these inscriptions 
are in Persian and belong to the 'Adil Shshl dynasty of Bljapur. One inscription, 
however, which was erroneously attributed to MabmOd Shah Baihmani belongs to 
Muhammad Tughlaq. The inscriptions of the 'Adil Shahi dynasty throw interesting light 
on the genealogy and the date of assuming independence by these kings. 

G. Yazdani. 

1 A list of publications wed by the Aretaokpcil Depart**!* of Hyderabad- Deccan duitng the 
year 19JJ will be fouDd at the end erf the present volant. 




ANCIENT MONUMENTS OF KASHMIR * 



We congratulate the India Society on the attractive volume, published under its 
auspices, in which Mr. R. C. Kas, formerly Director of Archeology in the Jammu- 
Kashmir State, has described the ancient monuments of his native country. It is provided 
with a Foreword by Sir Francis Youkhcsbakd, the President of the India Society, 
and with an Introduction by Professor A. Focam. The book, as explained by the 
author in his Foreword, ‘has been planned to suit the convenience and the requirements 
of the visitor who, without desiring any great erudition, takes an intelligent interest 
in the subject of Archeology". Although Mr. Kak’s volume is intended therefore to 
be a guidebook for the benefit of the intelligent tourist, it is a scholarly production 
supplying the most reliable and up-to-date information regarding the numerous ancient 
temples and other sacred edifices for which Kashmir is famous no less than for the 
beauty of its scenery. The author appears to be acquainted with all that has been 
written on the subject of his book by previous writers; he must moreover be familiar 
with the monuments by personal inspection. The book is written in an agreeable and 
vivid style and show* a perfect command of the English language. 

In an introductory chapter dealing with the country and its people and with the 
sources of Kashmir history the author enumerates the Greek, Chinese, Arab, Indian 
and Kashmiri writings containing more or less detailed accounts of the history and 
geography of Kashmir. Among the indigenous sources Kalhana's famous chronicle, 
the Rdjalaraiigini, takes the first place. This remarkable historical work, unique in 
Sanskrit literature, was continued by jonarija, Sri vara and others, so that wc possess 
a consecutive history* of Kashmir from Aioka to Akhar. At the end of this chapter 
Francois Bernier is mentioned as the earliest European writer who has visited and 
described the Happy Valley or Me Paradis terrestre dcs Indes", as he calls it. There 
exists however an earlier account of Kashmir in the Rtmomtlranlit of the Netherlander 
Francisco Pelsaert 

The next chapter supplies a very useful survey of the [.olilical history of Kashmir, 
in which special attention is paid to the early kings, like the renowned Lalitaditya, 
by whom were raised the magnificent temples dedicated to the great gods of the 
Hindu Pantheon. The last Hindu ruler was the Queen Kota Devi (1337 — 38). It was 
Sikandar (A D. 1390—1414), who was responsible for the wholesale destruction of 
those splendid monuments of Indian architecture and who thereby earned the name 
of But-shikan, 1. t. the Iconoclast. Among the Moslem rulers of Kashmir his son Zain- 
ul-abidln (A.D. 1421 — 1472) is distinguished by his just and tolerant rule. Up to the 
present time his beneficent reign is hdd in grateful memory. The author dwells with 



' R " n Oiaodr* Ka«. An, ml Mtnumnti »f Kukmir. The India Society, t Victoria Streel, London. 
S. W. 1. 19JJ. 

» JdAamprs hUt*. Tit R/mtmitrant* «/ Frtntivt Fiha/rl, translated from the Dutch by W. H 
Moreland and P. Gan, Cambridge 19'S. IV- J »— J* (The Rtmmna*:,, was written in 16*6). 




21 

evident predilection on the life-story of this remarkable ruler who might be called a 
harbinger of the great Akbar on account of his broad-minded tolerance with regard 
to his Hindu subjects and his warm interest in their philosophy and religious writings. 
But unlike the enlightened monarch of Hindustan, the king of Kashmir ended his 
days in bitter disappointment. ‘There arc few more pathetic figures in the annals of 
India than this solitary old man refusing to be consoled for a life of earnest endeavour, 
splendid achievement, and irremediable failure* (p. 39). 

Chapter 111 gives a succinct but clear description of the architectural styles repre- 
sented by the ancient buildings of the valley. It is well known that the Hindu tem- 
ples of Kashmir exhibit a distinct style in which various elements have been most 
happily combined. What strikes the visitor most is the classical aspect of the Kash- 
mirian temples. This is accounted for by the close affinity with the early art of Gan- 
dhftra. On the other hand, there are several elements which are purely Indian. Among 
these I would reckon the stepped pyramidal roof built up in two storeys as described 
by the author (p. 67). There can be little doubt that this type of stepped roof is an 
imitation in stone of the wooden hill-temples which still exist in the valleys of die 
Himalayas and are perhaps best known from Nepal. 

In connexion with the purpose for which the book has been written, the ancient 
monuments have been arranged not in a chronological but in a topographical order. 
The result is that the Muhammadan buildings, most numerous in the capital, arc pro- 
minent in Chapter IV entitled ‘Monuments in Srinagar and its Vicinity*, whereas the 
description of the Brahmanicial temples occupies most of the chapters V and VI in 
which the monuments above and below Srinagar are dealt with. 

From an archxological point of view the most valuable portions of Mr. Kak’s 
book are no doubt those relating to the Buddhist remains of the Valley which, apart 
from prehistoric relics like the megaliths of Yandrahom (p. 111, pi. XLIII), are at the 
same time the earliest. Although it was well known that Buddhism was once preva- 
lent in Kashmir — a fact expressly stated by Kalhana (I. 171, 177) and moreover 
abundantly testified by Buddhist scriptures — . hardly any monument of this religion 
had come to light during the nineteenth century. The explorations carried on during 
the last twenty years have revealed a considerable number in which the three main 
classes of Buddhist buildings — stupas . monasteries and temples — are well represented. 

First of all, there arc the remains of Ushkar not far from Baramula at the lower 
end of the Valley. It is the site of Hushkapura, one of the three towns which, according 
to Kalhana, were founded by the three Turushka kings Hushka, Jushka and Kanishka '. 
A ruined and overgrown stupa near this place was one of the very few monuments 
of Buddhism known to exist in Kashmir in the days of Coxmmgham and Cole’. Mr. 
Kak follows Stein in identifying it with the structure which, as stated in the Raja • 
tarangini (IV 188), was built by LafitSdhya in the middle of the eighth century. The 



' Rajas. 1, 16A — 70. 

• A photograph of it has been reproduced in Cole* /BrnsSraiimt tj Ancient BmUiagi in A'ajAmir (1869). 





site, however, has yielded relies of a much earlier date. rc. eleven terra-cotta heads 
and other remains of images which unmistakably betray the influence of the Gr*co- 
Buddhist school of Gandhira They are well described by the author (p. 153), who 
assigns them to the third or fourth century. 

Another medieval stupa b found at the village of Malangpura, halfway between 
Avantipur and Payar. All that remains of it b the square basement with a double 
projection and a large staircase on each of the four sides The most remarkable 
feature of this Buddhist monument b the decoration of sculptured reliefs on the outer 
surface of the walls by which the stairs are enclosed. The author gives a graphic 
description of these reliefs representing "a furious monster pursuing a man who is 
flying precipi tally before it*. There can be little doubt that the subject of these sculp- 
tures is a variation of the matara motif in which we find the aquatic monster combined 
with a little man who seems to be in danger of being swallowed This motif, first 
found in the art of Mathura, has spread as far east as the Island of Sumatra. It 
b well known that the makara b often used in the decoration of staircases. 

The archeologist will read with special delight the account of the excavations 
carried out by Mr. Kaic on the Buddhist site of Hlrwan (p. 105 — 11). The village, 
situated about 1 j miles to the north west of the famous Shalimir Garden near Srinagar, 
retains in a strongly modified form the ancient name of Shajarhadvana, the "Grove 
of the Six Saints*, by which the locality b mentioned in the Rajatarattgini (I, 173). 
Even in the days of Kalhana it was remembered that this spot had once been hallowed 
by the presence of the great teacher Nigirjuna 

The excavations on this site which, as far as we know, are here for the first 
time described in some detail and with suitable illustrations \ have revealed the exis- 
tence of walls built in the ‘diaper-rubble’ style well known from Gandhiira and Taxila. 
They also yielded a medium sized stupa, under the foundations of which a copper 
coin of Toramina. the Hun king of the fifth century, was discovered. A building of 
an earlier date and of greater antiquarian interest b the large apsidal temple occu- 
pying the highest terrace. 

The explorations of the last twenty years have made it abundantly clear that 
temples of this early type (apart from the enigmatical 'Tank building' of Mohenjo-daro, 
we may even regard it as the earliest type known in India) once must have existed 
all over the country. Sir John Marshall has discovered them both at Taxila and at 
Sanchi; Mr. LoNcmmst excavated several specimens at Nagaijunikonda on the banks 
of the Kistna river, whereas others had previously been found by Mr. Rea at Ramatlrthan 
and Sanluram in the Vlzagapatam dbtrict*. Two complete examples of this early 
temple architecture are still known to exist in the South : the one at Ter, the ancient 



' Cf RAA, 1 9 JO, p. 140 f. — In 190J, -hen miMig Kashmir, I hid a photegraph of one of the 
relief* liken. 

' A PwKwMty psblahrf lo the IllmtirrtU Ntm of Ifccanber 10*5. Cf. also 

Prtt. A. £ B. 1895, p. j. 

• C/. An, Bito. /. A* 1927 (1919). p. it— 3. pi. IV* 



Tagara, on the western boundaries of Hyderabad- Deccan and the other at Chcrarla 
in the Guntur district of Madras. The well-known rock-cut ehaitya-haXh, of Western 
India are, of course, cave-temples of exactly the same type. 

The peculiar 'apsidal' shape of these shrines is to be accounted for from the 
object of worship, the early ikaitya or stupa raised on a circular plan, which they 
were intended to enshrine. Hence the Prakrit name iluttyagkara (Sanskrit t haityagriha ) 
by which temples of this kind are designated in inscriptions. The term eiailya applies 
to the enshrined stupa and the use of the word with reference to the whole temple, 
not uncommonly met with in the works of archaeologists, is therefore to be discarded. 

The explorations of Harwan have now for the first time, I believe, revealed the 
existence of such an early temple in Kashmir. The wonderful tiled pavement of the 
courtyard (160 by 124) feet) which surrounds the apsidal temple adds not a little to 
its interest. The tiles which are numbered with Kharoshfhl numerals, show a great variety 
of curious designs which are well illustrated on plates XIX— X LI. They include the 
motif of the garland-carriers well known from the art of Gandh&ra. 




Fig. 1. - TOn Iren Hlmn, Kufcmir. 



Among Urahmanical monuments of Kashmir the author pays special attention to 
the two temples which King Avantivarman (855 — 883) raised on the left bank of the 
Vitastfl near the village Avantipur which up to the present day retains the name of the 
royal founder. These two temples are not so famous as the earlier sanctuary which 
the great Lalitaditya dedicated to the solar deity at Martand and which even in its 
sadly ruined condition is impressive by its picturesque appearance and imposing situation. 
The two temples which Avantivarman dedicated tu Vishriu and Siva under the names 
of Avantisvamin and Avan&vara have likewise been destroyed by the iconoclast. But 
the careful excavations carried out in 1913 — 14 by Mr. D. R. Sahni, while in charge 
of the ancient monuments of Kashmir, have added a great deal to our knowledge of 
these two religious edifices. 

The thoroughly scientific manner in which Mr. Sahhi has published the account 
of his explorations leaves nothing to be desired. There are, however, a few icono- 
graphical explanations in which we venture to differ from his conclusions and which it 







*4 



will perhaps be useful here to record. The two reliefs found on the front faces of the 
dies of the pedestal which flank the staircase leading up to the sanctum (Plate IV) 
arc interpreted both by Mr. Sued and by Mr. K.oc as representations of the god 
Vishnu accompanied by Lakshmi and another goddess It seems to me much more 
probable that the two groups are meant for Kamadeva seated between his wives Rati 
and Prlti, not only on account of the amorous attitude of the central personage, but 
also on account of his attributes. He carries not only a bow but also an arrow ending 
in a flower which he holds with one of his right hands in front of his body. The 
parrots, too, appertain to Kama. 

The two inner panels, facing each other, of the same staircase are particularly 
interesting (Plate IVd). They show each a group of persons among whom a male 
personage is most prominent by his large size in relation to the other figures. On 
one of the two relief*, that on the left, this central figure is bearded and wears a crown. 
His right hand is raised as in reverential salutation and his left seems to hold a 
water-vessel In the corresponding panel to the right the central personage, likewise 
a male but here distinguished by a moustache and a curious head-dress, is shown in 
the same attitude. In the left-hand panel the protagonist is followed by a female of 
medium size. Mr. Kak observes that she wears a scarf over her head in the same 
fashion as is still observed by the women of Kashmir. In the right-hand panel there 
is also a medium-sized figure standing behind the principal person, but here this satel- 
lite appears to be a male. The remaining figures of both groups, which are consider- 
ably smaller in size, seem partly to carry offerings or to express reverence by their 
attitude. ‘The whole group'. Mr. Kak remarks, ‘seems to breathe a spirit of profound 
devotion to some undefined object*. 

Mr. Saiini tentatively identified the bearded person with Brahma and the principal 
person of the other group with Krishna For these identifications there appears to be 
little foundation. Mr. Kak. in my opinion, is nearer the truth when he recognizes the 
donor in the bearded personage. But in that case the central person of the opposite 
group must also belong to the mortals. The attitude of both these jiersons with their 
right hand raised, a gesture associated in Pallava sculpture with human adorers, 
points to this conclusion. A more definite interpretation of the two figures must be 
necessarily hypothetical. It should however be borne in mind that the temple of Vishnu 
to which these sculptures belong was founded by Avantivarman previous to his accession*. 
I feel therefore inclined to recognize the founder Avantivarman in the man with the 
moustache, whereas the crowned person with the beard would be his predecessor 
UtpalapJda. It would be interesting if the two figures in reality represented the first ruler of 
the Utpala dynasty and the last scion of the house of Karkota. But until further evidence 
is forthcoming, the proposed identification should be considered as purely conjectural. 

1 A. R. Arch. Jim, 191 14. p. 46. pL XXVII. 

1 Mr. Sahsi take* this object for a rotary. 

' *™***"« ***** tr*f4«Mjyi ekakre feft 




J 5 



The book concludes with a ‘Short Bibliography on the History and Archaeology 
of Kashmir’*. A series of seventy-seven excellent plates is an indispensable adjunct 
for the right understanding of the text. 

The fine volume produced by Mr. Kak is well calculated to draw anew the 
attention of artists and scholars all over the world to the wealth of antiquarian monuments 
which the Valley of Kashmir contains. May it also serve to render the local authorities 
fully alive to the great responsibilities which the possession of such a treasure-house 
of art and history involves. 

J. Ph. Vogel 



CEYLON 

CONSERVATION OF THE ROYAL BATH AT POLONNARUVA 

Among the most striking of the remains at the ancient capitals of Ceylon are 
the stone baths, called pokun* (Pali pokkkaratti, Sanskrit puihkarint) in Sinhalese. 
At Anuradhapura and Po|onnaruva as well as at the less well-known sites in the 
island, there exist numerous examples of these pekunas. varying in sire, in design and 
in artistic beauty. We have pukuttMt of a very simple pattern, being nothing more 
than small rectangular excavations with sides built of brick or rubble, large baths of 
elaborate design ornamented with stone work of excellent quality, and others of such 
artistic designs as the stone-built Lotus Bath at Polonnaruva which, as the name 
implies, resembles a full-blown lotus of eight petals. All these baths were, in ancient 
days, supplied with water from the neighbouring reservoirs by means of under ground 
pipes and there were similar passages for draining off the water when necessary. It is 
needless to mention that these underground passages are now all blocked up, so that 
at present the ancient pokunat, in which the rain-water stagnates, have become prolific 
breeding places of the malarial mosquito. 

The great majority of them, like most of the architectural remains at Anuradhapura 
and Polonnaruva, once belonged to the various monastic establishments. Of secular 
baths, very few examples remain; and among them the most important is the one 
now known as Kumara Pokuna (‘the Prince s Bath*), near the ruins of the palace of 
ParakramabShu I at Polonnaruva (Plate V). It is situated just outside the eastern 
enclosure of the Citadel, which was set apart entirely for royal buildings; but a flight 
of stone steps leading to it through a postern gate in the wall from the outer precincLs 
of the palace shows that it was within the area reserved for royalty. By a study of 
the topographical data given in the Afakacamsa, where the palace of ParakramabShu I 
is described, Mr. A. M. Hocart has been able to identify the Kumira Pokuga with 
the Silapokkharani ('Stone Bath’) mentioned in the Chronicle'. 

• To this •Bibliography- might be added Stew's Zmr GtttkukU 4 rr Qihis tarn JObn/, contributed to the 
Fu/grmu an Rudolf van Rath, Stuttgart. 1893 (Cf. Srnx'i RijaL transL voL II. p. 336) and the List of 
Amunt Monuments In Kashmir (Annua/ Progress Report Panjab and V P. Ctrtle 1903-4, p. 33-45). 

* Memoirs 0/ the Arehaologuai Survey 0/ Ceylon, VoL II. p. 3. 

A oo'da I lltbltOfraphy, VIII. 



4 




When it was first cleared of the jungle by Mr. H. C. P. Bell in 1911, the 
pokuna was in a very dilapidated condition. The silent but steady action of tropical 
jungle growth during six centuries of desolation, and the ravages of man had done 
their work, and the stone slabs with which its sides had been faced were found 
displaced and scattered about. Some of the stones were missing and others broken 
into fragments. It remained in this condition (see Plate Va) till 1931, when the 
Archeological Department, in consideration of the association of this pokuna with the 
greatest name in the history of the island, and its intrinsic merit from the architectural 
point of view, derided to restore it. It was in such a ruinous condition that it was 
impossible to conserve it except by completely dismantling and re-building it. Detailed 
plans of restoration were made, in which the position of every slab and fragment of 
stone was accurately marked, and photographs showing the actual position of the 
stones in the various parts of the structure were taken before the dismantling was done. 
In re building, every possible precaution was taken to replace each slab of stone in 
the exact position which it originally occupied. The old builders had given a backing 
of brick and mud mortar to the stone work of the sides, and in reconstruction a 
reinforced concrete backing was given into which the vertical slabs were fixed by 
hidden steel cramps. The flag-stooes of the pavement, which had sunk in many places, 
were also re set. 

In the course of the work, it was found that, as in almost all the monumenU at 
I'ojonnaruva, the material used for this structure was not specially prepared for the 
purpose, but had been collected from various earlier buildings. In consequence, a few 
of the stone slabs are rather ill-fitting and the mouldings in the same tier also differ 
in style at places. All these defects must, of course, have originally been concealed 
by a coating of lime plaster, traces of which were found on some of the stones. In 
spite of these blemishes, the effect of the finished pokuna is on the whole very pleasing 
and impressive. The various parts of it balance each other very well, and the 
proportions are quite harmonious. It was also found that since its first construction, it 
had undergone repair at a subsequent date. The flight of steps leading down on the 
western side, and the greater part of the pavement can easily be distinguished as 
later additions 

In order to give the reader a general idea of this stone bath, 1 cannot do better 
than quote Mr. Bell’s succinct description included in his Report for the year 1911-12, 
p. 56: ‘The pokuna is shaped as a bayed oblong, 44 feet east to west by 38 feet 
crossways, giving a recessed outline all round, and diminishing in like plan to 31 feet 
6 inches by 27 feet 3 inches at bottom by three graduated gangways. The floor is 
stone-flagged, and in each of its terraces is a low ledge, ogee-moulded, except on the 
west, down which side the only stairs descended. The mantling of the gangway’s 
differed. The lowest tier was given small ogee plinth, vertical block, and cyma coping; 
the second and third gangways dispensed with plinth; and the uppermost in addition 
to its coping, was topped by a parapet of double-cyma moulding, inside and out, 
rounded at top’. 




After the restoration of the pokuna itself had been completed, the surrounding 
area was excavated ; this work resulted in exposing the underground passages by which 
it was supplied with water and emptied. Between the pokuna and the Citadel Wall 
was a channel, with sides built of rubble masonry-, 1 1 feet 3 inches wide, from which 
water was conveyed to the bath through four underground pipes. Two of these, which 
were connected with the two MuAird-shaped spouts on the western side, were built 
entirely of stone. The other two conduits have stone slabs only on the floor, the side 
walls and the top being of brickwork, which has now crumbled away. The spouts on 
the other three sides, which were also similar in design to those already mentioned, 
have been damaged and most of the fragments have disap|»eared. The water was 
drained off through a stone-built culvert. 30 feet in length, a feet wide and 1 foot 
5 inches in height. The flight of stone steps leading from the Citadel terminated at 
the above mentioned channel over which has been placed a large slab of stone to 
serve as a bridge. The underground passages, the stonework of the walls of the 
channel, the flight of steps, as well as the monolithic bridge have now been completely 
restored. A photograph showing the bath and its surroundings after restoration is 
reproduced on Plate \b. 

To the south of the bath were the remains of a small pavilion which was probably 
used by the king and the members of his household when they came to bathe. This 
pavilion has been built on two superimposed platforms, the sides of which are faced 
with moulded stones and friexes of lions. The remains of this pavilion also have 
been conserved. 

S. Paranavitana 

FURTHER INDIA 

PRINCIPAL WORKS CARRIED OUT ON THE SITE OF ANGKOR DURING 

THE YEAR 1933 

a. CONSERVATION OP THE BA YON TEMPLE 

The Bayon Temple, which rises in the centre of the latest town of Angkor and 
which is one of the last important shrines left by the Khmer kings, exhibits in certain 
parts a condition of very advanced decay (Plates Via VID). The monuments belonging 
to this period (the end of the 13* and the commencement of the 13'* century) were 
constructed hurriedly and with such a want of care and technical skill that they have 
resisted, far less than other temples of an earlier date, the inclemency of the weather 
and the luxurious growth of a tropical vegitation. 

The crown of the central tower of the Bayon is no longer extant, and the stones 
of the present top which are still in position have mostly been loosened and dislocated 
to such an extent that they have become separated from the core of the masonry. 
In June 1932, in consequence of a violent storm, a rather large number of these stones 
had become detached from the top portion so that there was reason to apprehend 




j8 



the imminent fall of the remaining ones. In the beginning of the year 1933, therefore, 
advantage was taken of the dry season to undertake such works of conservation as 
appeared to be most urgent. It was M. Taoovt. the present Conservator of the 
monuments of Angkor, who was entrusted with the delicate task of carrying out this 
restoration which entailed grave risks on account of the conditions under which the 
work had to be done. Owing to the careless construction of the whole monument it 
was extremely difficult to erect the necessary scaffoldings for reaching the upper portions 
of the central tower, which rises to a height of 31 metres above the floor of the 
surrounding terrace and of 45 metres above the ground-level. The scaffolding was 
placed on the top of the little shrines which surround the central portion of the tower, 
the points of support having first been sufficiently strengthened. Then the layers of 
the masonry which had become detached, and which were leaning outwards dangerously, 
were taken down one row after the other. Subsequently the stones were replaced, 
joined together and fastened on to the inner masonry of the temple tower, of which 
the joints had previously been secured wherever necessary. Some loose stones which 
had dropped from the top of the building were recovered and after identification 
restored to their original position. 

In order to strengthen the whole pile a number of iron bars were fixed inside 
the tower so as to fasten together the outer walls. One wonders whether the timber 
piece* found inside some of the vault* in Khmer buildings, including the Bayon itself, 
possibly served the same purpose, vis. to prevent the masonry from parting. 

*. SOUNDING THE -WELL" IN THE BAYON 

The work of preservation on the Bayon Temple was followed by sounding the 
depth inside the eella of the central tower, the floor of which was formerly pierced 
by an enormous cavity. The first conservator of Angkor, M. J. Commaiixe, had decided 
to cause this hole to be filled, as it might easily lead to accidents. On clearing the 
opening of this cavity a well or pit of considerable depth was found which had no 
doubt been dug by treasure-seekers, and which contained the fragments of a very 
large statue of Buddha seated on a twofold pedestal and canopied by the polycephalous 
hood of the Nlga (Plate VII i) '. 

It has been possible to piece together and completely reconstruct this image, 
which has provisionally been placed in the courtyard to the west of the central tower. 
It measures 3 m. 60 (nearly 13 feet) in height, without and 4 m. 75 (nearly 15 feet) 
with the double pedestal. It may be reckoned among the finest pieces of sculpture 
found in Kambodia. The circumstance that its origin is known, which is comparatively 
rare in Kambodian art, adds considerably to its value; for there is good reason to 
assume that it is the object of worship which was first enshrined in the Bayon Temple. 

The pit from which the pieces of this statue had been extracted was cleared and 



' A paper on thb image Oj M. Coots has 
Art for Jane 19J4. 



appeared in ibtjetrntl of the Mian Soiiity of Oriental 




examined down to a depth of 14 metres during which good care was taken to shore 
up and support the sides, as the excavation proceeded. At this stage the work had 
to be interrupted owing to the appearance of underground water. It is worth noting 
that in the year 1920, while examining another pit of the Bayon in a gallery of the 
second floor to the north-east of the central tower, water was reached at the same level. 

t. PRASAT AK YOM 

At the end of the year 1932 a new monument was discovered by M. TrouvR 
in the Angkor group at a distance of 8 kilometres to the west of the Phnom Bakhcng '. 
It is a temple which had been almost completely buried in the earthen embankment 
which forms the southern boundary of the large artificial lake known by the name 
of the Western Baray. The excavations first revealed the walls of a central shrine 
built of brick on a square groundplan and open towards the four cardinal points 
(Plate VIrf). The foot of these walls rests on a high basement of brickwork which is 
broken by the four stairways leading up to the doorways. The decorative devices 
employed on these gates, via. the sandstone cotonmtUi and lintels found either in situ 
or fallen at the foot of the structure exhibit all the characteristics of Khmer sculpture 
in its earliest phase, in other words, of primitive Khmer art '. 

It should, however, be noted that evidently the original edifice has undergone 
repairs or modifications at a later date, as is evident in the first place from an outer 
brick wall doubling the width of the original walls of the facade of the sanctuary, 
and likewise from a decorative lintel over the northern doorway. 

In the middle of the cella there stood a huge pedestal, the basin for the lustral 
water being supplied by a sandstone slab, o m. 58 (23 inches) thick and 3 metres 
(c. 9 feet) square. This stone had been broken into three fragments, probably to 
facilitate the removal of the sacred deposits which were placed in the cavities under- 
neath. The basin was provided, on the northern side, with a spout for running off the 
water; a portion ol the spout came to light in the course of the explorations. 

On the cast side the basement of the pedestal had been completely smashed and 
removed; a pit had then been dug in the substructure of the sanctuary and subse- 
quently been refilled with the diSris. This pit has been cleared. At a depth of some 
ten metres the excavations revealed the existence of an underground chamber, the 
floor being at a depth of 12 m. 25 ( c . 40 feet) below the aperture of the pit (Fig. 3). 
It should be remarked that this is the first time that a subterraneous room at such 
depth has been found in a Khmer monument. The discover)' opens fresh problems 
in Kambodian archaeology, as it is in no wise improbable that other temples present 
the same peculiarity. The excavations in the central pit of the Bayon. as we have 
seen, had to be discontinued owing to the appearance of ground-water, but we may 



‘ Thu discovery was briefly noticed An. Bit L /. A. VII (193*), p. 39. 
* Parxentiis, L'Art kkmir pnaatif, * roiv, 19*7. 





PRA^AT AK-YOM 



PRINCIPAL SHRINE 
N.S. SECTION 




UNPfR&BCUND CHAMBER 
( BUCK MASONRY) 



riOOBINO KHncur o.(t) 
l^HWMOTOWTII 



QCWATIMM MAM KNOW rtOORINO 
Hr j. — Section of Prtai Ak Yea. 




ANGKOR VAT 









3 * 

reasonably anticipate that, when sounding is resumed during the dry season, a similar 
underground chamber will be found there, also. 

Among the dibris which encumbered the pit leading to the subterraneous vault 
of Ak Yom some blocks of a parallelopiped shape, measuring 0.35 in length by 0.25 
in width and 0.14 in thickness, were recovered; these may have served to enclose 
the sacred deposit placed in the underground chamber or beneath the huge pedestal. 
Similar masonry has been found in Annam surrounding the sacred deposit of a Cham 
shrine. Various broken sculptures were likewise extracted from the pit. such as a 
statuette and pedestal fragments, as well as two leaves of gold repousse (o m. 025 
by o m. 085) representing an elephant. 

The removal of earth along the southern face of the sanctuary on the terrace 
from which the central shrine rises brought to light secondary edifices occupying the 



33 



tained by means of some Inal trenches, it was found that the dimensions of the pyramid 
at its foot must be nearly too metres square. 

The retaining wall of the second terrace, which is likewise built of bricks, is 
decorated along its face with an ornamental design carved in the brickwork itself, 
and consisting of a series of edifices on a small scale which interrupt the mouldings 
of the basement. Remnants of more or less ruined structures, which are evidently 
subsequent to the construction of the second platform, are still visible on the southern 
face towards the east. 

On the second terrace, besides the two sanctuaries on the south-west and south- 
east corners noticed above, were found two small intermediary temples slightly elong- 
ated from east to west, of which there still remain only the bases of the walls, together 
with a confused mass of structures, paved causeways, and basements of little shrines 
found at different levels. These remains appear to represent later additions to the 
temple building. 

While laying bare the upper platform opposite the principal entrance on the east 
side of the central temple building, it was necessary to remove a laterite terrace of 
late date. In the course of this work several pieces of sculpture were recovered, 
including a door-lintel which belongs to the style of primitive Khmer art, 

/ CASALS AND CAUSEWAYS AROUND ANGKOR THOM 

•Some interesting discoveries have been made in connexion with explorations which 
were carried out on the site of Angkor in order to reconstruct, if possible, the irri- 
gation system formerly utilised by the Khmers. These researches have confirmed a 
supposition which had been made long ago but which could not be finally proved 
until now. They have shown that the Khmers had deflected, barred or modified the 
course of the Siemrtap river, which descends from the Phnom Kulen, in order to 
utilize the water for the irrigation of ricefield* and other cultivation. The irrigated 
area must liave been of considerable extent to judge from the density of the popula- 
tion occupying the country around the capital of the Khmer kingdom. If we may 
trust the inscription of Ta Prohm ', which enumerates the victuals and various other 
products which had to be furnished to the temple, the total population consecrated 
to this monastery’ must have amounted to 79365 persons. 

The name 'Baray' is employed to designate a whole series of ancient tanks or 
rectangular depressions, some of considerable size, enclosed within embankments of 
earth; they probably served the purpose of water- reservoirs for the benefit of agri- 
culture. These tanks or artificial lakes were no doubt connected with each other and 
also with the river which filled them during the rains, and during the dry season the 
water was distributed over the adjoining fields by canals. 

To the north and north-west of the Eastern Barav of Angkor remains of ancient 
walls have been discovered, as well as remnants of earthen dikes, bridges and chan- 

• Gx lifts, U sttu J, Ta Pro Mm. BEFEO. VI, p. 77. 

AoitMl BibUotr.pl, vm . 




34 



nets which connected the north-eastern corner of the moats of Angkor Thom with 
the river and with this Baray (Fig. 4). In the same manner another canal running 
north south unites the Eastern Baray with the Baray to the east of Prah Khan. Else- 
where there were found traces of a canal-system which formed a communication 
between the Siemreap river and another watercourse to the east of the Eastern Baray. 
These various canal systems point to the intention of utilizing the water of the Siem- 
reap river for distribution towards the west and the east, and for the irrigation of 
the fields in the region to the north of the site of Angkor. Several branches have 
been traced by which the river-water was conducted to the Eastern Baray through a 
gap in the north-east corner of the dike which encloses the Baray. 

Researches carried out elsewhere, namely, to the south-east of the town of 
Angkor Thom have likewise resulted in interesting discoveries. A number of waterways 
often lined by earthen dikes, starting from the south-western corner of the Eastern 
Baray, then, lead either due west into the Stemreap river and the eastern moat of 
Angkor Thom or, a little more to the south, into the northeastern corner of the 
moats belonging to the Temple of Angkor Vat. 

There exists, therefore, around the ancient town of Angkor a real network of 
canals and embankments which, together with the Barays, depressions, tanks and 
reservoirs, formed an irrigation system. It seems very probable that during the 
flourishing period of the Khmer kings it was possible to regulate the output of these 
canals by means of dams so that the system could be utilixed to the best advantage 
for the irrigation of the field-, in accordance with the exigencies of the very dense 
population which occupied the region at that time. 

Henri March al 

INDONESIA 

SUMMARY OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN NETHERLANDS INDIA IN IMS 
«• THL PRESERVATION OK ANCIENT MONUMENTS 

It is a matter of gratification that, notwithstanding the prevailing economic con- 
ditions, the Government of Netherlands India has enabled the Archaeological Survey 
to continue its activities on behalf of andent monuments during the year 1933, although 
again rather heavy sacrifices both in personnel and material had to be made. On a 
severely reduced scale the work was carried on according to the same principles which 
had been followed in the preceding year. Measures for the preservation of antiquarian 
remains, therefore, still constituted the principal aim of the Archa;o!ogical Service, 
whilst less urgent tasks, such as excavations, reconstructions and surveys, were deferred 
until more prosperous times. The work of restoration at Prambanan alone was continued, 
though very more slowly, because a total suspension would have entailed the loss 
of our trained native workmen. 




In 1933 certain ancient remains were entered for the first time in a ‘Public Central 
Register of Monuments’ which was published in the ‘Javaschc Courant'. The following 
arc henceforward to be regarded as protected monuments in the sense of section 1 
of the Bill for the Preservation of Ancient Monuments (Government Gazette, 1930, 
n". 283): the Stupa of Muara Takus, the prehistoric underground chambers at Tanjong 
Aroh, Pasemah district (Upper Palembang) and the Regalia of Pagerruyung (Mining- 
kabau, Sumatra). The following antiquities were provisionally entered in the afore- 
mentioned Register: the remains of human skulls found in the vicinity of Ngandong, 
Blora Regency (subdivision Japara-Rembang, Central Java), and likewise the house 
of Rumphius situated in the Amboina subdivision of the Province of the Moluccas. 
Finally proposals were made that the ancient remains in the subdivision Banda Neira 
and Fort Speelwijk with the adjoining cemetery should be declared protected monuments. 

An arrangement is in preparation by which the responsibility for the safe-keeping 
and custody of the Hindu monuments of Java and likewise the powers of appointing 
and dismissing the native caretakers (juru kmntki) will in future be vested in the 
Regencies It is understood that, as has been the case in the past, the preservation 
of the monuments will remain under the expert supervision of the Archeological Survey. 

>. HINDU ANTIQUITIES 

The rebuilding of the Northern Temple of Prambanan carried out during the 
year 1932, has now been completed, so that for the time being the work of recon- 
struction has been brought to an end. The work of checking the layers of the main 
temple which had been set up within the temple enclosure, was continued during the 
year 1933. Some provisional repairs were, moreover, carried out on the Brahma Temple. 
As regards the Chaptji Singasari, the well-known shrine to the north of Malang 
(Eastern Java), it was noticed that the crevice running through the top of the structure 
had widened out to a dangerous extent. New buttresses were, therefore, erected and 
the old ones strengthened, so as to prevent a collapse of the edifice. 

Most important by far among the finds which have been brought to the notice 
of the Archaeological Survey is the Buddha image of bronie which has come to light 
in the desa (village) of Sempaga situated at the mouth of the Karama river on the 
west coast of Celebes (Plate VIII a-d). It has now been given a place of honour in 
the bronze collection of the Batavia Museum. It is evident from the style that the 
image in question must belong to the famous School of Buddhist Art which flourished 
at Amaravati on the Kistna river in Southern India during the first centuries of the 
Christian era. It may. therefore, be regarded as one of the earliest relics of the Hindu 
Period which have hitherto been discovered in the Malay Archipelago. A detailed 
account of this remarkable bronze figure has appeared in the Journal of the Royal 
Batavia Society. 



The 'Regents' are the 



to the Javanese nobility. 





3 6 



In this connexion we may briefly mention that, in consequence of an internal 
reconstruction of the Batavia Museum, the collections of Hindu antiquities preserved in 
that edifice have been completely re-arranged so that they are now exhibited to much 
greater advantage. Among important acquisitions to the Museum collection wc wish to 
make mention of the stone statue of a female 1 in the style of Majapahit from Jebuk, 
Tulung Agung district, Kediri subdivision, H a s t er n Java (Plate IX a- 6 ). It has now 
been transferred to Batavia from the grounds of the Regent’s residence at Tulung Agung. 

In the Island of Bali L)r. Goats continued the preliminary work for the proposed 
edition and translation of the Old-Balincse charters. Under his superintendence steady 
progress was made with the work of collecting and cataloguing manuscripts. 

r. A.vnQurrifcs of the transitional period 

Most important among the monuments of this class to which the Archeological 
Survey has paid attention during the year 1933 are the Kraton Kasepuhan and the 
Masigit (= Masjid or Mosque) Agung at Cheribon (Fig. 5). As regards the former, in 




F l 5- — »<«•*« Aging. Own boo. 



1931 and 1933 the residential quarters and the private prayer-chapel of the Sultan 
with part of the Sitingil were restored In the year 1933 the interesting edifices 
belonging to the Sitingil group, which are known as Pendudukan Sultan, Sukati and 
Malang Semirang. were taken in hand and completed. In the next year this whole 
work of restoration will be brought to a conclusion. The Archeological Survey has 
drawn up a plan and an estimate for the very urgent conservation of the Masigit 
Agung. The repairs will be carried out on the principle that the aspect which the 



' /nventory tf Himlu o*. ,© ©j. Ct JatrM 

n*. 6058, pi. 5-6, wh«t 11 B described u (he inujc of a c 



Bn. Go r. r. K. m IK, II, (1934), p. 107, 




37 



Mosque has assumed in the course of centuries will remain unaltered, and that the 
measures to be adopted will be strictly limited to the strengthening of the structure, 
while the ancient materials will be retained as much as possible. In 1933 the work 
of conservation was commenced under the supervision of the Archaeological Survey; 
the restoration of the first and second roofs has now been accomplished. 

/. PREHISTORIC RESEARCHES 

After the discovery of the bronze Buddha figure, referred to above, at Sempaga 
on the west coast of Celebes, it became known that both near this locality and near 
Galumpang higher up the river, objects of the Prehistoric Age had come to light. 
This led to an investigation in loc 0 conducted by Dr. P. V. van Stbn Callenfels 
on the initiative of the Governor of Celebes and Dependencies. Among the important 
results of this exploration we may mention the recovery of decorated neolithic pottery 
together with arrow heads of the same period which enable us to determine more 
precisely the southern limit of the Philippino-.Minahav.ian culture. It is of still greater 
importance that the finds of Galumpang have revealed a protonrolithic site adapted 
for systematic exploration, which is indeed the first of its kind discovered in Netherlands 
India. It will be remembered that the term 'protooeolithic' is employed to designate 
the type of culture which shows a transitional stage towards the neolithic period; side 
by side with the ruddy hewn implements of an early type it produces others which, 
though exhibiting quite the same shape, are characterized by a ground edge. Dr. van 
Stkin Cam.knskis has availed himself of his stay in Celebes for making researches 
in prehistoric anthropology in the I.amonchong country in order to check the hypotheses 
advanced by the Swiss ethnologists Sarasin, regarding the Toala culture. 

/. M USICOI XXiICA I. RESEARCH 

Hitherto all ethnographical objects which were considered to be worthy of preser- 
vation, in whatever manner they had been acquired, were committed by the Government 
to the custody of the Royal Batavia Society of Arts and Sciences. As the collections, 
housed in the State Musicological Archive, exdusvdy bdong to the domain of ethnology, 
it is only natural that the Government have dedded to transfer them likewise to the 
care of the Society. For the time being, however, they have been left in the building in 
which they were first deposited, until a room in the Society's Museum shall be available 
for their reception and proper exhibition. 

Under the able superintendence of Dr. J. Kunst, the conservator of the Musi- 
cological Section of the Batavia Society, the collections were systematically extended, 
so that the number of indigenous musical instruments has now risen to over a thousand 
(1075). As was the case in previous years, these exhibits have attracted a great deal 
of curiosity on the part of both European and Indonesian visitors. Among those who, 
either out of a general interest or for the sake of obtaining definite information of some 
kind, paid a visit to the Musicological Archive was a large number of foreigners. An 




38 

often fertile and constantly increasing contact was maintained with kindred institutions 
abroad, resulting in an extensive correspondence and in assistance rendered in the 
acquisition of gramophone records and musical instruments. In this manner it has been 
possible to deal adequately with an enquiry made by the International Institute of 
Intellectual Cooperation. 

During the year under review the conservator completed an investigation, instituted 
at the request of the Director of Education, regarding the spread in Java and Madura 
of the different forms of gamtlan and wmyamg, the fabrication of gongs and the tone- 
systems called log and slhutr*. An annotated catalogue of the collection of musical 
instruments is in the course of preparation, while the conservator has put the finishing 
stroke to a work on Javanese and Sundanese music which appeared in December 1 934 

F. D K. Bosch 



• J. Kvxst, Dt T**b.*,< m. /-r*. Tbe Ha***: N.jbofi, . 9J «- 




LIST OF PERIODICALS 

The number* r e/rt to the Bibiiogrspb) . 

i Ada Or.: ‘Acta Oiientalia, ediderunt societates orientates baUva danica norvcgica curantibus 
C. Snoucic Hurukonje, S. Koxovr, J. Pedersen. Ph. S. VAN Konkei.. Redigenda curavit 
S. KONOW. VoL XI. pt*. 3— 4. voL XII, pt. I. Leyden: E. J. Brill, 1933. 8vo. p. 171—358, 
1—80. — no*. 330, 232, 670. 

Aei'um: •Aevum. Ramegna di scicnsc storichc. linguistwhe e hlologichc, publicala per cura della 
Faeolta di Lettere dcU'Uaivcrsith Cailolica del Sacro Coore. Milano. Vol. VII. 8vo, 544 p. 
Annual subscription: L. 50,30, foreign L. 100,30. 

Am. J. Arch.: 'American Journal of Archeology, Journal of the American Institute of Archeology, 
Philadelphia, Pa., and Concord. N. II. Vol. XXVIII. Svo, 659 p.. 67 pl»., ill. — Annual 
subscriptions 8 6.00. — not. 17. 609. 625. 

An. Rhandarkar /ut.x 'Annals of the Bhandarlur Institute, Poona. Vol. XIV. 8vo. 27381 29 p. — 
Price: Rs. 10 per volume. — no. 237. 

An. BiM. /. A. : 'Annual Bibliography of Indian Archeology. Kem Institute, Leyden. — not. /, 
121, 206. 224. 225. 431. 453. 474. 489. $40, $72. 644. 

An. Rtf. Mu. Maura: 'Annual Report on the Working of the Curzon Museum of Archeology . 
Muttra. — no. 42. 

Amhrofos ; Anthropos, International Review of Ethnology and Linguistics, St. Gabriel- MOdllng 
near Vienna. — no. 336. 

Amujuaries J.x The Antiquaries Journal. 

Antique Rev. : The Antique Review, Rajthahi. — nos. 40$. 440. 

10 A. R. Arch. Surv. x 'Annual Report of the Archeological Survey of India. — nos. .17 a&b, $7-39, 
80. 82. 86, 91, 116, 117. 136, 288. 4$7. 500. $01. 

A.R. Arch. Sarv. Ceylon: 'Annual Report of the Archeological Survey of Ceylon. — no. 463. 

A.R. Cenlr. Mu. Lahore : 'Central Museum. Lahore: Annual Report. — no. 38. 

Arth. /. Orient/oruk. : Archiv fur Orientfocschuag. Berlin. 

•Anhlv Orientals : unabbreviated. Journal of the Czechoslovak Oriental Institute, ed. by B. HK07.NV, 
etc. Vol. V. Prague : Orientilnl Ustav. Paris: Geuthacr; Lcipsic: Harrassowitt 8vo., 322 p. — 
Annual subscription: Ki. 160. — (Fra. 120.—). 

Arch. Mill, /ran: 'Archeologische Mittcilungcn aut Iran, hrsg. von E. Herzield. Vol. V. nos. 
* — 3 : VI. nos. 1—2. Berlin: D. Reimer (E. Vohsen). 8ro., p. 49—132, I — 109, ill. — no. 
640. Price: RM. 2a— per volume. — no. 64a 

A.R. Cochin: 'Administration Report of the Archeological Department, Cochin State. — no. 31. 

A. R. Mysore: 'Annual Report of the Mysore Archeological Department, — no. 44. 

A. R. Nizam' tx 'Annual Report of the Archeological Department of Exalted Highness the Ni ranis 
Dominions. — nos. j6a-c, 32. 

A. R. Rajput. Mas.: 'Annual Report on the Working of the Rajputana Museum, Ajmer. 

»o ARS/Ep.: 'Annual Report on the South-Indian Epigraphy, Madras. — nos. 39. 

Art. As. : 'Artibus Asie, ed. C Hentze and A. Salmonv. Vol. IV (1930—3*). no. 2/3. Lcipsic : 
Richard Hadl. Royal 4to. p. 83—181, many illustrations. — nos. 27. 182, 620, 659. 660, 
669. 678. 




40 



A. R. U. P. Prov. Mm. : 'Annual Report on the Working of the United Provinces Provincial Museum, 
Lucknow. — no. 43. 

A.R. Varradrm : 'Annual Report of the Varendra Research Society. Rajshahi. — no. 4a 

A. R. Want* Mm.: 'Annual Report of the Watson Museum of Antiquities, Rajkot. — no. 41. 

•Alia Major : unabbreviated. Hog. von Br. SCHINDLER u. Fr. WELLER. Vol. IX. Leipsic : Verlag 
Asia Major G.m.b II. 8vo.. 666 p. 

•The Aiiatie Rnuv: unabbreviated. VoL XXIX, nos. 97— 100. London. S. W. I, 3 Victoria 
Street. 8 vo.. 744 p. and many plate*. — Annual subscription: £ 1. — no. 113. 

RF.FF.O.: Bulletin de I'Fcole Fran^aise d’Eatreme-Onent. vol. XXXII, 1—2, 1932. Hanoi, 
1933- 8*4 |>. Bl. - to*- 4*9. 487. 49«. $<H. S<»7. S*'. S* 6 . 5*7- S3* 

BihtdtTf. Belvedere, Monatsschrift fur Sammler und Kunstfrcunde, hrsg. von A. Stix, Zurich- 
Leipzig- Wien : Amalthea-Verlag. 

Bengal P. P . : Bengal Past fit Present. Journal of the Calcutta Historical Society. Vols. XLV f„ 
nos. 89—92. Calcutta : Published by the Society, 8vo.. 146 fit i$i p., ill. — Annual sub- 
scription: Rs. JO. 

jo R/rlm/r Muu/ut Berliner Museen. Bcrichte aus den Preussischen Kunstsammlungcn. Berlin. — 
nos. 187, 683. 

Bkdratvarika-. unabbreviated. Calcutta. — non. 433. 44 

BM. kauddk . : 'Bibliographic bouddhique. - no. 4- 

Rijdr. \ Bijdragm tot de Taal-, Land- en VoUtenkunde van Ncdcrlandsch-Indie. Uitgegeven door 
het Ron. Instituut voor de Taal-, Land- en Volkenltundc van Ncdertand*ch-Indi«. (Contri- 
butions to the Linguistics. Geography and Ethnology of Netherlands India. Mainly in Dutch). 
Vol. XC. The Hague. M Nijhoff. 193a. 8vo. 634 p.. iU. - nos. 34'. SS». 558. 579, 592. 

Bijuttu Ktnkyu, Tokyo : unabbreviated. — no. 634. 

Bdft. /ml. Vat<»: 'Boletim do Inaiituto Vasco da Gama (Bulletin of the Vasco da Gama Institute. 
In Portuguese). Nova Goa: Rangel-Baatora, 1933. Nos. 17— ao. Imp. 8vo, 11 1 fit 160 fit 82 
fit 87 p. — Price (4 numeros): Ra. 3 in Portuguese India. Rv 4 in Portugal, its colonies, 
and in British India. 8 sh. foreign. — nos. 6 j. 333. 386. 

Butm Btiu : 'Bulletin of the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. Mass. - no. 616. 

Bril. Mm. Qh: British Museum Quarterly. London. - nos. 17$ -7, 451. 513. 

BSOSl.. 1 'Bulletin of the School of Oriental Studies. Vol. VII, pt. 1. London: published by the 
School. 1933. 8 vo. p. 1—264. 1 pi. — Price: 6 a — no. 419. 

Btin Amu V. Hut.: 'Bulletin de* Amis du View Hu*. Annam. VoL XX. Hanoi-Haiphong: 
Imprimerie d'Extrime-Orient. 1933. 8vo. 333 p., 72 pis. — Annual subscription: Indochinese 
| l ICO mm 80 fr*. 

40 Tk, Buik/o Bijuttu The Bukkyo Bijutsu: A Quarterly on Buddhist Art. Tokyo. — no. 646. 

Bui. Am. Iml. Pm. Art-. 'Bulletin of the American Institute of Persian Art and Archeology, New 
York. — nos. 612 a fit A 

Bui. Amu dt rOr. . 'Bulletin de P Association Fran^aise de* Ami* de 1‘Orient. Pari*. - no. 225. 

Bui. Anam Hut. & Am. Si. Deft.: 'Government of Assam: Department of Hi*torical and Anti- 
quarian Studies, Bulletin, ed. by & K. Bhuvan. Gauhati. 

Bull. Cleveland Mm. Art . Bulletin of the Cleveland Museum of Art. Cleveland, Ohio. -nos. 193-5, 217. 

Bui Cam. Areh. fade* hint : 'Bulletin de la Commission ArcMologique de I’lndochinc. Pari*. 8vo. 

Bui hogg Am Mm.. 'Bulletin of the Fogg Art Museum. Harvard University. Cambridge, Mans. 
8vo.. 4 numbers 4 20 p .for annum. — Price: % 1.—. 

Bui. Madras Mm : 'Bulletin of the Madras Government Museum, ed. by the Superintendent. 
Madras: Government Press. 8vo. 

BulMtlr.Mui.Art: Bulletin of the Metropolitan Museum of Art. New York. - no*. 142, 18c, 
622. 623. 636. 




4 



Bui. A 'at. labr. Peiping: ‘Bulletin of the National Library. VoL VII. Poping: Published by the 
Library. 1933. 8vo.. 6 number*. — Annual subscription: $2.00 gold. — nos. 682, 692. 

50 Burlington Magazine: The Burlington Magazine for Connoisseur*. London. — nos. 524. 705. 

Ceylon J. Se.: ‘Ceylon Journal of Science. Section G. — Art Analogy, Ethnology, etc. II, 
pt. 3. Edited by S. Paranavua.n.v October 17, 1933. Colombo: The Director. Colombo 
Museum: London: Dulau 8t Co.. Ltd.. 32 Old Bond Street. 1933. 8vo. p. 149—240. pis. 
Ixxvii — xcii. — Price: R*. 3/—. — nos. 475—*. 

* CAinesisth-Deutsther Almanack: unabbreviated. Published by the China-Institut, Frankfurt on 
the Main. 

Datta Bun : ‘Dacca University Bulletin. 

•Djdutd : unabbreviated. Tijdschrift van het Java Instituut. (Journal of the Java Institute). Edited 
by K. A. DJAJADININGRAT. G. W. J. DuKttE*. J. KaTS. S. KorERMRU cn M. SOEKIA- 
OIKAUJA. Vol. XIII, pts. 1—6. Weltc\ reden: SecrcUriat of the Java Institute, 1933. 410, 
419 P-. Ul. - 5»a. 593* 

Dtstke Lit. Zlg. : Deutsche Literaturzcitung fur Kritik der intcrnationalrn Wiwentchaft. Berlin. 

•Eastern Art: unabbreviated. Philadelphia. Pa. 

Elsevier's GeiUustreerd MaandstAri/l : Amsterdam, unabbreviated. — nos. 133, 387—8. 

Ent. /si.: Encyclopaedic de* Mam. Leyden— Lcipaic. — not. 343. 348. 427. 432. 433. 562. 

Ep. Birm. 1 ‘Epigraphia Birmanica, ed. by C. DUROUELLE. Rangoon : Superintendent, Govern- 
ment Printing fit Stationary. 8vo. 

to Ep. Ind.: ‘F.pigraphia Indica. cd. by Hrrananda SaSTRL Vol. XX. pts. 7-8; XXI. pit. 1-2. 
Delhi: Manager of Publications. 1933. Svo. p. 105—161. 1-96. 18 pit. Subscription in 
advance for 4 pts.: Rt. 8 or Ijs. 6d. — not. 234. 236. 239. 243-6, 251. 264. 265. 267. 
268. 276, 277, 281. 28j. 286. 290. 293. 301. 

Ep. Ind.-Most. 1 ‘Epigraphia Indo-Motlemica. ed. by G. YazimNI. Calcutta: Government of India 
Central Publication Branch. Svo. 

Ep. Zeyl.x ‘Epigraphia Zeylanica. ed. by S. I'ARAMAVTTANA. III. pt. 6. London: Oxford Uni- 
versity Prest. 1933. 8 vo.. 2*9—358 & XIV p.. pis. 34—38- — 5 »h. — nos. 479— 484. 

Feststkr. Wwtrrniit: ‘Festschrift Moritz Wmternitr. 1863— 23. December— 1933, herausgegeben 
von Otto Stein und Wilhelm Gamvert. Leipwc: O. Harraasowitx. 1933. 8vo., 357 p..portr. — 
nos. 208. 253. 467. SJO- 

Gang* : ‘Gang!. An illustrated Hindi Monthly, Bhagalpur. — nos. 33, 49. 51, 54. 56, 60. 61, 63. 
64. 66, 71. 74 -77, 87. 89. 94. I0O. 101. 104. «06. 108. 112, 115, 149. 180. 214. 218. 2iy, 

231, 248. 269. 270. 275. 284. 299- J04- 3". J'». 353. 354. 356. 403. 4«ft 4*8. 430. 45®. 

461, 5'* 66 1. 

Gan. B.-Arts: Gazette des Beaux- Arts. Paris. — nos. 79. 631. 

Gendai BmkkyO, TokyO: unabbreviated. — no. 674. 

Hyderabad Art A. Ser.x ‘Hyderabad Archeological Series. 

Ind. Art Sr L.: ‘Indian Art and Letters. Published bi-annually by the India Society, London. 
New Scries. VII. London: 1933. 4to, 146 p- SS P 1 - ~ Price: 10 *. per annum. — 
nos. 48, 52 a, 90, 114, 158. 497. 59®- 

Ind. Gidt: ‘De Indische Gids (The Indian Guide. In Dutch). Amsterdam. — no. 581. 

70 Ind. Hist. Quart.: ‘The Indian Historical Quarterly. Edited by N. N. Law. Vol. IX. Calcutta: 

Oriental Press, 1933. 8vo ( 1039 p- ilL — Ann. Subscr.: Indian Rs. 8—12. Foreign 14 s.— 
nos. 78. 129. 163. 201. 209. 213. 215. 233. 235. 241, 242. 249. 251, 254—262. 272. 
278, 295. 298. 323. 328. 337. 338a. 339, 347, 366—368. 371. 395, 400, 407. 4'3. 4'5. 416. 
444. 445. 447. 459- 460. 

Ind. Hist. Ret. Com.: ‘Indian Historical Records Commission. Proceedings of Meetings. Calcutta: 
Government of India Central Publication Branch. 8vo. 

6 



Aaoutl Bibliography, VII L 




4* 

7 A.-. ‘Journal Asiatique, publ* par la Societe Antique. Vol. CCXXM. Pari*: Paul Gcuthncr, 
1933. Royal 8 vo., 384 & (19a) p. - Annual subscription : In. 90 for countries with depreciated 
standard, frs. 150 for those with goid standard. - nos. iO. 49*. S’*- 

7 . Andhra Hitt. Rts. S.: ‘Journal of the Andhra Histoocal Research Society. VoL VII, pts. 3 
and 41 vol. VIII. pt. 1. Rajahmundry : Pnnted at the Raaan Electric Press, published by, 
the Society. «933- »vo. p. «35— *S«. U. - Annual Subscription: Indian 

Rs. 6.-. foreign 12 * - nos. 98. 271. 286, 196, 376. 377. 3»o. 393- 394. 396. 4«7. 44<>- 

7 AOS.: ‘Journal of the American Oriental Society, ed. by W. Norman Brown, J. K. Shryock 
and E. A. SmsER. Vol. 53. New Haveo: Yale Univcmty Press, 1933. 8vo., 406 p. — 
Annual subscription : $ boa — no. 643. 

7 ASB. . ‘Journal and Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, and Numism. Suffll. : Numis- 
matic Supplement of the former. New Scries, vol* XXVI, 1930. no. 4; XXVII, 1931, 
nos. 1—4; XXVIII, 1932. nos. 1-2 (concluding number). Calcutta : Published by the Society, 
1933. 8vo, p. 419 — 588. 4 pis.. 4 77 * «**«" P-. *• P«*-i 377 & ecv >» P-* *3 & '» pi* — 
Annual .ubscription : Rs. 24. free of postage, nos. 3$. 10a. 103. 109. 132. 210. 240. 247. 
302. 344. 4'®. 45 8 . 619. 

7 .Bwbay Br R.A.S.i ‘Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, ed. by 
V. S. Sl'K’tHANKAR, A. A. A. FvZE*. N. K. Bhacwat. Vol. IX. Bombay: The Society, 
London: A. Probsthain, 1933. Royal Svo.. 117 p. 

7 . Bombay HiU. S.: ‘Journal of the Bombay Historical Society, ed. by B. A. FERNANDES. Bombay : 
The Society: London: Kegin Paul, Trench. Tnibner & Co.. Ltd. Royal 8vo. 

7 B& 0 RS.: ‘Journal of the Bihar and Orissa Research Society. Vol. XIX (1933). Patna : Published 
by the Society. 1933. Svo. 419 P-. with aa appendix. — Price: 20 Rs. - nos. 238. 338. 3H.4*9- 

7 . Burma Rn.S.: ‘Journal of the Burma Research Society. Vol. XXIII. pt* 1-3. Published 
by the Society. Rangoon: British Burma Pres* I933. 410. 130 p. Proceedings: viii + xvii p. 
with 3 sketch-map* — Anowl subscription for ordinary membership: Rs. 15. — nos. 519. 
S*S. S3*- 

io 7 . C*m* Inti.. ‘The Journal of the K. K. Cama Oriental Institute, ed. by J. J. MoDI. Bombay: 
172 Hornby Road. Nos. 24 » 3J. Royal Svo. 80+191 P- — «<>• 373- 

7 . Crutral Asian S. : ‘Journal of the Central Asian Society. Vol. XX. London: Published by the 
Society, 1933. Bvo. 674 p. 

7 ,Cryh»n Br.R. A.S.1 ‘Journal of the Ceylon Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. Vol. XXXII, 
1932. Colombo: Times of India Company, Ltd, 1933. Royal Svo, 243 p. — Price : R*. 2. — 
no*. 464-6. 4»S- 

7 . d. Savants: Journal des Savants, Paris. 

7 M. Hnl . : 'Journal of Indian History. Madras. Vol. XII. F.ditcd by Rao Bahadur S. K. 
Aivanoak and C. S. Skimva>aCiiabvar. Madras: G. S. Press, Lino Printers, 1933. 
484 p„ ill. — Annual subscriptions: Rs. 10 for India and 16 * abroad. - no* 47, 303, 307, 314, 3 17. 

71 S 0 A: ’Journal of the Indian Society of Oriental Art, Calcutta. Editors: Abanindranath 
Tagore and St. Kbamriscii. Calcutta: Published by the Society, Svo, 131 p, 40 pi, 7 in 
color, br-annually. — Price: Rs. 7/. in India. Ks. 9/- Foreign ftr annum, — nos. 22,46, lio, 
'34. • 55. '61. 169, 174. 183. 186. 191. 192. 196. 200. 221. 226. 643. 

7. Mai. Br. R.A.S.: ‘Journal of the Malayan Branch. Royal Asiatic Society. VoL XI. Singapore: 
Raffles Museum, and London: Lutac & Co, 1933. 8vo, 295 p, ill. — Price: $3.50. — 
nos. 302. 305. S06, 512. 518, 338. 549. 602. 

7. Or. Res. Madrat: ’Journal of Oriental Research, Madras. Vol. VI, pt. 4; VII, pts. 1-4. 
Madras: The Madras Law Journal Press. Mylaporc, 1933. 8vo, p. 299— 426, 1—404. — Annual 
subscription: Inland. Rs. 6.— , Foreign, 10 *h. — nos. 165. 166. 202, 203, 204, 291, 292, 
3'6, 4«*. 




y. Punjab Vniv. Hill. S .: 'Journal of the Panjab University Historical Society (incorporating the 
Panjab Historical Society). Lahore. 8«o. — Annual subscription: Rs. 8. 

JR AS.-. 'Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland for 1935. London: 
published by the Society, 1933. 8*0., xxiii, 1044 p.. ill. — Price: 15 s. each of the 
4 pts., or £3 8s. a year. — nos. 69. 197. 

90 y. Siam S.: 'Journal of the Siam Society. Vol. XXVI. pts. 1 and 1. Bangkok: Published by 
the Society. Foreign Agents: P. Gcuthecr, Paris; O. Harrassowitr, Leipsic; Lurac & Co., 
London, 1933. 8vo., 346 p.. ill.— Annual subscription: Tea. 35.— nos. 499- 5«9. S 33. S34- 

y. S. Or. Res. : Journal of the Society of Oriental Rocarch, New York. 

y.U. P.Hii/.S.: ’Journal of United Provinces Historical Society. Edited by R. MoOKERJI. 
Voi. VI. pts. 1—3. Allahabad: The Indian Press. Ltd.. 1933. 8vo, 181 p.. ill. — Subscription 
per annum: Rs. 6, nos. JJ. i*S- '*4* 3°^. 33*. 454- 

y. Urusvati /ml.-. 'Journal of the Urusvati Himalayan Research Institute (Roerich Museum, 
New York). 1931 If. Vol. III. Saggar, Kulu. l'anjab: published by the Institute, 1933. 
8vo. 331 p.. 31 pi. — Price of single copies: | a.75, annual subscription: | 1.35. — nos. 84, 
6 $f>. 657. «94- 

Karnatak Hut. Rev.-. The Karnatak Historical Review. Dharwar. 

Kerala S. Pap.-. 'Kerala Society Papers. Trivandrum. 8vo. — Price: Rs. 3, foreign 3 sh. 

K/u: Klio, Beit rage *ur altcn Geschichtc. LeipsM. 

Kolia: unabbreviated, Tokyo. — nos. 647 — 9, 687, 697. 

• /.iller m Orir males: unabbreviated, nos. 53— 6 . Leipsic: O. Harrassowitr. — no. 673. 

Imacn 'I.urae's Oriental List and Book Review Quarterly. London. 
i*> Maaudbl. beeld. Maandblad voor beddeade kunstrn (A Monthly for Fine Arts. In Dutch). 
Amsterdam. — non. 39, 543. 559 — *>6. 611. 

MahaMki : 'The Mahabodhi, Journal of the Mahabodhi Society. Vol. XLI. Calcutta-Henares: 
1933. 8vo., 534 p., ill. — Annual subscription : Rs. 4. foreign 6 sh. — no. 437. 

Makatou/a Hut. See. /'.-. 'Mahikoiala Historical Society's Papers. Bilaspur, C. P, 1933 »q. 

Man: 'Man, A Monthly Record of Anthropological Science, published under the Direction of 
the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, London. - nos. 178. 
634. 671. 689—90. 

‘Man in Mia: unabbreviated. A Quarterly Record of Anthropological Science with special 
Reference to India, ed. by R. B. Sarat Chandra Rov. Ranchi: published by the Editor.— 
Annual subscription: 8 Rs. (India) or t 1 (foreign), single copy: 2 Rs. 8 a. 

Meded. Kirtya: 'Medcdeel-ngen van de Kirtya Liefriock-van der Tuuk. [Communications of the 
Kirtya (Foundation) Licfrinck-van der Tuult. In Dutch). Sola 

Mtlanges Bruxelles: *M flanges chinon et bouddhiques publits par ITastitut Beige des Hautcs 
Etudes Chinoises, Bruxelles. — no. 9. 

Mem. Arch. Snrv.i 'Memoirs of the Archaeological Survey of India. Delhi: Manager of Publi- 
cations. Royal 4to. 

Mem. As. Sex. Bengal. 'Memoirs of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Calcutta. 

Mut. Anthrop.Ges. Wien-. Mitteilungcn der Aathropologischcn Gcsellschaft in Wien. 
to ‘The Modern Review: unabbreviated. Vols. LIU and LIV. Editor: Ramananda CHAtTKRJKE. 
Calcutta: 120—2 Upper Circular Road. 1933. 8vo., 744 and 738 p, IB., 24 colour and 9 
monochrome pi. — Annual subscription [Le. 2 Vols.): Rs. 8—8; Foreign: Rs. 10; Single 
copy As. 12.— nos. 33. 72. 73. 93. 14*. « 5*. ail, *73- 357. 4 7°. 4*6, 676. 

Monde Or.-. 'Le Monde Oriental, public par H. S. NfKRU. Uppsala: Lundcquistka Bokhandeln. 
8 vo. 

' Museum : unabbreviated. Maandblad voor Fhilologie en Geschiedenis. [A Monthly for Philology 
and History). Leyden — Leipsic — London. 




Mas. Far East. Ant. Btin.: The Museum of Far Eastern Antiquities (Ostasiatiska Samlingarna) 
Stockholm. Bulletin, 1939 ff. — no. 68t. 

Nagari-. 'Nigarl-prachartol Patrild. Vol. XIV. Benares: Indian Press, I.td.. V. S 1990= '933- 
Royal 8vo_ 478 p. — nos. 35S. 363. 

Ned. Ind. 0 . & N.i 'Seder landsch-Indie Ocd en Nieuw. (Netherlands India Old and New]. 
Vol. XVIII. Amsterdam: Van Muasten's Editions. Ltd., 1933. 4*°. 49* P-. iU - — 

12.50 guilders fee annum in Holland. in all other countries 15 guilders. - nos. 544, 545, 

5 55. SS6. 563. 575- 589. 594- 
Num.Ckran.: Numismatic Chronicle. — London, no. 45 J. 

OAZ.\ •Ostasiatische Zcitschnft. Im Auftrage der Geselkchaft fur Ostasiatische Kunst heraus- 
gegeben von 0. KUMMEL und W. CoH*. Berlin and Lcipsic: Walthcr dc Gruytcr & Co., 
1933. New Scries, vol. IX. 4«o. *47 P- *H- — '39. *47- *9'. 5*5- <*84- 

OLZ.: •Oricntalistische Litcratarzcitung. I.eipuc: no. 664. 

•0 Orient/ Partuguis unabbreviated. |Tbe Portuguese East. In Portuguese]. Published by the 
Archrologkal Commission of Portuguese India. No. J. Nova Goa: Imprcnsa Gonsalves, 
'933- 8 vo, 234 p, 7 pis- — Price: 3:00:00. - no. 3*7. 
no Oestrrseh Genaottek 7 tk tengress . : *Oostcrsch Gcnootschap in Nederland. Vcrslag van het 
Zevende congrc*: 13, 14 cn 15 September 1933. Leyden. E. J. Hnll. — nos. 333. 337, 340, 
449. 49*. 546. 5*4- «5- 

Oudk. VertUtg : 'Oudhcidkundig Verslag, uitgegeveo door het Kon. Bataviaasch Genootachap van 
Kunstcn cn Wetensehappen. Batavia. Royal 4»«*- 

Pantkeoni unabbreviated. Monatmchnft fur Krcundc und Sammlcr der Kunst. Ilerausgegeben 
von O von Falke und A. L. Mavta. Munich. - nos. fog. 673. 

Parnassus : unabbreviated, published by the College Art Association. New York. — non. 144. 145. 5*°- 
•PrakJs I: unabbreviated, ed. by Rimlnsnda ClIATTEkJEE (In Bengali], Bhlg 33. Khap\l 3; 
Bhig 33. Khand 1. Calcutta: V. S. 1 339—4° 8va — nos. $3, 81. 88.130,131,168.380,389, 
3*9. 33°. *86- 

Prarkist. At. Or.: 'Prachutorica Asiae Oriental's — nos. 493—6, 509, 

Prot. Numism. So*. Indus , 'Proeeedwgs of the Annual Meetings of the Numismatic Society of 
India, Lucknow. 

Put/. 5er. Ft. /ranunnrr. 'Publications de to Socictd des Etudes Iraoicnnes et de 1* Art Pcrsan, Paris. 
Q. J. Ujtkk S . : 'Quarterly Journal of the Mythic Society, Bangalore. Vol. XXIII, nos. 3-4, 
and XXIV, nos. 1-3. Bangalore: Published by the Mythic Society at the Daly 
Memorial Hall, Cenotaph Road. Bangalore CRy. 1933. 8vo.. 379 and 190 p. — Price: Rs. 
1-4 each copy. — nos. 34. 137. 34'. 375- 397- 398- 
RAA.\ 'Revue dcs Arts Auatiqucs. Annalcs da Musee Guunet. publ. par P. FELLIOT, G. S A I. LBS 
et J. HACKIN. Paris: I.es Editions d’Art et d'Histoire. 8vo. — Price : frn. 90, foreign fra. 120. 
ijo Kama Parma Res. Inst. Bun: 'Bulletin of the Sn Kama Varma Research Institute, Trichur, Cochin. 
No. 2. Trichur : Published by the Secretary of the Institute. The State Museum. 1108. 
Royal 8 vo.. 73 p. - non. 92. 383. 310. 38$. 424. 438. 44*- 
Rep.Arek.Def.Ma’star: 'Report on the Administration of the Archeological Department and 
the Sumer Public Library, Raj Marwar (Jodhpar, Marwar). 

Rev. Areh.: Revue Arch^ologique, Paris. 

Rn<. de rArt: La Revue dc l'Art. Revue de Part ancien et modcrnc. Directeur: A. 
DEZARROIS, Paris. 

Ret. Nvmism. : Revue Numisrnatique. Paris. — no. 65a 

Rett. Or;.: 'RocmOc Orjentalntyczny. wydaje Pokkie Towarxystwo OrjenUlistycrnc. Lwow. 
Reaps- Lekka: Roopa-Lekha. An Illustrated Quarterly Journal of Indian Arts Et Crafts. Editorial 
Board’s Office: 16-F, Upper Flat. Connaught Place, New Delhi, India. 




45 



Sdhitya-P aruhal-P 'atrika : 'Journal of the Bar.giya Sahitya Part. had Mandir. Calcutta, *43—1, 
Upper Circular Road (In Bengali). Vol. 39, nos. 3—4; 40. nos. 1—2. 8vo. — no. 439. 

ShuAtyd Kenkyu, TokyO: unabbreviated. — no. 662. 

* Shuan unabbreviated, hrsg. vom China-Iastitut. Frankfurt a. M. Vol. VIII. 8vo., 246 p. — 
Price: RM. 15.— nos. 680, 69s. 

i«o Sixth All-India Or. Corn/.-. 'Proceedings and Transactions of the Sixth All-India Oriental Con- 
ference, Patna, December, 1930. — nos. 45. 65, 95, 107, 118, 123, 126, 181, 189, 222, 263, 
*79. 306. 3'S. 335. 381. 43*. 443. 448- 

Syrur. Syria, Revue d'Art Oriental et d’ Archcologic. Paris. Vol. XIV. — nos. 615, 663. 

Tarith 1 'Tarikh. A Quarterly Journal of History and Arch*ology. ed. by Shamsullah and 
Ahmad ullah Qadri. Hyderabad. 

• lirumahu Sri VrmJcmUhmrm : unabbreviated. Tirupati, 1932 *q. A Monthly Journal devoted to 
the Service of Lord Venkatcsvara of Tirumalai and to the Publication of Research in Indian 
Literatures, Art and Science. Vol I, nos. 6— 10. Published by Sri Narayana Dossjl VarU. 
Madras: Tirupati Sri Mahant's Press. 21 Anderson Street. 1933. 8vo, p.409—814. 19 pU. — 
Annual subscription: India, Rs. 4.—, Foreign 8 s. — nos. 70. 1 19. 170, 352. 390. 

Taung Paa: unabbreviated. Iscyden, vol. XXX. 

Travantort Arch. Scr.i Travancore Archxological Scries, cd. by A. S. Kamanatha A WAR. 
Trivandrum: Government Press. Royal 4to. 

Tnvcni: unabbreviated. Journal of Indian Renaissance. ed. by K. Ramakotiswara RAO, Madras, 
8vo. — nos. 164. 3*>, 5*4- 

Tichr. Aardrtjksk. Gn.x Tijdsehrift van het Konmkltjk Nodcrlandsch Aardrijkskumlig Gcnoot- 
schap. (Journal of the Royal Dutch Geographical Society. Mainly in Dutch). Leyden : Brill. — 
no. 369. 

Tichr. Bat. Gen. 1 Tijdsehrift voor Iodise he Taal*. Land- en Voikcnkunde. |Journal of Indonesian 
Linguistics, Geography and Ethnology. Mainly in Dutch). Edited by the Royal Batavia 
Society of Arts and Scieoce*. Vol. LXX1I. 779?.; LXXIII, 538 p. Batavia: Albrecht 8t Co. 1 
The Hague: M. Nijhoff, 1933. 8vo, ilL — Subscription price: 12.50 guilders /Vr annum. — 
nos. 347, 548. 5 5 >. 553. 576. 5«3- S9S-*». 

Unit'. Mm. Btim.i The University Museum Bulletin, published by the Museum of the University 
of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia. 

150 Varrndra Monogr. : 'Varendra Research Society's Monographs, Rajshahi, Bengal. 

•Viiil- Bharat, unabbreviated. Calcutta. 

Yumcdono-. unabbreviated, TOkyO, nos. 132—4, 162, J06. 

WBKKA.-. 'Wiener Bcitrage xur Kunst- und Kulturgcschkhtc A sic ns. no. 

W 7 .KM. : 'Wiener Zeitschrift fur die Kunde des Morgenlandes, hrsg. von V. CHRISTIAN u.a. 
Vol. XL. Wien: Vcrlag des OrienUlischen Instituts der UmversiUt, 1933. 8vo., 320 p. 

ZDMG.x 'Zeitschrift der Dcutschcn Morgcnlandischcn Gcsclischaft, hrsg. von G. STKtNUORK. 
N. S., vol. XI. pt. 3-4; XII, pt. 1-2. Leipsic: Published by the Society. Royal 8vo., p. 
*53 — *34. 1 — 106, i'— 21*. — Price per volume: R.M. 2*.—. 

Z./.I.I.. 'Zeitschrift fur Indologie und Iranistik. hrsg. voo W. GEIGER. Vol. IX. pt. *. Leipsic: 
Deutsche Morgenlandische Gesellschaft (F. A. Brockhaus), 1933. Royal 8vo., p. 97—253- — 
Price per volume: R.M. 24.—. 




ANNUAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF INDIAN ARCHEOLOGY 



FOR THE YEAR IS33 
I. GENERAL 



Id . *\ Annual RMsograpky of Indian Ar<k* elegy 
for the year 19J9. Leyden : 1931 1. See An. 
Bib/. /. A. 19,11. no. 3; jgu, no. yb. 

Kev. 1 OU. XXXVI. p. J$7.byll. ZlMMERi 
'. . . ausgexeichnctcs Rustrcug indiseker Aicbco- 
logie . . .* 

16. •{Annual Bibhogra/ky 0/ Indian Ar<kce/egy 
for tht yrar 19 jo. Leyden : 193a]. See An. 
Rib/. I. A. 19 u. no. 4. 

Rev. : Am. 7 . Arch.. XXX VII. no. 3. p. 526 f.. 
by A. M. Coomaraswamy: ‘The standard* 
ol this invaluable Bibliography arc maintained.* 
XDMC., n.*., XII (S7), p. 96. by W.Prinii: 
‘Die Jahrcsbibliographie bedarf keincs Lobe* 
mehr.* 

Q. 7 - Mythic 5, XXIII, no. 3. p. 43*. by S. 
S(hikantava|. 

OLL XXXVI. p. 578 f.. by H. Zimmer. 
Burlington Magazine, LII. no. 339. p. by 
F. J. Richards. 

BF.FF.O, XXXII, p. 543. by G. CtEDts: • L'Kcolc 
fransaisc n'apprCcic que mieux la large |art 
qui s’est faitc a sc* travaux.* 

7 HAS, 1933. pp. 9' 3-9i 5. by J. Charter- 
TIER: ‘The bibliography... could noc well be 
more complete and admirable.* 

Acta Or., XI, 3, p. 264. by Stkn KONOW. 

U.' Annual Bibliography of Indian Arckae/ogy 
for tht year 1931. Published with the aid of 
the Government of Netherlands India and with 
the support of the Imperial Government of 
India, by the Kern Institute, Leyden. Editorial 



Board: J. Pil. VoGBL. J- H. KkAMHkS, C. L. 
FArri. W. Perceval YETTS, Hermann Gun/.. 
Leyden: F.. J. Brill Ltd., 1933. Royal 410. xi 
and no p., 4 figs.. 12 pi. — Price : 6 Guilders. 

Rev.: J. tad. Hut.. XII, p. 284-8. by S. K. 
AIYaMGAK: ‘eminently valuable publication.* 
Am. 7 Arch. XXXVII, no. 3. p. J26f., by 
A. M. COOMAKASWAMV: ‘The standards or 
this invaluable Bibliography are maintained.* 
yrSOA. I. no. 2. p. 149. by II. C ROY. 
Ilinduilan Aerirw. Patna. 31 August. 1933. 

2. [Asiatic Mythology. Edited by J. HaCKIN, C. 
Ht’ARI, R. LiNOMlBR, H. t*K WlLMAN-GRA- 
rowska. C. H. Marchal. H. Martbro, S. 
Eliseev. With an introduction by P. L. Coil- 
CNOOa Translated from the French by F. M. 
Atkinson. London: 1932.] Sec An. Rib/. I A. 
193/. no. 22. 

Rev.: 7 - Contra! Asian S.. XX. p. I, p. 143—7- 
by J. O. MILLER. 

The Asiatic Renew, XXIX, no. 98, p. 376. 
Man, XXXIII, p. 39. by J. L. M. 

3. A WAR. R. S. Vaidyanatha: — The Indo- 
Sumerc- Semitic- Hunt' Problems. I. (Madras Uni- 
versity Extension Lectures, 1932). — Price: 8 
Annas. 

Rev.: 7 - Andkra Hist. Res. S-. VII. pt. 3. 
p. 190, by R. S(ubba| R(aO): *We agree whole- 
heartedly with all the views of the author.* 

Q. 7 - My/ku S. XXIV, no. 1, p. 79 f„ by 
S. S{RIKANTAVA]: ‘Ayyar has taken up the 
question of the identities, affinities and the 




GENERAL 



48 



analogic* between the Sumerian* and the Dra- 
vidians on the one hand and the Hittite* 
and the Indo- Aryan* 00 the other.* 

4 a. \BMiogfafhu Bouddhique. I & II. Parb; 
1930—31). See An. BM. /. A. 19 J», no- 4; 
19JI, no. 7a & b; 19JJ, no. 6. 

Rev. : OLZ., XXXVI. p. 446. by H. Zimueb. 
7 . Urusvati /ml.. III. p- 119. Vt G- de 
ROEBICH. 

4*. •BiUiagropAit Aotsddktfus. III. Mai 1930- Mai 
1931. By A. J. Beknet Kempebs, G. L. M 
Clauson, N. Dun. J. Jawobski, M. Lalou, 
L. de la Value PoOttIN, E. J. L«w. R. 
LlNGAT, J. PHZVLUSKI, O. Stein, E. ToMO- 
MATSU, P. Tux EM, J. YosHIMIZU, J. R. WARE. 
(Buddhica: Document* ct travaux poor Petude 
du booddhbme, public* *ou* U direction de 
J. PrzYUMKL Me *4rie. t. VI). Pari*: Paul 
Geuthner. 1931. 8vo, ix. 89 p. — Pnce: to b. 

Retrospective : L’ocuvrc de M. le Prof. J. Ph 
Vogel, by A. J. Beuvet Kempebs (extract* 
of work* on Buddhist subjects) For the BrWio- 
graph/ itself tf. An BM. /. A. 19 ji, no. 7*. 
309 cntrici. 

j. *|Bossert, H. Th.: — Geukukte des Kunst- 
geue.bes aller him und VoUsr. Ill and 
IV. Berlin) 1930-31). See An BM. 1 . A. 
19,10. no. 14 1 19 ji, no. 24 «. b. 

Rev.: OLZ. XXXVI. p. 288-91. *Y R- 
SCHMlur (vol. HI. pt. 3: India A Central 
Am*): ‘Dim bei alledem an der Gttchkttfc 
de* europibchen Kun»tge»erbe« gcschultcn 
Illrtoriker nicht recht wohl wird. liegt natur- 
lich an der noch aJI*u*tarken Uadurchskhtig- 
keit der ge.chkhtl.chen F.ntwicklungen.* 

6. BUHOT, J.i — L'Extrime-Orient. (L’art de* 
origines k no* jours, par L. Desiiaibs, Cate. 
49—53). Pari*: Librairie Larouste, 1933. Price: 
each fa *c. fr. 4.75. 

Rev. : Bnl. Amis, de 1 Or., no. 14/ 1 5. p. 78-79, 
by P. Lltvv : *M. BlIHOT a doone dan* ton 
texte tr*s conci* le maximum d ‘explication*. 
On demand ait k I'auteur I’lnde. la Chine, le 
Japon: il a r£u*si en plu* a decrirc sommairc- 
ment Part de Java et de Bali. Part de* Cham*. 



des Khmer*, des Thai*. Part animalier de 
1‘Aria du Non), Part bouddhique de PAsie 
centrale et du Tibet*. 

7. Ca&SON, St.: — Excavator's Progrru: The 
East — From Iraq to Indus. 

The listener, X, no. 236. London, July 19, 

■93J> P 90-J. 9 »>• 

A brief survey of the recent excavations in 
Ur, Persepolb and Mohenjo-Daro. 

8 . *|CoitN, W. : — Smmmiung Baron Eduard von 
der Hey dr. A siaa si he /‘/as tit. Berlin: 1932). 
See An. BM. I. A. 19JJ, no. 24. 

Rev. OLZ. XXXVI. p. 333 f.. by L. Bach- 
iiofkr: ‘ Der Text ist nchr umsichtig und 
von erfreulkher Sachlichkeif. 

Sinua. VIII, p. 39. by E. RJoUHSEU.K): *... 
tehr *orgfaltig gearbeitet*. 

Bm da fester Uoyd. January 10. 1933, by Z|oltan] 
T| ABACS). 

Pantheon, XI. p. VI. by L. BaCIIHOFER: 
• . . . sehr unuichtig und nchlich bearbcitet 

jedem Forscber und Sammler unent- 

bebrlkh.* 

9. CoMHAX, Gilbert : — 1 /volution du stttfa en 
Asie. Etude sTarcAiteeture bouddhique. 
Melanges Bruxelles, II, p. 163— 306, 71 fig*. 

The origin of the stop*; the stop* in India : 
character, architecture, decoration, migration; 
Ceylon: Indian tradition and the WaU-da-Ge; 
Java: Borobudur, Chandi Mfndut. the com- 
plication of the terra****; Burma: transforma- 
tion of the superstructure into a cone adapted 
to the form of the cupola, influence of the 
Mahibodhi Temple; Siam; Laos; Cambodia: 
no ancient stupas. Siamese and Burmese in- 
fluence*. Himalaya: Indian and Mahibodhi- 
ttapas in Nepal, stopas with contracted base 
in Tibet: Serindia: Gandharan influence; 
China: transformation into a many-storied 
tower, disappearance of the cupola; Tonkin, 
Anaam, Cochin China: Chinese influence; 
Corea: Chinese type; Japan: Chinese tower 
and semi -Indian funeral stupa. 

10. COMBAZ. G .: — /nde el Mhopotamie. 

Bulletin des Musses Reyaux <f Art et ePHutoire, 
B*“**ds. 3. s, V. no. 6, p. 127— 32, with 3 pi. 




GENERAL 



49 

Notes on Indian and Mesopotamian seals and 
their designs in the newly arranged Near 
Eastern Collections of the M usees Royauj. 
Brussels. 

It. ICONTENAlf. G.: — Manual d'artkMogie 
oriental/. II & III. Pans: 1931). See An. 
Bibl. I. A. 1931, no. 27; 1932, no. as. 

Rew.: Eludes. Paris. 5 March. 1933. by L. 
Jalauert. 

1 a. *[Coomaraswamy, A. K.: — Intro,hution to 
the Art of Uniterm Alia. The Ofen Court, 
March 193a]. See An. Bibl. I A. 1931, no. 27. 

Rev.: WBKKA, VII, p.95. by S t(iasssy|. 

13. •[Etudes if Orientalism/, i 93 a|. See: Am. BM. 

/. A., I93J. no. a8. 

Rev.: OAZ, IX. p. 1 1 1 -4. by W. CoitN : 
•reichhaltiges Sammelwcrk.' 
tnd. Gidt, LV. 1, p. 373 f., by J. Pll. VoQKL. 

14. •Fl'-K, R.: - Die buddkittiscke Kultur und 
dm Erie Alexander! del Grosseu. (MorgenUnd. 
as). Leipsic: J. C. HinrichVsche Buehhand- 
lung. 1933. 8 vo, 4 > P-. 8 pi. - Price: RM. 1.80. 

I. Hellas u. das kricgerlsehe Indien; II. Ost- 
turkestun; III. Afghanistan u. Tax. la. IV. 
Gricchiichc Kunst u. indbebes Kultbild. V. 
Atoka Periode; VI. Ostasien; VII. Ceylon, 
Hmterindien u. Java. Anm.. Litt. "Neudurftc 
die ... Hchauptung sein. dass wir die alte 
buddh. Kultur und die des fruhen Mittelaltrrs 
.... in crater Linic als cine aristocratisch- 
kriegerischc anxusehen haben* (influence of 
Tocharians). 

15. FkiroeriCIIS. Heinx F.: — Zur Kenmtnu 
d/r fruhgesthuhtluken lurmlt Sudwestaueui. 
Untcr besonderer Beriicksichtigung der neuea 
Fundc von Mohenjo-Daro, Ur. Tell Halaf und 
Maikop. (Der Alte Orient. Vol. 3a. no. 3—4). 
Leipsic: J. C. Hinrichssche Buchhandlung. 
1933. Royal 8vo. 45 p.. a6 III. in the text. 

8 pi. — Price: R.M. a.70. 

Contents: I. Degree of culture and the do- 
mestication of animals. — II. The importance 
of the representations of animals for zoology 
and culture- history; l. Mohenjo-Daro on the 
Indus; 2. Ur in Southern Mesopotamia; 3. Tell 
Aaoual BiUiogrspby, V1U. 



Halaf in Northern Mesopotamia; 4. Maikop 
in Northern Caucasia. — IV. Conclusion: 
*Als alteste Haustiere Sudwestasicns sind auf 
Grund der hier besprochencn Darstcllungen 
anxusehen: Ur. Zebu, Schaf und Zicge; ihnen 
folgen Dromedar, ferncr l’fcrd und Esc I, wic 
ihre Bastardc. Maulcselund Maulticr.bcwcisen.' 

16. •Fikrer d*r<k die Ku.sUammlungen des Monte 
Vent a. Berlin: Bruno Cassirer, 1933. 161110, 14 p. 

A brief guide to the collections ol Baron 
von der Heydt, Zandvoort, exhibited in Monte 
Veriti H&tel, Aseona, Switxerland. Betides 
old Dutch and modern paintings the Collections 
comprise a great number of masterpieces of 
Indian, Khmer, Javanese, Chinese and Japanese 
a". Most of them have been published by 
K. With in Btldmrke SUd- und Oitasiens, 
1924. and by W. CotlN in Samm/ung Baron 
Eduard ton der Heydt; Alia tut hr PlaiUk, 
193a (cf An. BM. /. A. 1931, no. 24) ; single 
examples have been studied by various writers 
in Pantheon, Burlington Magatine, etc. 

17. GMaznOV, M. P.: The Patirik Burin! of 

Altai. 

Am. 7 . Arch.. XXXVII. no. 1. p. 31-4$, Ji ill., 
6 pi. 

Excavation of an untouched Scythian tomb 
of great historical and artistic interest. 

18. •JGxoc.vset, Rene: — Let Civilisation de 
P Orient, Pans: 1929—30). See An. Bib!. /. 
A. 19/9, ao. 27; 19.P, no. SI 1 1931. no. JJi 
•9 V. no. 33a. 

Rev.: OLZ* XXXVI. p. 48—30, by J. von 
Negelkih (Only vol. II): *Nicht um cine 
Darstellung der gesamten Zivilisation, sondern 
der Kunti der Volker Asicns handelt cs sich.’ 

19. (GROUSSET. R.: — The Ceviluntioai 0/ the 
East. II. India. London: 1932). See^x. Bib!. 
/. A. 1932. no. 33 b. 

Rev.: Am. J. Areh., XXX VH. no. 3. p. 527, 
by A. Coomaraswasiv: *A readable and 
well documented handbook of value equally 
to the general student and to those who wish 
to pursue the subject farther The Hellen- 

istic problem is treated in orthodox fashion . . .* 

7 




GENERAL 



50 



2a GUFRINOT. A.: - Bdlurprapkie del travams 
de Emile Smart, pritident Jr la Soetite Asiatic 
(1908 -28). 

JA., CCXXIIL fascicule annexe, p. C«) — ( 75 >- 

2 !. *1 Haig. W.: — Cemparanve Tablet of Urn- 
hammadan andChrutusn Datet. London : 1932). 
See An. Bib/. /. A. 1932. no. 34. 

Rev.s J AOS., LIII. p. 17S. by H. H. Sk>E*. 

22. MlTRA. P.: — I.duxn and Polynesian art. 
7 /SOA, L 00. *, p. 1 12-1 19. *>«b 1 pi. 

The writer think* that some motifs of Poly- 
nesian ait arc of Indian origin. vis. Makara 
and Kirtimukha. Taniwha. coded serpent*, 
bird and snake, and elephant designs. 

2J. NlVOUl, N. : - Christian. Buddhist and Hind. 

Art, 

The Modem Review, L 1 V, p. 141-4- 

24. ONO, GcmmyO: — Butt/e Shmara [Buddhist 
Mythology. In Jap*ne*e| (-Outline of Buddhist 
Thoughf. XI VJ. Tokyo: Uaitfi Shuppansha. 
« 933 - *vo. 3. 6 and JJO p. — Price (sub- 
scription): Yen 2.00. 

Contents: Chapter L Introduction. II Mytho- 
logy about the structure of the Universe, 
III. Myth, about the Sumetu-world. IV. Myth, 
about the Human Abode. V. Myth, about 
the Evolution and Destruction of the World. 

VI. Myth, about Astronomical Phenomena. 

VII. Myth, about the Origin of the World; 
Appendix: Measure in Buddhist texts. 

The author, having collected mythological 
statements from the Chinese Buddhist canon 
and arranged them in seventeen sections, 
publishes here about one third of his material. 
Important for the interpretation of Buddhist 
art as far as cosmology and cosmography are 
concerned. 

Rev.: Shut/O Kenkyu, sa. X. no. 3. Tokyo 
I 93 J. P- * 59 f - by T. Hay ASM: ‘The author 
point* out 'the doctrine of the three worlds’ 
at principal idea of Buddhist mythology but 
its practical centre is to be found in the 
mythology of the Sumeru-world.* 

2$. (Sclll'RHAHMER, G. : — Du seilgenottiseken 
Que/U n :ur Geuhuhte Portugietiuh-laJiens 



and uiner NoikbarRtnder [Ostafrika, Abes - 
t/nien. malaiischer Anhiftl, Philippine. , China 
md Japan] sur Zest det HI. Franc Xavtr 
[t 538—1552). 6080 Regesten und 30 Tafeln. 
Leipsic: Asia Major. IQ 3 *)- 4 «°- *LVU & 
522 p. — Price: RM. 50.—. 

Rev.: OLZ. XXXVI. p. 392 l by J. WlTTBi 
•Der gelehrte und weitbekannte Verfaaser legt 
das Ergebnis einer erstaunlich umfassenden 
und grundlichcn Sammlung von Titeln von 
Quellen vor. Was nur irgend an Drucken, 
voc a Item aber an llandachriftcn in den Biblio- 
theken und Arehiven Portugal*. Spaniens, 
Italic ns, Englands. Deutschland* vorhanden 
war. ist hier in linden.* 

16 . fSTMVGOWSU. J.t — Asiatitthe Mima turn- 
malertt, im Anuhluss an Wetrn und We r den 
der Mogulmalerei. Im Verein mit H. CLOCK, 
St. KBAMMSCH u. E. WeLLIM. (Arbeitcn den 
L Kuasthistorischen Institutes der Universitat 
Wien, Lehrkanrel Strrygowsky. Band L). 
Klagenfurt: 1932^ See An BM /. A. 1932, 
no. JO. 

Rev. : JISOA, I. no. 2. p. 149- SO. by ShadUl 
SvitR awarDV : ‘The book it valuable in the 
extreme for the preponderant role which 
SittzvcowsKi gives to Masdaiam in thought 
and to primeval Iran in the study of decorative 
element* In art. The conclusion* in the book 
under review appear to be convincing.* 
WBKKA, VII. p. 91 f. by STUMNVi *Es 
ergibt datau*. das* fur die Entstchung der 
Minuturenmalerci der Mogulicit, allcr Wahr- 
scheinlichkeit nach, die Mongolen, also cin 
Nordvolk, 'Trager der Ent wick lung* gewesen 
sind*. 

Gas. B.-Artt, Vie |ieriode, tome IX, p. 188, 
by L STCHOUKISE: *11 serait difficile dedonner, 
dans le* borne* ^trortes d’un compte-rcndu, 
une juste id*e des tr^sors d'erudition accumulds 
dans cet etui. Si Ton met h part la brtve 
notice de H. GlCck, le volume sc divisc cn 
trois ouvrage* different*; un catalogue raisonne 
de* miniatures de Schonbrunn (Welles*), un 
article sur la pcinturc indicnne medi^valc 
(Kramrisch), et un cssai sur les origine* de la 
pcinturc asiatique (Strrygowski)*. 

Burlington if ago cine. LX] II, no. 367, p. 1 86, 




5 « 



by L. Bin von: *A subject could hardly be 
treated more thoroughly than Mogul Painting 
is in this volume*. 

tj. STRZYGOWSKI. J.: — Heinrich Ghuk \. 

Art. As.. IV, nos. a/3, 1930—33, p. 165—7. 
An obituary notice. 

28. 'TakACS, Z. : — Francis Hoff Memorial 
Exhibition 19JJ: The Art of Greater Asia. 
Francis Hopp Museum of Eastern Asiatic 
Arts, Budapest. 1933. 77 p.. 43 figs. 

Introduction. Catalogue of the exhibition, 
destined to elucidate the ancient connections 
between the different Asiatic civilisations. 

29. V|ISSER], H. P. E.: — Axiatiuhe Kunst m 
Parijuhe Mu tea. |Asiatic Art in the Museums 
at Paris), continued. 

MaanJbt. bee/d X. p. 30-J. 96. 4 '»• CJ. 
An. Bib/. /. A., t 9 jj. no. 51. 



GENERAL 

30. * Wiener Bet /rage sue Kunst und Kulturge- 
ishickte Aliens. Jahrbuch de* Vereines der 
Frcundc Asiatiseber Kunst und Kultur in 
Wien 1951/32. Edited by Dr. M. ST1ASSNV. 
VII: Studien xur Kunst der Han-Zeit. Die 
Ausgrabungen von Lolang in Korea. J. 
STKZYGOWSH rum 70. Gcburtstag gewidmet. 
Vienna: Kiystall-Verlag, 1933. 410, 96 p., with 
22 plates. — Price: 17s. 6d. 

Contents : Die chincsischen Piafckturcn |Kun) 
in Korea rur Han-. Wei- und Tsin-Zeit, by 
A. Slawik, p. 5—13. — Die Spiegel, by K. 
BlAUr.KSTKtNKR, p. 14—30. — Die granuliertc 
Goldscknallc, by V. Gkikhsmaiek, p. 31 — 8. — 
Die Bromcrohrc mil Goldeinlage. by V. Griess- 
maIER, p. 39 — SO- — Der Aufbau der Orna- 
mente auf den Laclcgeraten, by F. Novotny, 
p 51— 6$. — Die Grabbauten, by H. SflEOEL, 
p. 66—87. “ Zuf Autotellung Ostasiatischer 
Malerei in der Albertina (Ostasien und das 
Abendland), by A. Kkiciiei. p. 88- 90. — 
Booh reviews. - Annual Report. 




II. INDIA 



II, i. ARCHAEOLOGY 

Jl. Administration Report af the Archeeelogual 
Dr part mini. Catkin Start, far tkt Year 1108 
M.E. {tgu—ift- Krnakulam: C. G. Press, 
1109- Royal 410, 4 p. 

Contend: 1 .Staff : Mr. Paliyath Anujan Acham 
(A uthor of this reportj. a. Inspection work. 
J. Conservation of ancient monumend: The 
foundation* of the |xalace of Cheraman Peiumal 
and the Sivalingam at Chcramanpuambu 
renovated. 4. Mural paintings: Reproduction 
of the old mural paintings in the Dutch Palace 
at Mattanchcn and the Snkoil of Sankara- 
narayana of the Vadakumnathan temple at 
Trichur. 5. Museum: No new additions except 
a few pieces of glased pottery found near 
the Portuguese fort at Kottamukku. Cranganur. 
6. Photography. 7. Publication. 8. Library. 
9. Rama Varnu Research Institute. 10. Finance. 

JJ. Aiinaii, Khwlja Muhammad: — A 'ate an tkt 
war ting of the HyderaNsJ Mnieum. 

A. R. Nizam's 19 *1-31, p. 33—5. 

33- AIYARGAK. Krishnaswami: — rnratnlt* aur 
hihit | Archaeology and History. In Hindi). 
Gangi, Jan. 1933. pp. 3-*. 

On the so-called 'Peoance of Arjuna'at Ma- 
mallapuram. 

34- AlVAITAN, A.: - Ratkeut Cave-Tamks af 
Feroke. S. Mafatar. 

Q. J. Mythic S.. XXIII, no. 3. p. 299-314, 
with 4 pi. and 3 ill. 

Description of several tombs, opened by Prof. 

J OU VKA (T- Du BRKUIL and excavated by the 
author, at Chcnapparambu near Fcroke. In 
opposition to JouvEAir.DuBRF.uiL who iden- 
tifies them with Vedic agmdhriyas the writer 
holds them to be pre-Aryan. 



AND ART-HISTORY 

35. •Award, Muik Raj : — The Hindu View af 
Art. With an Introductory Essay on Art and 
Reahty by Erie Glt-t- London: George Allen 
& Unwin. Ltd.. 1933. Royal 8vo, 24S P. 
16 pis. - Price: 8s. 6d. 

Contend: I. The rcligio-philosophieal hypo- 
thesu: 1. Veda. *. Buddhism. 3. Jainism, 4. The 
Epics, j. Puranas. 6. Classical Sanskrit Lite- 
rature. 7. Philosophical Systems, 8. Brahman- 
•cal Theism. 9. Tantra. — II. The esthetic 
hypothesis. - III. Principles of artistic practice. - 
Conclusion. — etc. 

Rcv.s JISOA. I, no. 2. p. 151, by Halidas 
N*0: ‘The author attempts to convey some 
idea of Hindu art through citations from Hindu 
literature.* 

j6a. *| Annual Report af the Arehxa/agital Depart- 
ment af Hu h salted Higkneu the Ni tarn's 
Dominions 1927-/8. Calcutta: 1930). See 
An. BM. /. A. 1931. no. $8. 193/, no. 54. 

Rev.: Q. J. Mu kit S., XXIII, no. 3, p. 431, 
by S. Sjkix amava). 

3«. “\ Annual Report af the Arekdelagical Depart- 
ment af Hu Exalted Higkneu the Nizam' 1 
Dominion!, /{#ff F.. 19/S— 19/9 A.C.], See: 
An. BM. /. A.. 1931. no. 58. 

Rev. : 7 RAS. 1933. p. 164L by E. J. TllUMAS. 

36c. • Annual Report of the Arthaeologieal Depart- 
ment of Hit Exalted Highness the Nizam's 
Dominions. 1339 F|a»li): 19/9—30 A. C. Cal- 
cutta: Baptist Mission Press, 1933. 410, xii fir 64 
p.. 14 p's-. 1 map. — Price: Rs. 5.—. 

Contents: Report, by G. YazdANI, p. 1- -29 
(Personnel. Tours. Monuments surveyed. Con- 
servation. Epigraphy. Numismatics, Museum, 
Publications. Library, Photographs and Draw- 
ings). - Appendices A-M, p. 33-64. 




INDIA* ARCH COLOG V AND ART 



53 



Main results: Monuments surveyed: The 
Gardens of Ban! Begam and Khin jahan 
situated at Roza, the tomb of Amir Band at 
Bidar, the Mahideva Temple at Mankesar 
and the Dargah of Hazrat Shamsuddin at 
Osmanabad, the Vaishnava temple at Ter and 
some other temples at Kukkanur and Kallur 
in the Kopbal Jagir of Nawab Salar Jung 
Bahadur, the Fort and other buildings of 
archaeological and histoneal importance at 
Raichur and Yadgir; the report conuins inter- 
esting descriptions of all these moonments. — 
Conservation : Clearance and cleaning of the 
fort and the Takht Ma^all at Bidar; repair 
of the Naqqlr Khana. Main Gateway, and 
of the tomb of Siddi 'Abdur Rahman. Aurang- 
abad; further progress of the conservation 
of the Ajanta frescoes. — Epigraphy: 19 in- 
scriptions found in the town of Raichur (8 
Bdhmam, is ‘AdiWhlhlh 4 inscriptions copied 
at Yadgir and l at Koilkonda, Tchigu iceords 
of the Kakatiyas found at Patanchcro. Numis- 
matics: 964 coins acquired (ep. list). 

jW. idem, for 1 340 Fjasli] 1 /»*>-?/ A. C. Calcutta: 
Baptist Mission Press. 1933. 4*0. x& 55 p, 10 
pis. — Price: Rs. 5.—. 

Contents: Report. byG. YazpaM. p. 1 — 13. 
Appendices A— O. p. ij—ss- F or the Appen- 
dices J and L by Khwaja Muhammad AliMAD. 
see nos. 32 and 430. 

Main results: Monuments surveyed: Kail 
Masjid, the tomb of SulUn. son of Khalil Ullah. 
the mosque of Barkburdir Beg. the shrine of 
Badr-ud-Dln, the Dargah of ImimulMudar- 
risln and the tomb of Hairat Muhi-ud-Dm 
al-Oidin and several other shrines of the Bandi 
kings; the results will be published shortly 
in the form of a volume. — Conservation: 
Treatment of Ajanta frescoes, cave II. com- 
pleted; a large number of them in caves 
VI, IX, X, XVI preserved. Extensive repairs 
and excavations at Bidar. Bagb-i-Husam at 
Udgir and the temple at Ramappa (Warangal 
District). — Epigraphy: Two Aioka edicts 
were found at Kopbal; in addition to this a 
large number of Canarese and 9 Moslim in- 
scriptions (of Ibrahim 'Adilsbah II. Haidar 
•Alt and TipQ) were found in the same place. 



some others at Bidar. — Numismatics: 3735 
coins acquired. 

37H. ’[Annual Refer! of (he Arck/tologual Survey 
of Mia, spaj—tS. Calcutta: 1931]. See An. 
BM. /, A. ipji, no. 60 ; ipj*. no. 56. 

Rev.: 7 - Unuvati lust., HI. p. 37—40, by 
A. E. Mahon. 

37A • Annual Refer! of the Anhaelogiial Survey 
of Indue, tpiS—tp. Edited by H. IlARGRFAVHS, 
off. Director General of Arch.xology in India. 
Delhi: Manager of Publications. 1933. Royal 
4 to. xin & 193 p., LXIV pis. — Price: 34s. 6d. 

Contents : Introduction, by H. HargrravkS, 
p. 1—7. — I. Conservation: Northern Circle, 
by B. L. DilAHA and M. S. VATS.p. 8-18. - 
Frontier Circle, by Maulvi Zafar HASAN, p. 
18—27. — Western Circle, by G. C. Ciianiika, 
p. 17 — 31. — Central Circle, by M. H. 
KURAIMtl. p. 31— 38. — Eastern Circle, by 
K. N. DlKMIlT, p- 38—44. — Southern Circle, 
by A. H. LONGIIUMT. p. 44 - 45 * — Burma 
Circle, by Chas. DllROlsELLE, p. 45—47. — 
Rajputana and Central India, by H. H. KlIAN, 
p. 47 - 50 - — II. Exploration and Research: 
Sec the articles by J. MARSHALL, no. 86; F-. 
J. It MA'KAV. no. 8a. M. S. Vats, nos. 116, 
117; J. A. Page. no. 91 ; K. N. DiKStirr, 
nos. 57. 58. 39; A. II. LONGIIURST. no. 80; 
( has. DUROISRIXE, nos. 300, 501. — III, 
Epigraphy, by Hirananda Sastki (San»krit| 
and Gh. Ya/.dam (Moslem), p. 114—129. — 
IV. Museums, by Ramapiasad Chanda, Di- 
lasrar Khan, B. L. Dhama, M. S. Vats, J. 
A. Page. Maulvi Zaiar Hasan, Chas. Duroi- 
SKU.E, p. 130—147. — V. Officers on Special 
Duty (Sir John Marshall, Sir Aurcl Stein, Mr. 
F. H. Andrews), p. 148—157. — VII. Treasure 
Trove, p. 158—160. — VIII. Miscellaneous 
Notes: Sec articles by Daya Ram SAHNI, 
no. 288; G. C. Chandra, no. 136; N. G. 
Majumhar. no. 457. — IX. Departmental 
Routine Notes (Ancient Monuments Preser- 
vation Act and Listing of Monuments, Publi- 
cations. Photographs, Drawings, Personnel, 
Scholarships, Appendices I fit II). 

Rev.: 71 SOA, I, no. 2. p. 148. by J. N. 
Banerjra. 

Madras Mad. 15 August 1933. 




IXDIA-ARCH.eOLOGY AND ART 



54 



3S. 'Annua! Reftt, Centra! Museum, Inhere, 
19.W—.U By K. N. SlT A Ram. Lahore: 
Government Printing. Punjab. 1933. Svo, J. 
ro, xiv p.. $ pi. — Price: Rs. 2 or 3 s. 

Contents: Visitors educational work. acqui- 
sitions work in the museum, photographs, 
guides finances. — The new acquisitions in- 
clude a terracotta model of a stupa . paintings 
in the Kangri kalam illustrating the Rlmlyaoa. 
the Hindi Hanvaqiu and the Bhlgavata Pu- 
rina; and a great number of coins. 

39. •{Annual Refort of South- Indian F.pigrafhy 
/or the Year ending ttn March /?*•. Madras: 
193*1- S'« Am - B*L l A. 19JJ. no. 39. 

Rev. : Q. 7 Mythic S, XXIII, no. 3. p. 43*. 
by S. S|rikantaya|. 

40. 'Annual Refort of the Varendra Research 
Satiety for IfJI—J/. Rajshahi; January 1933. 
8 vo., 16 p., 1 pi. 

Contents: Kc|>ort of the Honorary Secretary, 
by G. S. I'll attach ax w a, p. 1— 10. — Ad- 
ditions to the V. R. S. Museum. 19)1—31, 
by Niradbandhu SANVAL, p. 1 1—4 (Inscribed 
sandstone image of Mahishamarddini. ;th 
century, black basalt image of Buddha from 
Gand ; door jamb wit h Ga nga-imagc from Puthta ; 
carved terracotta bricks from Goas and Puthia. 
punch-marked coins coins of Pratapaditya of 
Kashmir and of various Muhammcdan rulers). - 
Muslim Inscriptions from Kusumba, by & 
SlIAKAr-UD-OIN, p. IJ— 6. 

41. "Annual Refort of the Watson Mu mm of 
Antiputies, Rajkot, for the year 
Rajkot-Para: Gopalker Printing Press 1933. 
8 vo., 1 8 p. Price : 6 as. 

Contents: Report of the Honorary Secretary, 
Gulam Mltiamad Munshi (Personnel and 
funds; tours and research work, numismatics; 
visitors, etc), p. 1—6. — Curator's Report 
(Epigraphy: Copperplate grant of King 6n 
Kharagraha I of the Valabhi Dynasty. 297 
G.E.. numismatics: Kshatrapa coins esp of 
Bhartridaman ; library; tours, museum work), 
by A. S. Gadkk. — Appendixes: A. Coins 
sent by the Jasdan Durbar, esp. of Kumira- 
gupta I Mahendraditya (414-5$ A.D.). B. 
Books. 



2. Annual Refer t on tke Working of the Curson 
Museum of Archaology, Muttra. For tke year 
ending March .ft, ’ 9 . 13 - Allahabad : The Super- 
intendent, Government Press. United Provinces 
1933. Royal 8vo., 5 p. 

Important acquisitions: btlafatta for the wor- 
ship of the Arhats; image pedestal for the 
daughter-in-law of one Dharmadcva; coping 
stone showing the Vyigkrl -Jhlaka and Buddha's 
Abkinsskkramaua, 1st century A.D.; head of 
Avalokiteivara. showing the eftigy of Ami- 
tlbha in its crest, 3rd ccotury A.D. ‘an im- 
portant evidence on the early evolution of 
the Rodhiaattva cult at Mathura"; worship of 
Buddha's almbowl. 

3. •Annua! Report on tke Working of the United 
Proxinces Provincial Museum, Lucknow, for 
the year ending March jt, 19JJ. Allahabad: 
The Superintendent. Printing and Stationary. 
U. P.. 1933. Royal 8vo.. 8 p. — Price: $ As. 

Contents: 1. Committee of Management; 3. 
Working of the Museum; 3. Archaeology 
(Copper image of Peru mil from Madura; 
late medixval undstonc pillars ; Mughal 
Parwanas, 18th century); 4. Numismatics (83 
coins of Vigrahapala, Spalapatidcva, Saman- 
tadeva, Fir os Shah III. Muhammad IV of 
Delhi, Ibrahim Shah of Jaunpur, Mughal Em- 
perors); 3. Natural History; 6. Ethnography 
(Metal images of various gods and jewellery); 
7. Picture gallery and Library (Portrait of 
Ka>a N'eval Ra., Lucknow School) ; 8. Visitors; 
9. Finances; 10. General; Appendixes A— D. 

44. '{Archeological Survey of Mysore, Annual 
Report for /p/p|. See: An. Bib!. /.A., tpjl, 
no. 6l«. 

Rev.: 7- I'd- Hist-. XII, p. 130!, by S. K. 
AlVAKGA*: ‘undoubtedly a great improve- 
ment upon the previous reports". 

45. Bankrji-Sastri, A.: — VisvAmitra in Bihar. 
Sixth All- India Or. Conf, p. 185—8. 

Vrfvamitra's testimony to pre-history in the 
Gan get ic valley, with special reference to the 
remains excavated at Buxar. 

46. Barca, B. M.: — Ancunt Indian Theories 
of Art. 




INDlA ARCHJtOLOGY AND ART 



55 



7 /SO A, I. no. 2, p. 81-84. 

What is art in early Indian philosophy? 

47. BERNKT Ki mUM , A. J.: — Notes from ike 
Dutch. 

J. Ind. Hut.. XII, p. 294 — 6 - 

Short review of some Dutch publications on 

Indian history and art. 

BERNKT KEMrRRS. A. J.: — Voor-Judiuke 
invlved of Je Oost-favaansche iumit. (Indian 
Influence on the Art of Eastern Java. In Dutch]. 
See below, no. 546. 

48. CAVAIGNAC, E.I — The Selene id Tr admen in 
India and its Pertinence. 

Ind. Art & L.. VII. a. p. U2-8. pi. XU f. 

Inscriptions from Susa show that Greek life 
was still kept up in the Arsacid empire down 
to the tint cent. A. D. 

49. (.HAND, Uoti: — PurOtattva il totem (On 
arch.rology. In Hindi], 

GangJ, Special Arch. Number, Jan. 19)). 

p. JI-4. 

Survey of arclurological research in India 
during the ig»* century. 

so. *CllATTKRJRK (ClIATTorAUIIVAY], Suniti Ku- 
mar: — Hindu Sabhyatar Pnttan. (The foun- 
dations of Hindu Civilisation. In Bengali], 
Vdayana, 193J. p. 75 — »J. 

51. Cmaudiiaki, Saiinath: — Hhdranyafuto. 
tattvdnveshan (Archeological Research in India. 
In Hindi|. 

Gahga, Jan. 1933. p. 23—31. 

52. ClIAUUltURl, Satya Krishna: — Pandua. (An 
account of the monuments of Pandua in Bengal. 
In Bengali]. 

Proton. Aivin 1340 V. S. 

$2a. CODRINGTON, K. de R: — An Introduction 
to the Study of Islamic Art in India. 

Ind. Art (r L, VII, 2, p. 92-109. pL XX- 
XXXIII. 

Cokai,RRmusaT. G. de: — Concerning tome 
Indian Influences in Khmer Art etc. 

See no. 497. 



33. CURZON Museum of Archaoiogy, Muttra. 

7 . V. P. Hut. S.. VI. p. 174-6. 

The opening of the new Museum building. 

54 - Das, Kah Kumar: — Sirnath (In Hiadl). 
Ganga, Apnl 1933. p. 397—603, with text- 
illustration. 

5 5- DAS-GUTTA. H. C.: — llibhegrafhy of Pre- 
historic Indian Antiquities. 

7 ASB.. XXVII, p. 1 — 9a 

56. Despandb, Yasvant Khuval: — Gufttohn 
Vidor to (Vidarbh (modern Berar) during the 
Gupta period. In Hindi]. 

Ganga, Jan. 1933. p. 284-9. 

37. DlKSHlT, K.N.: — Excavations in Mabdithan. 
A. R. Arch. Surr. tgtd—tq. p. 87—97, P 1 '- 
XXXVi-xtL 

Mahasthan in the Bogra District and the 
largest known ancient site in Bengal is, in 
the Koiatoyd-Mokatmyo, identified with 
Paundranagara. F rom the excavations it a ppears 
that the city site was in occupation from early 
Gupta times, and that after the Gupta period 
the city decayed but was rcoccupied in the 
Pita period, the excavated city-wall and bastion 
being assignable to that occupation. 

j8. DlKSIIIT, K. N.: — Excavations at Pihdr fur, 
A. R. Arch. Surr. tg/S—ig, p. 97— 8, pi. xliil. 

Exploration at Pahlrpur was almost entirely 
confined to the examination of 13 cells of the 
monastery. 

39. DlKSIIIT, K. N.i — Excai'atiom in the Mur- 
shidohad District. 

A. R. Arch. Surv. igiS—19. p. 98— 100, pis. 
xliii — xliv. 

Trial excavations at Rangamati on the west 
bank of the Bhlgirathi, six miles below Ber- 
hampore. despite the disturbance of the site 
by treasure-seekers and brick-robbers, disclosed 
three periods of occupation, the earliest yielding 
Buddhist remains of the 6— yth centuries. 

6a DlKSHIT, K. N.: - Pohaffur-h vichitr mandir - 
hi khodat [Excavation of the different temple 
of Pahifpur. In Hindi]. 




INDlA-ARCII*OLOGY AND ART 



56 



Grig*. Jan. 1933, p. 128—35, ai - BO *- 
109-117. 

61.DVIVEDI. Mahavir Prasad: — Bharatiya Pss- 
r,Ua//va-ka Pirttlik.ii (Early History of In- 
dian Archaeology. In Hindi). 

Ganga. Jan. 1933, p. 16—22. 

Account of archaeological research in India 
during the 19th century. 

6l. KtOUElRElxj, P. N. de: — Efigrmj* Indsea. 
fit/t/. /as/. Vast*, no. 83—93. 

0 tumulo de S. Tom* cm Melupor (The 
tomb of St. Thomas at Mylapore). This article 
brings extracts from a number of early docu- 
ments to show that the tomb of St. Thomas 
was not a pious invention of the Portuguese 
of the early 16th century, but had already 
been located here by indigenous Christian 
tradition. 

F RANKKORT, H.s — TtU As mar. Kkafa/t 
am/ Khorsakad. See below no. 627. 

FRA NIC KURT, H.: - Tht Work *f Uu Orstntal 
Jas/iZ/t sa Iraq. See below, no. 628. 

63 . 9 Tht Gahgd. 

Special Archeological number. 

Rcv.i J. An,/k,a //lit. fits. S. VII, pt. 3. 
p. 192—3, by M. R|ama] R[ao|: ‘Tht* is a 
welcome addition to the Hindi Literature. 
The book opens with half a doten papers 
on the History of Indologieal Research by 
eminent scholars like Dr. & K. IVBNGAR. 
Professors P. SRICNIVAIACHARB and B. Mo- 
T It HAND. The two pa|iers 00 the Indus Valley 
civilisation by Dr. N. N. Law and Laksman 
SARUP are very interesting. This book contains 
many learned disquisitions on Ancient Indian 
Art and Architecture, Paleography, Chrono- 
logy, Iconography. Epigraphy, Buddhism etc. 
besides articles on matters of general interest. 
The work is profusely illustrated.* 

Hindi,, Madras March 21. 1933. 

64. Gautau. Lautu Singh: — Hkarat-mJh am- 
batik aavtihan-ka kirym | The work of historical 
research in India. In Hindi). 
tiabg. 1 , Jan. 1933. p. 35-41. 

On Mohenjo-daro, Surnath and other ancient 
sites. 



65. GIIOSE. A.: — Tht Nted for Museums of 
An n India. 

Six/h All- India Or. Ccmf. p. 221-39. 
Museums of art in America. Anaemic condition 
of Museums in India. Museum purposes, me- 
thods. buildings, officials. 

66. Ghosh, Manoranjan: — Makakosal-i/ikas- 
tamsh (Historical Society of Mahakosala. In 
Hindi). Ijxkkmanka pran/iya SamgrahMaya. 
(Lucknow Provincial Museum. In Hindi), Bihar 
aur L'rtsa r stank sotayafi. (Bihar and Orissa 
Society. In Hindi). 

Gangs. Febr. 1933, p. 425-30. 

GOETE, II. 1 — Wts/trsthr iuvlotdrn of de 
Indsuke cu/hntr drr Mekammrdaanstht period/. 
See no. 340. 

67. •Hatch, E. G.i— Tratmmtore, A Guide Hook 
for the Visitor. London— Bombay— Calcutta— 
Madras-New York: Humphrey Milford, Oxford 
University Press. 1933. Royal 8vo, x 8t 294 p., 
32 pis. and a folding-maps. — Price: R*. 3.— 

Contents: I. Introductory, including some 
general remarks on the history, language, 
institutions, etc. of the country. — ll.-X. 
A description of the different routes and place* 
with extensi rc notes on their history . ethnology, 
economy and archeological remain*. — XI. 
Arts and Crafts, including dance and theatre. — 
Appendices: Sovereign*, I)ewan«, British Resi- 
dents, Maluyalam Era Date*, Fairsand Festival*, 
Bibliographical Notes, etc. - 1 2 plates deal with 
archeological monuments, temples, sculp- 
ture* etc. 

68. IIemmi, Baici: — BuUtp+tijutsu-shi ( History 
of Buddhist Art. In Japanese). (Two fascicles 
of the 'llukkyu Daigaku K6ta' series). TokyO: 
Bukkyro Nenlcansha, 1933. 8vo, 67 and 92 p., 
with ill. (not sold separately). 

In part I (Architecture) the author explains 
the form and structure of the stupa, (esp. 
those of Sinchi and Gandhara), the chaitya- 
grska. the temple (esp. the iskhara ) and the 
monastery (r Usara\ In Part II (Iconology) he 
trace* the historical development of Buddhist 
sculpture during the early period (A 4 oka pillars. 




57 



INDIA- ARCH. fcO LOGY AND ART 



Bodh-gayu, Bharhut. Slnchi), the Kashina 
period (Gandhara, Mathura. Amarivati) aad 
the Gupta dynasty, and describes the charac- 
teristics of each period. 

69. HUNT. F.. H. : — Megaktku Burials in South 
Mia. 

JRAS. I 9 JJ. p. 508-11. 

Summary of a lecture. The three types of 
burials; objects found iu them. 

70. IYER, P. V. Jagadisa : — Plaits 0/ Antiquarian 
Inter, u in SoutA Mia. 

Timmalai 6ri Venial, har a, I. p. 441 -S. 
555 -do, 607-20. 

Continued from I, p. 374 (Cf Am. BM. 
/. A. 19 JJ. no. 134). 

A series of brief descriptions: Ennayiram. 
Tiruvadavayal, GangaikondAsoiapuram. Snsai- 
lam, Ahobalam, Tiruvanaikkaval. Kumbhako 
nam, Madura. Paluvur, Avadaiyarkoil. Sem- 
biyanmahadevi, Uharmavaram, Aranthaogi, 
Tiruvaduthurai. Tirupati. 

71. Jain, Kamta Prasad t — Devgark (Dcogaih. 

In Hindi). 

Gakgi, Jan. 1933. p. 138C 

72. Jayaswal, K. P.i — Buddha' t Hermitage. 
Tk e Modern Rtvirw. LIU. p. I79-«L J 1,1 

A description of the GfidhraktHa HiU hermit- 
age near Rijagriha. discovered in August 1932 
by Mr. P. C ClIAUDHURI. ICS. 

73. JAYASWAL, K. P.i — HegUtt •/ Monuments. 
Tk, Modern Rtvut*. LIU, p. 385— 91. 6 ill. 

Mention of a few monuments requiring pre- 
scivation from further decay: Rupnath Edict 
of Aioka; Gupta temples at Dco-Barnark; 
Nalanda Stuccoes; Nachna Temples; Bhumara 
Temple; Orchha Palace. 

74. JNANI, Ranchhor Lai: — Prims if A Veit 
myujiyam, Bambal (Puritatnunikig) (The 
Prince of Wales Museum at Bombay (Archeo- 
logical Section). In Hindi]. 

Ganga, Jan. 1933, p. 315 — »- 

75. J0SI, Anand Rao: — Kiel* h gufuk (The 
Kurlft Caves. In Hindi). 

Ganga , Jan. 1933, p. 149 — 54 . «U- no. 115. 
Aiiaal Bibliography, VIII. 



76. Katri, Sarvasvar Sarma: — Asim-furiitattva 
[Archeology of Assam. In Hindi]. 

Ganga. Fcbr. 1933, p. 410—16. 

Description of ancient coins; manuscripts; 
objects of wood, metal and stone, including 
images and sculptures; musical instruments; 
seals and copper-plates, examined by the 
Assam Research Society, Gauhati. 

77. Lah a, Narendra Nath: — Sindhu-ufatyaii-ki 
tat kyat a cur if ok, n jo giro [The Civilisation 
of the Indus Valley and Mohenjo-daro. In Hindi]. 
Gakgi. Jan. 1933, p. 48—62. 

78. Law, N. N.: — Mm. Dr. Harafrasad Sastri 

M. Hut. Quart., IX p. 307-416- 
His life and writings. 

79. Locquin, Jeanne J. : — U avilitation f’i 
aryemm* d* la valtle de r Indus. 

Com. B- Art, .Vic p 4 riode. IX. p. 3 * 1 - 4 *. JJ 
A brief aad clear rtsumt of the results of 
the excavations a> well as of historical research. 

8a LONGIIURST. A. H. 1 — El 1 or a liens at A ’agar- 

jmntkamda. 

A. R. Artk. Snrv. 1918-19. p. 100— 4. 
pi. xlv— I. 

Continued excavations were particularly suc- 
cessful. yielding within the remains of a Urge 
brick stifa (apparently the Mahieketiya of 
the local inscriptions) a reliquary containing 
a bone relic — In all probability the corporeal 
relic of the Buddha which sanctified the spot. 
The Jyak, pillars of which their discoverer 
gives a valuable description are noticeable 
features. Numerous bas-reliefs, sculptured 
beams, aad some more relic -caskets, still re- 
taining their original contents, were discovered. 
These operations make a valuable contribution 
to our knowledge of Buddhism in South India. 

81. Mack ay. Dorothy Mohenjo-daro 0 Priihln 

Sindhu/trer Soikyata (Mohenjo-daro and the 
ancient civilisation of the Indus Valley. In 
Bengali]. 

PraUsl. A‘vin and Kirtik 1339 V.S. 

A short review of the work done at Mohenjo- 
daro. 



S 




INDIA- ARCHEOLOGY AND ART 5 8 

8 1 a. Mack AY, Dorothy: — Mahenjo-daro and 
the Am ient Civilisation oj the I mint Valley. 
Smithsonian Institution, Annual Refit! /or 
* 93 *' V- 1 * 9 — 444 . iU. 

Rtsumtf of the discoveries nude by Sir John 
Marshall. 

82. Mack ay, E. J. H.: — Exearations at Mahenjo- 
dan. 

A. R. Arsk. Snrv. 1928—29. p. 67—75, pb. 
xxiii— xxix. 

Mr. Mackay ha* cleared a portion of what 
he consider* to be the ‘Artisans' Quarter* 
of the late period, but the principal operation 
was the excavation of a large area to a depth 
of some 23 feet below the original surface of 
the mound and to the fourth level of occu- 
pation. A steady deterioration of the masonry 
and the decreasing sue of the houses appear 
to be an index to the decay of this civilisation 
from the Early to the Late Period. Mr. Mackay 
is of opinion, that a recently discovered cylinder 
seal shows that the upper strata of Mohenjo- 1 
daro can be safely dated to JOOO-2750 B.C, 
as its form it very like prc-Sargoaic seals 
found in Mesopotamia. Other seals showing 
a goddess in a fifal tree and another horned 
figure in yoga attitude Siva) tend to give a 
stronger Indian than Western orientation to 
this Indus Valley Culture. It is not improbable 
that these sites will yield definitive prototypes 
of Indian deities and art motifs. 

8 J. 'Mackay, E. J. H.: — Mohenjo-daro Martels: 

II. Some resent discoveries. 

Timet of India, Homhay, 29 December 1933. 

Sir George Birdwood Lecture to the Indian 
Section of the Royal Society of Arts. Loodon. 

84. Maiion, A. E.: — Recent Archeological Dis- 
coveries in India. 

7 . Urusvati Inst., Ill, p. 37—40. 

A review of the A. R. Arch. Sstrr. 1927—28, 
tf. above, no. 37*1. 

85. *| MARSHALL, J.: — Mokenjo-daro and Ike 
Indus Civilisation. London: 193 1 1 . Sec: An. 
BiM. LA. 19.72, no. 147. 

Rev.: Antique Rev., Ill, p. ill— 9. by 
Binodc Bihari RoV Vcdaratna. 



Frankfurter Zeitung, January 1 933, by W. 
Khfil. 

7 . Ind. Hut., XII, p. 1 14 - 27 . 268-84. 423 - 42 , 
6 pL. by S. K. AlVAMOAR. 

86. Marshall. J.: — Excavations at Taxila. 

A. R. Arch. Sure. 1928—29, p. 5 «— 66. pi- 
xvi — xxii. 

With the completion of the •Palace* exca- 
vation and the clearance of several blocks of 
bouses on the east tide of the main street 
operations in the Scytho- Parthian city of 
Sir leap have been brought to a conclusion 
and work directed to the opening of the earlier 
strata below. 

87. MaTHUR, Krishna Kumar: — RkQgatbk-iaur 
our Puratattva • 1 ijhan (Geology and Archeo- 
logy. In Hindi). 

GahgM, Jan. 1933. p. 4 * — 7 - 

88 . MazcmdaR. Yatindra Mohan: — Fandua. 
(In Bengali). 

FroMsi. Raiiikh 1339 V. S. 

Description of some of the ruins of the old 
city in the modern district of Muldah in 
Northern Bengal. 

89. NARAYAN. Lakshmi: — Pa(ne-ki Saqtgrakl- 
laya (The Patna Museum. In Hindi). 

Gahgl, Jan. I 9 JJ.P- 3 « 3 — S- ***- '* 4 - 9 - 

9a OLDHAM. C E. A. W.t - Recent Archeolo- 
gical Work in Mysore. 

Ind. Art 6r L. VII. p. 142-6. pi. XLVIII-LV. 

Photographic new s and descriptions of some 
sites and monuments referred to in the Report 
for 1929 of the Archeological Department. 

91. Page, J. A.: — Excavations at Natanda. 

A. R. Arch. Surv. 19/8—29, p. 85—7, pi. 
xxxrv— xxxv. 

Explorations were largely confined to the 
monastery sites esp. Monastery VI and VII. 
Clear traces of frequent destruction bear ample 
witness to the vicissitudes experienced by 
these buildings. The antiquities recovered were 
principally Buddhist images and articles of 




59 



INDIA-ARCHAIOI.OGV AND ART 



domestic use. Conservation of the excavated 
remains has proceeded fari patsu with iheir 
exploration. 

9*. PlSHAROTI, K. Rama: — Temple Studies: 

I. Irinja/atbuda. 

Rama Varna Res. Inst. Btin.. no. 2, p. 4$ — 8. 

An account of the Hharata Temple at IriAAl- 
lakkuta, Kerala, based on two Mamittahhe- 
tragranthaiari chronicles in the possession of 
the author. 

93. POLtTICUS: — Jainum in A ’or them India. 
Tht Modern Revirw, Llll. p. 666-8. 

A review of Ch. J. SlIAII, Jainum in North 
India, tj. below, no. 103. 

94. Prasad, Madan : — PakJrfurkl khodai 

(PaMfpur Excavations. In Hindi). 

Gaigi, Jan. I9JJ, p. 123-8. 

9$. 'Proceedings and Transactions 0/ tht Sulk 
All- India Oriental Conference. Patna, December 
19 JJ. Patna: The Bihar and Oritu Research 
Society. 1933. 76a p., It 

P. xxvi-xxxi : paper rend by K. P. Java** al 
( on archxological research in Bihar and Orim); 
p. xxxiii — lii : Presidential Addrcsn by R. B. 
HlRA Lal (progremive advancement of Orien- 
tal learning); articles. 

96. |Rai, Hem Chandra: Romance of the Fort of 
Gwalior. Dclhi-Shahdara : Marathi Press. 1931). 

Rev.: Tht Modern Review, Llll. p. 427, 
by K. R. QANUNOO. 

97. '{Rama Varna Research Institute Bulletin. 1, 1. 
Ernakulara, Cochin: 1930.) 

Rev.: ZD MG, na XII (LXXXVII). p.96, 
by W. Printz. 

98. Rao, R. Subba : — Recent Archaoiogical Finds 
at Rajahmundry. 

J. Andhra Hut. Ret. S.. VII, pt. 3. p. 1 7/-*°. 
2 pi. and, 1 ill. 

During the construction of the municipal wa- 
terworks an image of Shanmukha Kumftrasri- 
mi, an inscription in Tclugu and Sanskrit, dated 



1072 A.D., and a Kikatiya inscription, dated 
1248 A. D.. were recovered. 

99. ‘[Rayciuudhuri, H.: - Studies in Indian 
Antiquities, 1932). See: An. Bill. LA. 1931, 
no. 155. 

Rev.: JB & ORS, XIX, p. 348. by K. P. 
JataswaL: ‘The author's geographical views 
are not acceptable.' 

100. SankrityaVAN. Rahul: — Basa r h-tl khodai 
|Ba<*fh Excavations. In Hindi). 

GahgJ. Jan. 1933, p. 118-22. 

ioi.Sanrriivavan, Rahul: — Kalmrnaja men 
Infen aur gakrhi (The sire of bricks in the 
determination of time. In Hindi). 

Gaigh. Jan. 1933, p. 204-7. 

102. Saraswati. S. K.i — Notes on two tours in 
the districts of Maldak and DmOjpur. 
JASB, XXVIII, p. 173-83. 3 Pi 

Observations on the ruins of Pandua, the 
mounds of Rai-Khln Dighi, various tanks, 
and sculptures as well as inscriptions from 
Kakadighi, Karanji, Srirampur, Dmljpur and 
other place*. 

103. Saraswati. S K.: — Notes on a third tour 
in tke districts of Dink j fur - chiefly along 
the Chtriman River. 

JASB. XXVIII, p. 183—95, a Pi- 
Notes on ruins, sculptures and inscription* 
at 1 3 places, esp Daharol, Mahcndra, Surohor 
and llaririmpur. 

104. Sarkar, Suvimal Chandra: - VedkAl n 
sirohhishan aur fadat’Jn (Headdress and 
shoes of the Vedic period. In Hindi). 
GaAgd. Jan. 1933, p. 95— 102, ill. nos. 
163—6. 

105. ^SHAH, Ch: man lal J.: — Jainum in North 
India: Soo B.C. — A.D. p6. London 1932). 
See; An. Bibl. I. A. 1932, no. 43 1. 

Rev.: J. Bombay Br. R.A.S., IX. nos. 1/2, 
p. 108. 

Lmtac's, XUV, p. 89. 

The Modern Review, Llll, p. 066— 8, by 
POLXTICUS: *We wish the book the success 
it so richly deserves.’ 




INDIA- ARCHEOLOGY AND ART 



6o 



106.SASTRI, Hirananda: — Prdchm sakitya- 
Salanda [Nalanda in ancient literature. In 
Hindi]. 

Gangi, Jan. 1933, p. 70—3- 

107. SHA.STRI. Hirananda: — An haelegy « India 
and its Important! for Indian History. 

Sixth Alt- India Or. Cm/., p. i-ij- 

lOS.SftlNlVASACHARVAi Bharatiya Pnratattva 
(Indian archxology. In Hindi]- 
Gahgi. Jan. 1933. p-9-«S- 

109- Stapleton, H. E.:— No# on Oh Hutorual 
and Archeological malts of a Tmr in the 
Outrun of Maldah and Dindjpmr, December 
tptk-Jttt, I9JJ. 

7 ASB. XXVIII. p. 151—71. a pi. 

A) The *ite of the battlein which Sikandar 
Hb»h was lulled. B) The Fort of F.hdiU 
(Hnirhittl), twice besieged by Firm Sfc*h. 
C) Karanji, the reputed native village of R»). 
(ianeih. Cf, above, p. 13—7* 

HO. StrZYGOWSKY, J.s - India's Possum in the 
Art of Alia. 

7 ISO A. I. no. 1, p. 7—17. 

•A future hivtory of Indian art will have to 
follow the path which fate had decreed for 
India, in as much a* India originally belonged 
to the equatorial south and came into touch 
with the north, for the first time * 
through the immigrating Indo-Aryans.* 



113. Vai-ETTE, J. de la: — The EHtouragrmmt 
of Arikaologua! Research in the Mian 
Stales. 

The Asiatu Reties r. XXIX. no. too. p. 7S&-44- 

114. V ALETTE. J. de la: — Archeological Activities 
States. I. Hyderabad; 2. Tra- 



Ind. Art & L.. VII. p. 49“ 5*- 
1. Dekhani schools of painting. 2. Madras 
in Southern India. 

115. VARMA. Bhagvat Prasad: — Madras-ha 
Gaiarnmemt mynjiyam |The Government 
Museum of Madras. In HindlJ. 

Gangi. Jan. 1933. p. yaf- 

116. VATS. Madho Sanip: — Escalations at 
Harappa. 

A. R. Arch. Smrv. I 9 s8-i 9 , p. 76—83. pi. 

XXX -"XXXIII. 

Two long trenches. IV and V. were sunk in 
the north-west portion of mound F ; work 
has been continued at the • Parallel Walls 
Area*, site H. and site G. Several interest- 
ing seals with fipal trees or leaves were 
recovered, bronic implements, lotas, etc. 
The most outstanding find is the torso of a 
nude man carved in the round. ‘The sta- 
tuette is far superior to any hitherto found 
at either of the Indus Valley sites and com- 
pares favorably with the best examples in 
Greek art.* 



III. (‘SUBRAMANIAN, K. R.: — Buddhist Remains 
in Andhra and the History of Andhra be- 
tween //$ and 6 to A. D. Madras: 1932). Sec: 
An. BM. /. A. 19JS. no. 167. 

Rev.: 7 Andhra Hitt. Res £. VII. pL 3. 
p 19a. by M. R[ama] R|AO): *Thc two 
chapters on ‘Andhra culture abroad* and 
•Administration* enhance the value of the 
work and serve as incentives to further 
research.* 

Federated India, 9 August. 1933. by N. R. 



117. Vats, Madho Sanip: Excavations at Dallin. 
A.R. Arch. Surt. 19/S— 19, p. 83—5. pi. 
xxxii — xxxiii. 

Two circular ‘bastion-like" structures dis- 
covered by the Irrigation Department in the 
bed of the Pakpatan Canal, were partly 
excavated. It is obvious that they arc no 
wells, but it is difficult to say whether they 
were srupai or large structural lihgas. Some 
terracotta figurines found may be ascribed 
to the 7th century A.D. 



112. SvARUr, 
Hindi], 
Gahgi, 
90 -97- 



Ukshman: - Mohanjcdaro (In 
in. 1933, p. 62—9. 9 fll. nos. 



118. Vevkatesvara. S. V.: — Eclecticism before 
Akbar. 

Sixth All-Indus Or. Can/., p. 143 — 8. 
Adoption of Hindu principles and elements 




WOIA-ARCHITECTURE AN! SCULPTURE 



61 



in Muhammadan architecture and painting 
before Ale bar. 

119. VlJAYARAGHAVACIIARYA. V.: — Hkroda't 
Alfasutras. 

frrutnalai Sri Venkatesvara. I. p. 465—70. 
Continued from vol. I. p. 400 fCf An. Btbl. 
/. A. 19JJ, no. « 73 >. 

An edition of this ancient Sanskrit text on 
Indian art. 

120. *1 Vogel. J. Ph.: — De Buddkistiseke Kunst 
van Vaor-lndif, 193a!. See: An. Btbl. I. A. 
i 9 jj, no. 175. 



Rev.: JR AS, 1933, p. 944 f., by C. O. 
R1.AGDEN : *a model of what such a small 
handbook should be ; .... it is perfectly in- 
telligible to a non-expert reader.* 

iai.*JW*LDSCHMItiT. Ernst: — GrONWKDBU 
Bnddktsnseke Kunst in Indsen. Berlin-Lank- 
witi : 193a). See : An. Btbl. I. A. 19.U, no. 176. 

Rev.: Deutsche AUgemeine Zeitung, Berlin, 
15 February 1933, by L. ADAM. 

i22.|YAZOAXt, G.|: — Progress of Arckttolo- 
[Ual Work in Hyderabad- Dei tan. 

Am. BM. /. A. tpjt, p. 11—4. 



II, a. ARCHITECTURF. AND SCULPTURE 



1 23. ACHARVA, P. K. : — if at. riah for Sculpture - 
Ike AbkJsa. 

Sink All-India Or. Con/., p. 75—81. 

Abkksa ii not a method, but a material for 
sculpture (glass or some similar material). 

124. *AgraWaLA, V. S.: — Handbook to Ike 

Sad flares in Ike Cur son Museum of Art W 
logy. Muttra. Allahabad: Superintendent. 
Printing and Stationery, U. P.. 1933. 8vo, 
47 P-. 37 • portrait. 

The Museum and its history. Chronology of 
Mathura Art. A short description of the 
collection. 

Rev.: J1S0A, I, no. I. p. ft, by D. P. 
Gilusii : ‘The author's description of the 
early terra-cottas, the ytfa, the development 
of Buddha and Bodhisattva icons, and hb 
defence of the 78 A.D. theory (p. 33) are 
interesting.* 

12$. AgrawALA. V. s.: — Pee-Kuskina Art 
of Matkurk. With a note on the * Treatment 
of Yakskas in Bkarknt Sculptures * by R. 
MOOKERJI- 

7 . UP. Hist. S. VL p- 81-124. 36 'H- 
Thc Maury an sculptures of Mathura and other 
specimens of the Ancient National SchooL 

126. Ahmad. Hafi* Shamsuddin: — Maner and 
its Historical Remains. 



Sink All-India Or. Cm/., p. 133-41. 

Muhammadan remains at Maner, a village 
about 20 miles west of Patna. 

137 - BalaSUWiahmanvaK. S. R.:— Tke Hundred- 
Pillared M an fa fa m at Cktdambaram. 

Q. 7 - Mf due S. XXIII, no. 3. p- 333 - 7 - «o«l 
no. 4. P- 487-*'. • pl- 

Inscriptions refernng to the anointment of 
King Vlra P*od)« •» the Matfapam, 13th 
century. — Later history. — Description of 
the Ma<*apam. 

128. *Bakkrji, R. D.: — Eastern Indian Sekeol 
of Media-.-al Sculfture. (Archeological Survey 
of India. New Imperial Series Vol. XI. VII). 
Delhi: Manager of Publications. 1933. Royal 
4to. xviii. 203 P-. 9 $ pl. - Price: Rs. 49-*. 
or 75 s.. 6 d. 

Ch. 1 1 Introduction (p. 1 — 5 )- Ch. II: Early 
History of Sculpture in Eastern India (p.6-17). 
Ch. Ill: The Rise and Evolution of the 
Eastern School of Medieval Sculpture (p. 
18-42). Ch. IV: The Representation of the 
Bnddkaekartta (p. 43-83). Ch. V: The Bud- 
dhistic Pantheon (p. 84— 100). Ch. VI. The 
Orthodox or Brahmanical Pantheon (p. Id- 
as). Ch. VII: Metal Casting and Jaina Image* 
(p. 130-46)- Ch. VIII: Temples and Ar- 
chitecture (p. 147—163). 

Rev.: Times of India. Bombay, 29 De- 
cember 1933. by M.D. 




INDIA- ARCHITECTURE AND SCULPTURE 62 

Banerji, R. D.: — The Age of ike Im- 
perial Guptas. See below, no. 320. 

129. Banerji-Shastri: — Tkt Natl 0/ Pitali- 
putra. 

Ind. Hitt. Quart., IX. p. 134—6, 1 pL 
Terra-cotta figure of a female dancer dis- 
covered at the Mauryan level of Patna. 

130. Basu. Sri Nirmai Kumar: — Mini hum Zrlir 
bfondir [Temples of the ManbhGm District. 

In Bengali). 

Praia, l, Bhadr 1340 V.S. 

131. Basu. Nirmai Kumar: Konaraker Mandtr 
[The temple of Konirak. In Bengali). 

Praia,!, Kartik 1340 V.S. 

132. BruTKA, B. R.i — Gad, and Temple, in tk, 
Suket State, 

JASB, XXVII, p. 163-76. 3 pi. 

A brief description of the temples and cults 
of the various gods, goddesses, wakes and 
godlings in Suket State. Western Himalaya. 

133. 'HlKKKr Ki;ur»Ks, A. J.i - Gandkara e» 
de Graeco- Hoed Jkutiu he Unit. 

PJuvstr't GeiUuUreerd Moanduknft, 1935. 

p. 30J-13. IS 'll- 

Survey of the history of GandhAra and Gr«o. 
Buddhist art. 

HERMIT Kkmpeks, A. J.s — The Bronse, 
of A 'Haudd and Hindu- faianeu Art. See 
below, no. 541. 

Bkrnkt KlMPEkS, A. J.: — De ieeUen van 
tjandx Djago en hun Voor-Ind,uk prototype 
|The Images of Chandi Jago (in Eastern Java) 
and their Indian prototype. In Dutch). 

See below, no. 542. 

Br.RNET Kemper*. A. J.: — S Honda firm,,,. 

See below, no. 544. 

134. BltANDARKAR, D. R : — The Kirtutambha 
of Rina Kumbha. 

7 IS 0 A, I. no. 1. p. 52—6, 1 pi, 1 ilL 
Adescription of this well-known monument 
at Chitor. According to the inscriptions fbued 
on it, the Kutistambha was the 'MaMmer-' 



of the SamEdhi£vara temple (in its vicinity), 
and was completed by the sutradkira Jaitn 
and his sons in £ 1515. 

133 *[BoSE. N. K.: — Canon, of Or is, an Ar- 
ikiititurt, 1932). See: An. Bihi. /. A . tpji, 

no 181. 

Rev.: JB & ORS. XIX. p. 331. by K. P. 
Java&wal. 

BEFEO, XXXII, p. 545. by G. CcfeDP.S: 
.Void un livre comme I’lndc devrait nous 
en donner da vantage.* 

Bosch, F. D. K.: - Het branten Buddha- 
betid fan Celeb,,' WntkuH [The Buddha 
statue in brontc discovered on the Western 
coast of Celebes. In Dutch). 

See below, no. 548. 

136. CHANDRA, G. C.: — Ba, -relief, in the Hill- 
fort at Badami. 

A. R. Arek. Surv. rptS—ip, p. 167—69, 
pi. viii. 

Three stone lintels with bas-reliefs discovered 
in course of clearance at the second gateway 
of the Hill Fort of the BhotnMh tank at Bada- 
mi during 1928—39. They originally belonged 
to a now ruined temple and represent scenes 
from the early life of Kfishria. They were 
probably inspired by the religious real of 
the Western Ch&lukyas who were Vaishpavas 
(6th-7th century A. D.). 

• 37 * *[CooMAR aswamy, A. K.: — Early Indian 
Ar, hit,, -ture, III, 1931 1 . See: An, Bibl. I. A. 
Ipjt, no. 162. 

Rev.: 7 RAS. 1933, p. 917 f„ by J. V. S. 
WILKINSON: *an archeological contribution 
of the first importance.* 

138. *CooMaraswamy, A. K. : — Hindu Sculpture. 
The League. New York, V, no. 3, 1933, 
P- 5-7. '9 (• S 

•Hindu art is intrinsically Indian ; thought of 
as a model to be imitated, it can only delude 
or elude the modern craftsman. Its signi- 
ficance depends, not on our taste, but on 
our understanding.* 

139 Coumaraswamv, A. K.: — Hindu Sculp- 
ture, at Zayten. 




INDIA* ARC! UTLCTURK AND SCULPTURE 



6 3 



OAZ, N. F., IX. p. s—ii, 3 pi. 

Description of reliefs representing Hindu 
subjects, preserved at Ch’uan-chou (Zav ton) ; 
Chinese copies of (wooden?) originals which 
must have been the work of an Indian. 

140. 'ICOUSENS. H.: — Somanitha and ether 
Mediieval Temple, in Ki{hi»wad. Calcutta: 
193 ij. See; An. Bibl. /. A. 1931. no. 167a; 
19JJ. no. 184. 

Rev.t Q. 7 . Mythic S., XXIII. no. 4. p. 5 7 «. 
by A. V. R[amanathan|: *\Ve welcome 
this splendid addition to the valuable series 
of sumptuously illustrated and documented 
reports on the temples of India.” 

7 A 0 S, LIII. p. 187. by A. Coomaraswamy: 
•This is anothi r of Mr. C‘s sketchy com- 
pilations. constituting an impressive volume 
containing hardly anything new.” 

Rtv. Arch., 6th scries. II. p. 187 f. by J. 
Au HOVER. 

141. *|COUSBNS, H.: — Medina! Templet 9/ the 
Bokhan. (Archxological Survey of India. 
Imperial Scries, vol. XLVIII). Calcutta: 1931). 
See: An. BM. I. A. 19 si. no. 167*. 

Rev.: 7 /SOA, I. no. 1. p. 68.byN.RAV. 
Madras Mad, April 5. 1933. 

Times LUrrary Supplement, 7 September. 1933. 
Rtv . Artk., 6th scries, II, p. l86f., by J. 

Au hover. 

14a. Dim AND. M. S.: — Am Indian Rtlttf af tkt 
Amardvan School. 

Rut, Mrtr. Mns. An, XXVIII. no. 7. p. 124 f. 
I ill. 

A representation of an attendant of a Niga 
king from NagarjunikoQ<ja. end of the and 
century A.D. 

142a. DUROISKLLE, (.has.: — Explorations a t 
Ragan and Mandalay. 

Sec below, no. 501. 

Relief with scenes from the life of Boddha, 
South-Bihar style, found at Nyaung-gon. 
Mandalay. 

143. Dube, Kishanlal Durgashankar: — Dhamnir 
h BauJJh guphii a nr Dharmandth kamandir 



[The Buddhist Caves of Dhampar and the 
Temple of Dharmanith. In Hindi]. 

I>ivrdi Cm, manor align Volume, Benares: 
X agar 1 Pracharipl Sabha, May 1933, p. 
458—61, 2 ill. 

144- Eastman, A. C: — Tkt dancing 6hm in 
the Brooklyn Museum. 

Parnassus. V. p. 16—8. 

145. Eastman, A. C; — Indian Sculpture of the 
Medsaval Period. 

Parnassus, V. p. 15—8. 

146. GaNOUI.V, D. C. : — A. New Gupta Sculpture. 
Ind. Hist. Quart., IX. p. 588—90. 1 pi. 

Uma* Mabel vara from Benares. 

147. Chose. A.: — Some unpublished early Cola 
Portrait Sculptures. 

OAZ. N. F.. IX. P . 164-9. 2 P«. 

DiKassion of six statues of the Nftgcsvara 
Temple at Kumbakonam. 

148. Gilosil, Dcvapratadi — Relation between the 
Buddha 1 mage 1 from Orissa and Java. 

The Modem Retiew, LIV, p. 500-4. 7 HI. 

•[All these iconographical and stylistic] ... 
traits lead us to infer that the Javanese Bud- 
dhas and Bodhisattvasof Barabudur and Pram- 
banam . . . may have as their prototype the 
Oman Buddha of the early mediaeval era.” 

149. GoMIL. Vasudev Charan : — Matkuri k\ kali, 
sa+grakhlaya aur furitattva [Mathurft art, 
museum and archeology. In Hindi]. 

Gakgh, Jan. 1933. p. 162-71. 

1 5a *[Gkav elv, F. H, and T. N. Ram acii an- 
dean : — Catalogue of the South Indian Hindu 
Meta! Images in the Madras Government 
Museum. (Bulletin of the Madras Government 
Museum, New Series, General Section, vol. I, 
pt. 2). Madras: 1932]. See: An. BM. I. A. 19 V. 
00. 189. 

Rev.: The Asiatic Review, XXIX. no. 99. 
p. 561—2. by A. Du.NGEN: • Indispensable 
to students of Indian iconography.” 

J ISO A, 1. no. 1, p. 70, by C. C. Dasgukta: 




INDIA-ARCHITKCTtlRE AND SCULPTURE 



64 



‘Carefully prepared catalogue-* 

Q. J. Mytku S, XXIV. no. 1. p. 79. by S. 
S(RHCaNTAYa|: *The work leave* nothing 
to be desired.* 

7/105. LIII. p. 187!-. by A. Coomaraswamy : 
•The discussion of the dating, despite the 
indefiniteness of the conclusions constitutes 
a real advance in comprehension of the 
stylistic development. * 

AW/, London. February 15. 1933. 

7. M. Hist.. XVIL p- 1*7-30. by S K. 
AlVANUAR: “the work is far mo»e likely to 
retard progress in research rather than 
promote it.* 

RF.h'FO. XXXII. p. 544. by G. C.kirfs: 
•Ce volume est appcld i re nd re des service*.* 

1(1. fHACKIN, ].l — U ualfturt is jumu ft 
tiUtaisu as Mush Gamut, 1931 J. See: Am. 
RM. /.A. 1931. no. 170. 

Rev.: 7 RAS. 1933. p. *U f. by F. W. 
THOMAS: ‘description*, with bibliography in 
each instance. furni»h concisely all that to 
requisite* 

isa. llAMiiMvro. GyOint - Bmkkp kyors-sks 
yori mstarm TUa |On the stupas in con- 
nection with the history of Uuddhist Doctrine. 
In Japanese] 

Yssmadont, X, 1933. p. 45“ 7®. 

The author examine* historically the change 
in conception and style of the Buddhist «/BA» in 
India reflecting the development of Doctrine. 

153. Hrmmi. Baiei: — AiM-Tt to Kansskska-* 
7i» (On the stiffs erected by King Atoka 
and by King Kamshka. In Japanese). 
Yumadono, X. 1933. p. 19-34. 

The author investigate*, on the evidence of 
Chinese records and modern archeology, 
the style and construction of the stupas 
traditionally attributed to Atoka and Kanishka. 

154. HBMMI, Baiei : — South's nc 5 Jut* to Ram- 
hath no 7'oAs (On the stupa, of Sanchi and 
Hharhut. In Japanese] 

Yumtdono, X. 1933. p. 35-44- 
The author describes the structure of the 
great Sanchi stupa as representative of ancient 



Buddhist stupas and compares the results 
with the rules concerning the form and 
erection of stupas laid down in the Maha- 
saughikatiuaya. Book 33. 

155. JAVASWAU K. P.: - Nagata and Vftara. 
J/SOA, I. no. 1. p. S7 f- 

•When the Hindu masons and architects 
referred to the palatial style, they called it 
Nigara and Vesara. referring by the first 
to the style left by the Naga emperor* and 
kings, while ... the second means an ‘orna- 
mental* (Ve4ya) voluptuous, style, having a 
round plan.* 

156. Javaswau K. P.i — Situs Busts at Nashua 
(. Ajasgark StaU. C. I.). 

Ttu Mod** Banna, LIV. p. 68. 1 pi. 

The author publishes the first photograhp 
of the Chaturmukha &va bust in the temple 
near the reservoir at Nachna in the Vindhyas, 
Unit by the Vakajaka king Ppthivlscna 1 
(r. 3*0—350 A. D.). 

157. *KaK. R. C.: — Anisant Xtonu mints of Kath- 
mif. With a foreword by F. YOUNOIIUSDAND 
and an introduction by A. Fouchbk. London: 
The India Society, 1933. 8vo. 17a. xvi p., 
77 P*- 

I. Introduction (the country and its people ; 
sources of Kashmir History); II. Political 
History; HI. Architectural Style* (Early Buil- 
dings. t. A. D. *00 — 600 ; Medieval Archi- 
tecture. A. D. 600— 13CO — Buddhist Build- 
ings. Hindu Buildings; Muslim Architecture); 

IV. Monument* in Srinagar and its vicinity; 

V. Monument* above Srinagar; VI. Monu- 
ments below Srinagar; Bibliography. The 
chapter on Harwan excavations (p. 105 — 11) 
is profusely illustrated (pL 15-4*. 77). 

Rev: But. Amis d* I'Or., no. i4/*5- P- 8 5 — 9- 
by J. Ac ROVER : *L'objet du livre: e’est un 
guide archeologiquc destine aux touristes. Le 
plan est satisfai&ant; certains points seraient 
cependant 1 entiquer. Les parties les plus 
interessantes soot la relation des fouillcs a 
Harwan et a Hushkar.* 

7 ISO A, L no. 1, p. 69, by D. P. Ghosh: 




65 



ISDtA-ARCHITECTURE AND SCULMUKE 



*Wc are confident, the volume will fulfil 
its purpose.® 

h, sac's, XL 1 V, p. 49: *. .. popular and in- 
teresting without loosing in accuracy or 
scholarship.® 

The Statesma n, Calcutta, 25 June. 1933. 
Illustrated Weekly of India, Bombay. 30 July. 
1933, by W. Johnson. 

158. KaK. R. C: — Antiquities 0/ BasekU and 
Ram uagar ( 7 am mu and Kashmir Stats). 

!nd. Art Cr L., VII. no. 3 , p. 63—91. P>- 
I-XIX. 

Description of the monuments. 

158a. KamhavasIII, RyOjyO: — Aarandaji-Soken 
no Kendaiko | 0 n the Date of Construction 
of the Naland* Temple. In Japanese). 
Religion 1 Seiente in J.ifi»n, compiled by the 
Japanese Association of Religious Science. 
T0ky6: DaitO Shuppansha. 1933. p.283—9. 

According to the author’s interpretation of 
the often disputed passage in Hiuen Tang’s 
Si-yu-ch, the Temple of Nilandi may have 
been constructed by Skandagupta (• &akri- 
ditya of Hiuen Tsang) about 460 A. D. 

139. KHAN, M. Abid All: — Memoir, of Gear 
and I'andna. Edited and revised by H. E. 
Stafi.kton. Calcutu : Bengal Secretariat 
Hook Depot. 1931. Price: Rs. $ or 8s. 3d. 

Rev.: 7 IS 0 A, I, no. 1. p. 70 f.. by B. 
C. S*N : -The book will be very useful as 
a guide to those who want accurate infor- 
mation about the artistic treasures of the 
Maldah district.® 

160. ®Kr am Risen. Stella: — Indian Senl/tnre. 
The Heritage of India Scries. Calcutta: 
Y. M. C. A. Publishing House; London: Uni- 
versity Press. 1933 xvi. 240 p.. 116 fig* on 
50 pi., map. — Price: Ks. 4—8. 

•The structure of Indian sculpture will have 
to be surveyed in its relevant aspects. The 
underlying and essential qualities will be 
viewed in their permanency throughout the 
special conditions that the single monuments 
imply.® — 1. Ancient Indian sculpture; 



IL Classical, 111. Mediaeval; IV. Essential 
qualities, V. Explanation of plates; Notes; 
Bibliography, Index. 

Reviewed: J. Ind. Hist., XII. p. 445—7. 
by S K. Aivakgak: ‘exhibits a degree of 
sympathy and understanding which may be 
regarded as unique. ...Sometimes difficult 
to follow her.® 

161. Kramrisch. S.: — Candella Sculpture ■ Kha- 

jtraho. 

JISOA. I. no. 2. p. 97 — > 04 . 5 P>- 
•Viewed a* a whole, Candella sculpture, the 
extension of which geographically cover* the 
country between Bharatpur and Allahabad 
and southwards as far as the Narbadi. and 
chronologically from the tenth to the twelfth 
century A.D.. shows an increasing share of 
the intent and simplified, i.e. of the ‘media:- 
val® component.® 

163. Matsumoto. Hunuburb: — Indo ni oJtern 
Bukkya uen no Tk to tone igo no Tc [On 
the Indian rrtr/w before and after the Rise 
of Buddhism. In Japanese). 

Ymmedono, X. 1933. p. I— 17 - 
Origin and development of the Buddhist 
stn/a. 

163 ML'KHKRJIK. S. C: — The Arehitettnre of 
the Taj and Us Architect, 

Ind. Hist. Quart., IX, p. 873-9. 

The theory of the Italian origin of the T«j 
cannot be maintained against historical evi- 
dence. The workmanship i* entirely Asiatic. 

164. RagiiavaK. V.: — theatre Architecture in 
Ancient India. 

Trsrem, Madras. V, no. 4, p. 357—66. Con- 
tinued from An. BM. I. A. ,9V, no. 181. 

165. RaJU. K. Venkataranga : — Nkrttkmalai and 
its Temfles [Pndnkktah State], 

7 - Or. Rr, n Madras, VII, p. 35 ' — » 

Pt. I: Historical introduction. 

166. Ramachandran. T. A.: — The Royal 
Artist, Mahendr avarman /. 

7 . Or. Res.. Madras. VII. p. 219-46. 303-29. 
His contributions to South Indian art I. 




India- painting 



66 



Architecture and sculpture. II. a. Painting; 
b. Music. III. Literature. 

167. ‘RaMaCHaNDRAN. T. N.: — A Buddhist 
Relief from Mgirjumhonda. 

A Miscellany of Payors published by tkt Rao 
Sahib G. V. RtmamurtU Pantulus 701k 
Birthday Celebration Committor, 19JJ p. 
105—10, I pi. 

A representation of the Mandkitn-Jataka. 
on a relief, third century A. D.. from the ex- 
cavations of Mr. LONGHUItST. 

168. Ray, Nihar Ranjan: — Guntur /oltya .Vulau 
Bauddha Sdper Avishkir [Dttcovery of 
Buddhist Sculptures in the Guntur District. 
In Bengali). 

Prabdsi, Migh 1 540 V.S. 

A study of the Buddhist sculptures (bund 
at Goli. 

169. SAKA.SVATI, S. K.: — /ho Beguma Group 
of Tomy/ot. 

7 /SOA, I. no. a. p. 114— a8, 1 pi. 

•The supreme importance of this group 
consists in their supplying us with the typical 
specimens of the relcha type ol architecture 
in Bengal both earlier and later. “ 

170. Vaikuntram Pandit. A.: — Tho study of a 
South Indian Cato Temple. 

lirnmalai Sri Venkatensra, I. p 667—71. 



A description of the roelc-cut Siva shrine 
at Kaviyur, Travancore State. 

.*1 Vakil Kanaiyalal H.: — Rock- cut Temples 
around Bombay. Bombay: 195a). See: An. 
Bib/. /.A. 19 .{J, no. 205. 

Rev.: The Modern Review, LIU, p. 428, 
by S. K. CilATTKltJl: •. . . well-conceived and 
brightly written...* 

Burlington Magazine, LX1I, no. 363, p. 299, 
by F. J. Richards: ‘In this little book V. 
has packed a mass of information, gleaned 
partly from his own observation, partly from 
books which are beyond the reach of the 
ordinary traveller ... His account of the leas 
familiar Mandapeshwar (now a Christian 
church) and Jogeshwan, it a useful supplement 
to what others have written.' 

!. *WaUCHOpk, R. S. : — Buddhist Cave Temples 
of India. Calcutta: The Calcutta General 
Printing Co.. Ltd., 1933. 8vo, 121 p.. 51 pi. 
— Price: Rs. 7/8 — 11 s. 

The Origin of Buddhism. Buddhist monu- 
ments. Some meanings of the symbols, 
Chronology and grouping of the caves. 
Description ofthe main groups. 

Rev.: 7 ISO A, I. no. 2. p. 151. by N. Rov: 
•This book, although a welcome publication 
to the average reader, docs not give any 
wealth of original materials or any new 
interpretation of them.* 

Times of India, Bombay, 25 August, 1933. 
by M. D. 



II. 3. PAINTING 



i73tf.*|A)ANTA. With an Explanatory Text by 
G. Yazdani. I, II. 1930. 1933). See: An. 
Bib/. I. A. spjj, no. 208 and below, no. 173d. 

Rev.: 7 ■ Ind. Hist* XII. p. 44 J— 5. t»7 
S. K. Aivangar. 

17 S*- *AjaNTA. The Colour and Monochrome Re pro- 
due lions of the Ajanta Frescoes based on Photo- 
graphy. With an Explanatory Text by G. 
Ya/.DAM and an Appendix on Inscriptions 
by J. Allan. Pt. II. London : Oxford Univer- 
sity Press. 1933. Text: 8vo, 70 p.. 12 figs., 
8 pi. Plates in portfolio 2do, (18 colour and 



31 monochrome plates of Cave II). — Price: 
t 8/ 8/- 

Continucd from An. libl. /. A. 19 jo, no. 208. 

Rev.: 7 ISO A, I, no. 2, p. 150 f., by St. 
Kramrisch: ‘The eighteen colour and thirty 
monochrome plates of the paintings of cave 
II. Ajanta are perfect reproductions of the 
original. The colour plates arc as judiciously 
selected as those in Part I.... The expla- 
natory text gives more than it modestly 
claims. With a sure sense of artistic quality 
and a minute observation of stylistic differ- 
ences, a full account of the paintings is 




6 7 



INDIA-FAIN TING 



given. Technical treatment, physiognomical 
type and apparel of the figures are conclusive 
studies by themselves.* 

Burlington Magazine. LXIII, no. 36a. p. 235, 
by J. V. S. Wilkinson. 

174. BaGCHI.P.C.: — A Not* on a Paint, J Banner. 
y/SOA. I. no. I, p. 1—4. 1 colour pi. 

Nepalese banner representing Martjuici and 
Sitft-Prajfllpftrainitlf?), surrounded by scenes 
from Buddhist legends, painted by Madakola- 
thasina 1570 A.D. 

17$. H(aknktt), L. D.: — Two dim trait J Assam- 
ese Manuuripts . 

Brit. Mns. Qly„ VIII, p. iof.. 3 pi. 

A Dharmafiurana, dated 1 735/6 A.U. with 
illustrations taken from the life of the Ahom 
king Sib Singh; and a Brahmakkdnda, dated 
1836 A.D., both in a late local type of the 
Mughal style, with Burmese influences. 

176. B[lNVON). I..: — Two Indian PimUngt. 
Brit. Mu,. QI), VIII, p. 8 f. 

Moghul miniatures: Darb4r of JaMngir, and 
a prince visiting a holy man, late 17th century. 

177. B|invon|, L.: — A Nepalese Painting of the 
forty t6tk Ctntmry. 

Brit. Mu,. Q/y, VIII, p. 7 if.. I pL 

178. Bonnkkjea, Biren: — Not, on Geometrual 
Ritual Designs in Mu,. 

Man, XXXIII. p. i63f.. 3 ill. 

On the Alpadls. 

179 - Brown. W. Norman: — The Story 0/ KMaka 
Texts. history, legends, and mtniatur, fainting, 
of the Jain kagtografkuM work of Kaloid- 
edryakatha. (Freer Gallery of Art Oriental 
Scries, no. I). 

Washington: Smithsonian Inst., i933.4to.vfii 
& 148 p.. 15 pi., 5 in colour. — Price: 18s. 

Rev.: JAOS, LID. p. 30S-7. by A. K. 
Coomakaswamy : ‘This most admirable 
monograph combines two connected lines of 
study, offering on the one hand critical 
editions and translations of various versions 
of the Kalakacarya legend, and on the other 



summanring and co-ordinating all that is 
known of the history of Jaina, Gujarati, or 
at the author prefers to say. Western Indian, 
miniature painting.* 

JBfrORS, XIX. p. 413-5. by K. P. 
Jayaswal. 

180. Chandra, Moti: - Bharat ki Chitr-vidya • 
lamAamdhi khoj (Research in the pictorial art 
of India. In Hindi). 

Gakgd. Jan. 1933, p. 171-5. 

181. Chugiitai, M. A. — A few Hindu Miniature- 
painter, of the 18th and 19th Centuries. 
Sixth All- India Or. Conf. p. 333-9. 

Miniature-painting in India, Rajput painting 
included, was thoroughly influenced by the 
VI u}um otediAi. 

183. Coomakaswamy, A. K.: — Further re fer- 
rate, to Painting in India. 

Art. A,.. IV. nos. 3/3, 1930— J J . P- 9- 
Cf An BM. I A. 19H. no. 21 a. 

183. C00MARASWAMV. A. K.: — The Painter's 
An in Anaent India Ajanta. 

J/SOA. I, no. 1. p 26-9. 

The theories of Sdpa tradition applied to 
the esthetic analysis of AjaplI painting. 

184. Day At, Prayag 1 - Raja Newal Rai 0/ Oudh. 
J. V. P. Hist. S-. VI, p. 1-5. 1 pi. 

Painting in the Prov. Mus., Lucknow. 

185. DlMAND. M. S.: — Jilamie Miniature Painting 
and Book Illumination. 

Bml. Mere. Mui. Art. XXVIII, no. 10, p. 
166-71. 4 a. 

The article contains some references to 
Mughal Painting. 

186. DVTT, G. S.: — The indigenous Painters of 
Bengal. 

J/SOA, I. no. I, p. 18—25, 5 P 1 *. 3 In 
colour, and 1 ill. 

Note on the position of Bengali/o/o painting, 
and a description of a picture scroll repr. 
the Kfishija myth, in the author's possession. 

187. Erdmann. K.: — Mihr Chands Bildniue 
des Shodji ed-daule. 




INDIAPAItCTING 



68 



Berliner Museen, LIV. p- 38 — 41. 3 ill. 

The portraits of Nawab Shuji-ud-daulah 
of Oudh were copied by M. Ch. from originals 
in oil painted by the English artist Tilly 
Kettle in 1772— 3. 

188. 'French, J. C. : — Himalayan Art. London: 
1931 1. See: An Bid/. I. A. 19 Jt. no. 222. 

Rev.: OLZ. XXXVI. p. 259. by L. Bach- 
HOKER: *Uber die Malerci wird sehr wenig 
gcsprochcn, die kunstgeschichtliche Ausbcutc 
nt recht mager;... jcdoch crstcht . . etwas, 
was man in Iccincm anderen Werk uber 
Rajputenmalerci findet: die eigentumliche 
Atmosphare, in dcr diese letste Blute der 
llindukunst gedieh und welktc.* 

189. Gllosil, M.: — Archeological Evidence n 
support of the Origin and Development of 
Indian Painting and Mnsua I luirumeuti from 
Ant uni Times. 

Sulk All- Indus Or. Couf. p. 24 if. 

190. GOETZ, H.: — Some Court-portraits of the 
Pit Jr I St tool m Outek Collections. 

7 ISO A, I. no. 2. p. 120-123. 1 pi.. 1 ill. 
From the Collection of Prof. J. Ph. Vogel 
L eyden. 

191. G0RTX, II.: — ties. tittle der tudisthen 
M 1 mat nr • M alerei (continued). 

OAZ, N. F., IX, p. 21— 31. pi. 10—2. 

VIII. Die iwcitc Hoke der rtjputiscbea 
Malcrei; IX. Der Soden; X. Schlass. 

Cf. An. BM. /. A. 19 u. no. 224. 

192. GuviNDAsVAMI, S. K.: — Cola Painting. 
JISOA. I. no. 2. p.73-80. 4 pi- I ill. 

A description of the paintings in the Bfiha- 
disvara temple at Tanjore. built by the Chola 
king Rijaraja I. 

193. Hollis, H. C.: — An Indian Portrait. 

Bull. Cleveland Museum of Art. XX. no. I. 
p. 4f.. I pi. 

Portrait of a Mughal lady, late 17th cent. 

194. HOLUS, H. C. : — A Rajput Painting. 

Bull. Cleveland Museum of Art. XX. no. 4. 
p. 56-9, I pi. 



Madhu-mSdhavi Rftgini, c. 1600 A.D. This 
painting has been reproduced in A. C00MA- 
raswaMV, Rajful Painting, pi. I. 

195. Hollis, An earlj Rajput Miniature. 

Bull. Cleveland Museum of Art. XX, no. 6, 
p. 96-8. I fig. 

An illustration of Sri Rag a, c. 1600 A. D. 

196. KkaMRBCH. Stella: — Nepalese Paintings. 
7 IS 0 A. I. no. 2. P . 129-147. 4 Pi . « in 
colour, 1 ill. 

A first outline of a history of Nepalese 
painting. 

197. MaiLACAN. E. — Christian Subjects in Mogul 
Painting. 

7 RAS. 1933. P 74«f- 
Abstract from a lecture. 

198. ' Mac Lao an, E. D.: - Mogul Paintings on 
Christian Snijetll. 

The Muslim U'or/d, New York. October 1933, 
p. 330—2. I pi. 

•These paintings are not to be accepted in 
all cases as good specimens of Mogul art, 
but their existence is a testimony to the 
intense interest aroused in Chiistiamty at 
the Mogul Court in the early part of the 
17th century.* 

199. |MaI, Lata Kannoo: — Kdma-Kala, a com- 
prehensile survey of erotits. rhetor us and 
st lent t of music with special reference to sex 
psychology. With an introduction by Munshi 
Xarayan Prasad Am IINA. Lahore: The Punjab 
Sanskrit Book Depot, 1951, 8vo., 114 p„ 
30 ill. — Price: s Rs. 8 asj. 

Re*.: 0 !./., XXXVI, p. 705^. by H. 
ZlMMER: *Ein populates Kompcndium der 
iodise hen Thcorien uber die Licbc. Dcr Ictitc 
Teil dcs Buchcs bietet Neucs, die Ubcrsctxung 
ones kletncn Traktats uber indische Musik 
•Sangit-Mili*. Dankenswert sind die 30 Bild- 
beigaben (*. T. farbigl nach Miniaturcn, we 
veransehaultchcn cinrclnc iSgas und ragiQl* 
und Typcn dcr Licbcndcn.* 

NaIIAR. P. S. : - An illustrated Sdlibhadra Ms. 
JISOA, I, no. 1, p. 63-7, 3 pi. 

An illustrated Jain manuscript from the reign 




69 



INDlA-tCONOGRAPllY 



of the Emperor Jahnngir in the 
of Mr. Bahadursingh Singhi. 



aoi. RacHAVAN, V.: — Some Sanskrit Texts an 
Tainting. 

Ind. Hist. Quart., IX, p. 898—911. 

Words for ‘the rough sketch’. Light and 
shade. Aspects of poetry in terms of picture. 
The art of painting is based on the art of 
na(/a. The application of the Dhvam theory 
to Citra. Texts on painting. 

202. SlVARAM AMURTI, C: — Painting and allied 
Arts as revealed in liana's Works. 

7 - Or. Res., Madras, VI. p. 395 - 444 i VII. 
p. 59—81. 

Introductory. References in Boqa's works to 
the types of pictures, grounds, materials, 
proeddd, anatomy, and to sculpture. 

aoj. Sivah am amurti.C.: — Kaliddsa and Painting. 
7 . Or. Res.. Madras. VII, p. 158-85. 
Introductory. CitrattU. The Gtrieirya. Pict- 
ures. Surfaces. Process. Materials. Colours. 



Pose. Anatomy. Propriety in painting. The 
purpose of pictures. The philosophy of painting. 

204- SlVARAMAMURTl, C.: — tri Hot fa's Obser- 
tatians rn Painting with special reference 
So the Naifadkljatarita. 

7 - Or. Res. Madras, VII, p. 331—50. 

Introductory. Types of pictures. Process. 
Anatomy. Some general observations. 

205. StrZYGOWSKI. j.: — Der tiefere sittluhe 
Kern der Moghulmalereien rn Schonirunn, 
dem Oetterreukisi ken Museum und der Stoats ■ 
Mhathek 

Der Wiener Kunsttvanderer, 1933. 

On the 'Nordic* popular elements in the 
court art of the Mughal Empire. 

J06. V|OGKI.l J. Ph. : — The Discover/ of Frescoes 
in Soutk-fndian Temples. 

An. BiM. /. A. 19.11, P- 16—9. 

Remnants of frescoes in the Kailasanitha 
temple at Conjecrcram. in the rock-cut temple 
of Malayadippatti and in the Great Temple 
of Tanjotc. 



II, 4. ICONOGRAPHY 



»7. BKKNttr Kemfkrs, A. J.i — Mote on an 
ancient sculpture from AmarOra/l. 

Acta Or., X. 4. I9J». P- 5*4 -7«. • I* 
(omitted in An. Biil. I. A. tgji\ 

The fragment discussed An. BiM. I.A. 19J9, 
no. 163 (1) and 19.11, no. 33S is a synoptical 
rendering of the Cycle of the Great Renun- 
ciation. 

208. Brown, W. N.s — The Identification of 
certain Indian reclining 'Mother and Chief 
sculptures. 

Festschr. Wintems/s. p. 333—5. 

The majority seem to represent a daiva 
subject; some Krishna, and some may be 
taken for nativity scenes of Jain Tirthankaras. 



309. Chakra VARTI, C.: — The Sairaste Dettj 
Kfetrapdla. 

Ind. Hist. Quart., IX. p. 337—43- 
Accounts in PuriQa and Tantra works. 
The popular aspect. 



310. Ciiakravarti. N..and Sakaswati, S. K.i — 
.Vote on a irated and inscribed image of 
Str/ya from Qa f bah (EkdMa), District Di- 
nijpmr. 

7 ASB. XXVIII, p. 147-JO. I |>l. 

A seated image of Sorya with an in- 
scription from the first quarter of the 13th 
century A.D. or later. This seated image of 
S. is a rarity; if the dating of the inscription 
is correct, it appears that, even after the 
Muhammedan invasion of 1303 A.D., Bair- 
hatt* remained in the hands of the Hindus. 

311. Chanda. Ramaprasad: — Brahmanic sculpt- 
ure of the Gupta Period. 

The Modern Rerieso. UII, p. 97— 102, 5 
An iconographical note. 

3I3-1COOMARASWAS1V, A. K. : — Yakfas, vol II. 

1: 1931). Set: An. BiM. I. A. I9JI, 



no. 320. 




IHDIA-ti ONO-IRAPHV 



<° 



Rev.: Djawd, XIII. p. illC, by W. F. 
Stutterheim. 

2 1 3. DATTA. K.: — Two Saura Images from tke 
Duma of tp-Parganeu. 

Ini. Hill. Quart, IX, p. 201—7. 1 P*- 
Surya from Kashipore. Navagraha slab 
from Kankandlghi. 

214. Davalji, Prabhu: — Hamuke kde-ki Smrja- 
firalimd |Sorya Image in the Fort of Hansi. 
In Hindi]. 

Gakgd, Jan. 1933. p. 310—2. ilL no. 14© 

2IJ.GAN0ULI, D. C.: — /denlijLation of 10m* 
Brahmanua! Seul/iures. 

Ind. Hill. Quart., IX, p 161—9, 3 pi. 

Six sculpture*, pub! abed in the A. B. 
Arth. Surf, but not correctly identified. 

Ghosh, Devapratad: — Relaltoa betwoon 
the Buddha 1 magi 1 from Oruio mad Jot*. 
See above, no. 148. 

316. Hartmann, Gcnla: — Betirage ior Go- 
sekiekie dor Collin Lot /ml. (Kieler Ditser- 
tation). Wertheim a. M.: E. Pechstein, Leip- 
sic: 0 . Harraisowitr, 1933. 8vo, iv ft 4: p. — 
Price : RM. 3.- 

Rcv.: Duck, Lit. Ztg , jrd aerie*. IV (LIV). 
p. 1878!., by O. Strauss: ‘Indent die Ver- 
fassenn sich auf Sanskrit- Dokumente in Me- 
rarischer HmMcht besehrankt, diese aber noch 
im dem Abschnitt ‘Darstcllung Lakvnit* 
dutch Ikonographisches erganit, bringt sic 
wert voiles Material.' 

217. Hou. 15 . H. C: — A Bronte Vukm. 

Bull. Cleveland Muuum of An, XX. no. 2. 
I. p. 19-31. I pL 

A small brunre image of Vishpu in the 
yogatlkanakamirh without much artistic va- 
lue. 1 2th— 14th cent. A. D. 

318. JAIN, Kamta Prasad: — Jotn-murnijal, 
[Jain Images. In Hindi). 

Canga, Jan. 1933, p. 184—7.111. nos. 118—22. 

219. JNANI, Ranchhod Lai: — Ek advitty praline 
[A unique Image. In Hindi). 



Gakgd, Jan. 1933, p. 158—62. ill no. 114. 

On the Sana sculpture of Parcl. Cf. An. 
BM. /. A. 1 pit, p. S — to. pi. II. 

•JLaLuU, M.: — Iconograpkie des itoffes 
gtmiei (pata) dans !e l/anjuirlmulakalpa. 
Paris: 1930). See: Am. BM. /. A. ipjo, 
no. 251. 

Rev.: OLZ, XXXVI, p. 258!.. bij H. Zim- 
HER: 'Geschickt und behutsam hat M.L. 
aus dem Wust dcs schlccht uberlicfcrten 
Tcxtes herausgehoben, ubersetat und interpre- 
tiert. was sich an Anwcisungen uber figurliche 
Malercien findet.' 

y.Jrmivoh lull. III, p. 22J, byG.de ROERICH. 

R*Y. N.R.: — Brahmanua l Gods in Burma. 
See below, no. 531. 

SALMON V, A.: — Two Representations of Ik t 
Hindu Panlkoou and tkoir Origin. 
flSOA, I. no. 2. p. 85—8, 3 ill. 

•The iconographies! as well at the form 
connections with Nepal, of the Sarasvati and 
Gaocia figures [found in Southern China and| 
reproduced here, make it probable that Hin- 
duntic representations found their way as far 
as China across the highland of inner Asia.* 

Saraswati. S. K.: — Sec above, no. 310. 

332 . SARKAk. K. C: — A Now Specimen of SBrya 
from V arrndra (MArtancfa Bkairma). 

Sulk All-India Or. Confix p. 34 2—7. I pi. 

323. SltASXRt, B. C:— V rrklartng van ern relief, 
bekoorend lot don Gufta-Umfrl van Dtogafh 
[Interpretation of a relief of the Gupta-temple 
of Dcogarh. In Dutch). 

Oostersek Gmcetuk, 71k Congress, p. 38 f. 

224 -V[OGKLj. J. Ph.: — Unidentified Sen! f lure I 
from Xagirjunikenda. 

An. BM. /. A. ipjr, p. 14—6, pi. Ill— IV. 

235. ZlRSEXtss, A.: — The im ra Seulpture of 
Parel. 

An. BM. I. A. ip.JI, p. 5—10, pi. II. 

Detailed description of the sculpture from 
Parel showing a combination of the Pafi- 
chamurti and Mahc 4 vara aspects of Siva. 




7 ' 



NDlA-FALAtOGRAPHY 



2,6. ZIMMER. H. : - Sam , -Asf.cts of Tim, /.- Symbols of tin.*, infinity of time. Kairos, 

dta * Ar, \ ‘P*«. «c. like Kall-Ksla. Ardhanarifvara. 

7 /SO A, I. no. I. p. 30—51. 3 pL Maya. etc. 

II. 5 - PALEOGRAPHY 



,,7. FABRI, C. L. : — TIu Ancient Hungarian Sertft 
and the Br&hmi Characters. 

Chstrruk Genootsek., jlh Congress, p. 37 f. 

The Hungarian and Turkish notch scripts 
derived from the Rrahmi character. 

2,8. HEVESY, G. de : — Ociameet Indt prFaryenne . 
Mohenjo-daro el rile de Papues. 

Bui. Amis de rOr., no. 14/15, p. *9—50, 
I pi. 

*L’6criture de la vallfe de ('Indus, et cellc 
de ses antipodes, I'dcriture dc I'lk de Piques, 
appartienncnt i la mine souche nfolitbique.' 

„ 9 .IlBVESY. G. de: — Snr une EeriSute 0 *U- 
nienne faraissanl <f engine ueelsthifue. 
Bulletin de la Soci/te Prlhutoriqne Framia.se. 
Le Mans, no. 7/8. p- 3 ~«S. 3 P* 

The author compares the script of the Easter 
Island with that of Mohenjo-daro. He thinks 
that both represent the same type and may 
have originated in neolithic China. 

* 30 . KONOW, s.: — The Arapaeana alphabet and 
the Sahas. 

Asia Or., XII, I, p. 1 3-24. 



Data in support of the view that the mystic 
Arapaeana alphabet of Buddhist texts was 
devised in Eastern Turkestan and likewise 
the ahshara jsa. 

*31. ‘Mao*. Sahityacharya : — Bharahyon hJ 
Bpi-JUn [The knowledge of writing of the 
Indians. In Hindi). 

Gahgd, Jan. 1933. p 189-94. 

Maji'MDAR, R. C: — U paUograph.e des 



inscription, du Champa. See below, no. 5*1. 

*3*. R Arson, E. J ..— The Humeral 40 in Inseript- 
tens at Mathura during the &a ha and Knfaua 
Period. 

Ana Or, XI. 3, p. *60-4. 

The St Andrew’s Croas, as the cursive 
alternative of the pta, invariably represents 
40 in the Mathura inscription*. 

*33. SCR. A. K.: — Origin of Indus Valley Stript. 
lad. Hist. Quart. IX. p. 58*. 

Discovery of a connecting link between the 
Indus Valley script and the Urahmi script in a 
cave inscription at Vikramkhole in Sambalpur. 

II. 6. EPIGRAPHY 



* 34 - AtHARVA, G. V.: — Chandala Grant of 
Hanhara: Saha-saunat IJIJ. 

F.p. Ind., XXI. pt. I. Jan. 1931. p. i 7 -* 3 - 
This charter, which is engraved on three 
copper-plates now preserved in the Prince 
of Wales Museum. Bombay, records that 
Mttdhava. the minister of king Hanhara of 
Vijayanagara, after conquering Gov» [»./. 
Goa), the capital of Kohkaga. from the 
Turushkas. granted a village to 31 Brihmanas 
in Saka 1313 (A.D. 1391). 

* 3 S- AiyanGar, S. K.: — The Tamil ingam 
in a Pandyan Charter of the early Tenth 
Century A.D. 

Ind. Hut. Quart., IX. p. 63—75. 



Discussion of a passage in Tamil forming 
part of the genealogical portion of an im- 
portant copper plate grant. 

*36. AlVER, K. V. Subrahmanyai — Conjeeteram 
Inscription of Rhjarija 1 . 

Ep. Ind., XXI. i*. I. Jan. 1931, p. 29—34, pi. 

This Sanskrit-Telugu inscription is found 
in the Kailfeanitha temple at Conjee veram, 
different portions of it having been used in 
repairs of this building. It is of special in- 
terest for the history of the Cho|as and 
Eastern Chllukyas. The date appears to be 
&aka 9,3 expired, which corresponds to 
A.D. 1001— *. 




INDIA- EPIGRAPHY’ 



7 * 



237. BaNKK)I, Adnsha Chandra: — Bints Plato 
of Ranabhan jade til of the regno/ year 16. 
An. Hhandortar Ins!., XIV, p- 134 — 41. 

A revised edition of the plates, first pu- 
blished by R. C. MA2UMDA* in JB 6r ORS. 
II, p- 167—77. R. cannot be identical with 
the ruler of Khijjinga Kotta. but it is also 
impossible to identify him otherwise. He 
must have been the feudatory of some 
unknown king, but in the years 54 and $8 
of his reign he seems to have become in- 
dependant. 

238. BakF.RJI. A. G: — Pah Piste of Gem- 
dackandra of Kanauj IIJI VS. 

JB & ORS, XIX. p. 234-8, pi. 
Introduction and text. 

239. 11an tB) i, R. D.i — The Kadambapadraka 
Grant of Nor ova* mm — V. S. Il6j. 

Sf. Ind.. XX. pt. VII, July 1930. p. 1OJ-8. 
2 pi. 

This Sanskrit charter, incised on two cop- 
per-plates, records a gift of land to a Brth- 
niiQa by the Paramtra king Naravataaa. 
The grant was issued in the year 1167 which, 
if referred to the Vikrnma era, 
to A.D. llto. Kind-place ui 



HANIRJI, K. D.i — Ike ,\ge of the /mferisl 
(inf tot. Sec below, no. 32a 

240. Banbrji-Sastri. a.: — DkeuUmM Gram, 
of Ranauambha and JiyoitomMa. 

JASB, XXVII, p. 317—2$. 

The two copperplates here edited belong 
to the Chief of Dh . one of the Orissa 
Feudatory States, and record the grant of 
land to Bhatta Sudarianadeva by king 
Rapastambha of Kodlloka and to Dbirivva- 
rahgati-iarnu by king Jayastambha. 9th- 10th 
century A.D. 

241. BaRUA. B. M.: — The Verragudi Copy of 
Atoka 1 Minor Rock Edit/. 

InJ. Hitt. Quart, IX. p. 113—20. 1 pL 
Introduction, text and translation. 

24?. BARUA. B. M.t — A Bodh-Gsya Image In- 
uriflion. 



InJ. Hist. Quart. , IX. p. 4 '7—9- > pi. 

Introduction, text, translation. Inscription 
of Samvat 64 on a Buddha-statuc (tf. Cun- 
NtNGHAM, Makabodhi, pi. XXV). 

243. Basak, Radhagovinda: — Baigrsm Coffer - 
flate Inscription of the [Gupta]- year ti8. 
Ef. !nd., XXI, pt. II, Oct. 1931. p. 78—83. pi. 

This coppcr-plate was discovered at the 
village of Baigram. Bogra district. Rajshahi 
division. Bengal, and is now in the possession 
of the Cauda Research Society, Howrah. 
The Sanskrit document records the pur- 
chase of certain lands belonging to the State 
by two persons for the purpose of making 
a donation to the temple of Govindasvamin 
founded by their father. The date, the year 
128, which must refer to the Gupta era cor- 
responds to A.D. 447—8 and consequently 
falls within the reign of Kumaragupta 1. 

244. BiIandaRKar, D. R.: — A Hit of the 
Iniinprieni of Northern India in Brahmt 
and in Derttam* Scripts from about joo A, C. 
tp. lad , XX. pt. VII, July 1930. App., 
p. 227—66. Continued from XX. pi. VI; 
aee: Am. BM. /. A. 19J*. no. 264. 

24$.BtiANDARKAR, D. R.: — Mathura Pillar 
Inter iftum of Ckandragufta II: G. E. 6t. 
Ff. !nd.. XXI, pt. 1, Jan. 1931, p. 1—9, pi. 

This inscription it dated in the reign of 
Chandragupta. the son of Samudragupta, and 
in the year 6t which must no doubt be 
referred to the Gupta era. It is composed 
in Sanskrit prose ending in an 2ry3 stanza, 
tke second half of which is missing. The 
object of the inscription is to record that 
Uditacharya, a devotee of Maheivara, in- 
stalled two images (probably in the shape 
of higai), named Kapitcsvara and Upamite- 
<vara in commemoration of his teacher 
Upamita and the latter's teacher Kapila, 
in the ‘Teacher's shrine' [gurwiyatane]. 
The octagonal shaft on which this record 
is incised, is now preserved in the Curzon 
Museum at Mathura. Cf. An. BibU. A. 
• 93 *. P- 




73 



1ND1A-EPIGRAPHV 



246. BUANDARKAR, D. R.: — Maury an Brikmi 
Inscription of Makastkd u. 

Ef. Ind., XXI, pt. II. Oct. 1931. p. 83—91. pL 
A piece of limestone inscribed with 6 lines 
of Brahml writing was discovered at Uaha- 
sthao. Bogra district. Bengal; it is now pre- 
served in the Indian Museum. Calcutta. The 
language is Magadhi. The document refers 
to an order issued to the Mahamatra of 
Puodranagara with a view to relieve the 
distress caused, apparently, by famine to the 
Saipvahglyas, 1. /. the United Vahglyas. The 
measures consisted in an advance of money 
and a distribution of paddy, both of which 
were to be returned to the State granary 
on the restoration of plenty. The points of 
historical interest in this inscription are dis- 
cussed by the author; they include the 
identification of MahXsthan with Pupd'*var- 
dhana. 

247. UllANDARKAK, D. R.l — A’l/r on a Mauryao 
Inscription from M ah Os (kin /(Mr ant ml Pan?- 
Jravardhana), 

7 ASH. XXVIII, p. 123-6. 

Thu epigraphic record is of great historic 
importance, because I. it establishes the 
identity of the present Mahasthln with the 
ancient Pufidranagara. 2. it shows the manner 
in which the state endeavoured to combatc 
famine in ancient India. 3. it throws new 
light on the Saipvahglya Federation. 

248. BlIATTACHARYA, Bcnoytosh : — RJjd Karka 
Suvarnavarshka Brahman pail. dJnapatr [ Br>- 
manpalll Grant of Raja Karka Surarnavarsha. 
In Hindi). 

Gangs. Jan. 1933. p. 89—95. 

On an unpublished charter engraved on 
three copper-plates found at the village of 
Brahmanpalli in Baroda State and now pre- 
served in the library of the Oriental Institute. 
Baroda. The charter is dated S.S. 74 6- 

249. Bit ATTACH ARYYA, D. C.: — Tkt MainJmafi 
Copper- flat, of Rauavakkamalta Hartkaladexa 
( 1141 iaka\. 

Ind. Hut. Quart., IX, p. 282—9. 
Introduction, text, translation. 

Annul BiMiopipAy VH1. 



25a •|BHATTACHARYA. P.: — Kdmarupa &tsana- 
poft: 1931 J. See : An. BM. /. A. 19 jt, no. 267. 

Rev.: Ind. Hut . Quart., IX. p. 604—6, by 
J. Sakkar: ‘reconstructed the Hindu history 
of that province with the latest information 

available* ‘has also thrown light on a 

variety of other subjects and obscure points in 
ancient Indian epigraphy and administration.* 

251. Bose, A.K. : — On the term 'Anusauiyana'. 
fad. Hist. Quart., IX. p. 8lO-2. 

Anusamyana (Atoka inscr.) means ‘a court- 
house or a citadel". 

2J2. CHAKRAVARTI. N. P. : — Nmna Copper plate 
Grant of Dkarmarajadet a. 

Ep. Ind . XXI. pt I. Jan. 1931. p. 34-4«. pi- 

The three copper-plates on which this charter 
is engraved were found in a field near the 
village of Nimmina. Ganjlm district. Madras, 
and are now deposited in the Madras Govern- 
ment Museum. The script it early Nagarl, 
the language incorrect Sanskrit. The giant 
was issued by the king Dharmarlja. alias 
Mlnabhiia. of the Sailodbhava dynasty and 
registers the gift of the village Nivina to a 
Brthrnaoa. 

253 - CHARPRKTIKR. J.: — Kl/ine Berner kungen 
turn funf ten Sauleneddl del Aloka. 

Feilukr. Wmtemitn, p. 303—12. 

Names of animals in the 5th Rock-edict 
of Atoka. 

254. CllARPElcriRR. J.: — Remark 1 on the fourth 
Roth Edut of Aloka. 

Ind. Hist. Quart., IX. p. 76-87. 

The meaning of certain expressions in the 
first three paragraphs of the Edict. 

255. DASCUPTA, C. C.: — The Baud Charter of 
Kanakaikahya. 

Ind. Hut. Quart., IX, p. 751 fT. 

Introduction, genealogical tables of Bhaftja 
dynasties, text, translation. Date: 2nd half 
of the nth cent. A.D. 

256- Deb, H. K. : — KoU oh a newly-discovered 
Tan da Inscription. 

IO 




1NDM-EPIGRAFHY 



74 



Ind. Hut. Quart., IX, p. 141— 4 * 

Kharo'h(hl inscription from Kalawin (cf 
y/iAS, 1932, P . 949-65)- 

257. Drb, H. K.: — Scythian Tribal Xamcs in 
a Mathura Epigraph. 

Ind. Hut. Quart., IX. p. 800-2. 

Prtcimkana — Pasianoi. and Sarulamin* = 
Sarakauloi in the Girdharpur (Mathura) Pillar 
Inscription of the reign of Huvishka. Cf An. 
Bib/. /. A. 19JJ. p. 21 and below, no. 277. 

258. DlN, H . K.: - Thr Ok,nd (Utf) lour, /run. 
Ind. Hitt. Quart.. XI. p. 8oj f. 

Interpretation of some words in an inscrip- 
tion from Ohind (Peshawar District). 

259. Ganuuu, D. C-: — Early History of 
Hu Gakafavala Dynasty. 

Ind. Hist. Quart., IX. p. 95 '-* 

260-61. GlIOMI, J. C: - The Dimaj/ur Pillar 
Inscription of thr Kambajanvaya Caudifan. 
Ind. Hist. Quart., IX. p. 7*9-9'- 
New interpretation of the inscription of 
3 lines of the year Ub, found among the 
ruins of lUngad or Bhannagar. 

262. GltOSII, J. C.i — AW/j on lit Gkesundl 
Stour Inscription.. 

Ind. Hist. Quart.. IX. p. 795—9. Cf. Ass. 
Bib/. I. A. 19JJ, no. 277. 

263. GllOSHAL. U. N.: — A far Ijgkt on the 
Gu/ta Administrative Syitem — the stgnifk- 
ante and application of the term Kumara- 
miltya. 

Sixth All~ India Or. Caaf, p. 2 10—6. 

Discussion of one of the most important 
administrative terms in the Gupta records. 

264. HaLDRR, R. R.: — Dabii Inscription of 
the time of Dha-.alappa.tna, \Harsks-\Sam- 
vat toy. 

Ep. hid., XX, pt. VIII. Oct. 1930. p. 122-5, P 1 - 
This Sanskrit inscription is engraved on 
a large stone found near the village of I^abok, 
8 miles cast of Udaipur in Mewar, and now 
preserved in the Rajputana Museum, Ajmer. 



It records a grant of land to the temples 
of Mahimahesvara and of D urga called Ghat(a- 
visini. It is dated in the reign or a local 
ruler. Dhavalappadcva, and in the year 207 
which, if referred to the Harsha era. corres- 
ponds to A.D. 813. 

265. H ALDER. R. R.: — Two Paramara In- 
scriptions. 

Ep. Ind.. XXI, pL I. Jan. 1931, p. 41-8, 
and p*. II. Apol 1931. p. 49 — 55 . « Pi- 

These two Sanskrit inscriptions, engraved 
on stone slabs and written in Nagarl, 
were found m the Banswara State. Kajpu- 
tana. They are of interest for the history 
of the Paramlras of Vigada (Banswara and 
Dungaipur). The one. found in the Mahft- 
deva temple of Panaher*. belongs to the time 
of Jayasnpha of Malwa and is dated in the 
Vikrama year 1116 (A.D. 1059). The other 
was found at Arthup*. the ancient UtthU- 
pak*. and IS now preserved in the Rajpu- 
tana Museum, Ajmer. It belongs to the time 
of Vpayartya and is dated in the Vikrama 
year 1166 (A.D. 1109). 

266. *JHi«a LaL: — Inscriptions in the Central 
Provinces and Berar; 1932). Sec: An. Bib/. 
I. A. t 9 v. no. 279. 

Rev.: 7 B& 0 RS. XIX, p. 350 f., by 
K. P. JavaswaL: ‘the best inscriptional 
gaicttcci yet published in any province.* 

267. HlRALAL: — Four Chandclla Copper-plate 
Inscriptions. 

Ep.Ind^XX, pt VIII. Oct. 1930, p. 1 25-36, pi. 

The four charters here edited by the late 
Rai Bahadur HlRALAL, were issued by the 
Chandella rulers Dcvavarman, Paramarddi, 
Viravarman and Hammiravarman in the 
Vikrama- years no8, 1236, 1311 and 1346 
respectively. They arc in Sanskrit and 
Xigan. The grantee of the third charter was 
not a Brahman*, but a Riuta who had 
distinguished himself in battle. 

26$. HlRALAL: — Jubbulpor, KotwaH Plates of 
Jayasimkadeca, Kalachurs year 918. 
Ep. Ind. XXI, p. 91-6. I pi. 




75 



IKDIA-CTIGRAPHY 



The*e two copper-plates found in a rtone 
box at Jubbulpore arc now preserved in the 
Nagpur Museum. They record the grant of a 
.village Agaia to a Panijita in the Kalachuri 
year 91S (A.D. 1167). The docor is Jaya- 
siipha, the lord of the three Kalingas, whose 
genealogy is given. The character used in 
the charter is Nagari and the language 
Sanskrit. 

269. HlKAi-AL: — Ka/acknn Rjj<l Sabbaragan-be 
samay-bd lilalebh (Stone Inscription of the 
time of the Kalachun Raj* Sarkaragapa- 
In Hindi]. 

Gakga. Jan. 1933. p. 83 f.. ill. not. 139 and 148. 

Inscription of 4 lines, engraved beneath a 
sculpture representing a Raja with his wife, 
daughter and horse. Dated in the reign of 
&ahkaragana II, the son of I -aksh maharaja 
The slab is now preserved at the Artillery 
Mess at Sagar, C. I*. 

270. Jagadcd Bahadur, Raja L. H.s — Ar».i»- 
nava ke futr mabdrdjd tndravarm.t t a feb- 
ba/i-sthit tdmrapatr |Thc Tckkali copper plate 
of Maharaja Indravarrnan. the son of Dlnlr- 
pava. In Hindi]. 

Gakgb, Jan. 19JJ. P- « 54 — 7 - »** Ros. 9 »-i 0 *. 

Sanskrit charter, engraved on three copper- 
plates, found at the village of Akkavaram 
in Tckkali State. Dated in the year 134 of 
the Ganga era. 

271. jAUADtH, Sri I.akshminarayan Hanchaadan: - 
The Inscription of the Atw TcmpU a/ Par- 
napatna. 

J. Andhra Hut. Res. A. VII, pt. 3. p. 172—4. 

Two inscriptions of Gajapati Narayan Deb, 
Raja of I’arlakimidi, Orissa, dated 1791 A.D., 
on the gate of the Mukhasali temple in the 
former capital of this principality. 

272. JAYASWAU K. P.: — Yerragnds Mint Pro- 
clamation. 

Ind. Hist. Quart., IX. p, 583. 

Remarks on minor points. £/. above, no. 241. 

273. JAYASWAL, K. P.: — Makastban (Bogra) 
Maury a Inscription. 



Tkt Modern Re .new. LIII, p. 508 f. 

‘The importance of the new inscription 
consists firstly in the fact that it is the first 
secular, administrative Maurya record and 
may prove to refer to Chandragupta's reign; 
secondly, it is a wonderful confirmation of 
the Jain tradition of a prolonged famine 
of 12 years in North India in the reign of 
this Utter king.’ 

274. Joseph. R A.: — The Syrian Christian 
Copper- fiaus at Tirnvalfa. Kottayam: C. M.S. 
Press, 1933. Royal 8vo, 19 p. 

A translation and notes on the donor, 
King Ayyan of Quilon. c. 878 A.D., vassal 
of the Chera King Sthanu Ravi; the church 
of Quilon. history of the plates; Sabriao; 
the Kufic. PahUvi and Hebrew signatures; 
and other MaUbar Christian copper-plates. 

27$. KaitsALYAYAN, Bhadant Anand : — Si/d- 
letkom-msi Bauddh-nibdy |The Buddhist sects 
mentioned in inscriptions on stone. In Hindi]. 
Gakgd. March I93J. p. 480-4. 

2/6. KOKOW, Stem - Saddo Rock Inscription 
of Ike year 104. 

Kp. Ind. XXI. pt. I, Jan. 1931, p. 23-9, pi. 

This Kkarosh(hl inscription, which was 
discovered and discussed by Cunningham, is 
found near the village of Saddo on the left 
bank of the Panjkora river, to the west of 
the Katgala Pass, on the road from Swat 
to Chitral, where a bridge crosses the river. 
The lettering is partly obliterated so that 
the reading proposed by Dr. K. is largely 
conjectural. The inscription seem* to refer 
to the construction of a bridge. The date 
is the year 104 which according to the author 
must refer to the Vikrama era. It would 
then correspond to A.D. 46. In this con- 
nexion Dr. K. discusses anew the thorny 
problem of the eras used in the Kharoshlhl 
records of the North-West. 

277.K0NOW. S-: — Mathura Prakmi Inscription 
of the year tS. 

Ep. Ind., XXI, pt. II, April 1931, p- 35 — 6 i. 

The sandstone pillar 00 whichthisinscription 




IXDIA-F.Ptr.lt AFHY 



"6 



is carved was found in a well opposite the 
Chaurati Jain temple near Mathura and is 
now preserved in the local museum. The 
language is Sanskrit mixed with Prakritisms. 
It is dated in the month Gurppiya (Greek 
Garpiasas) of the year 2S and contains a 
reference to king Huvtshka. It thus reduces 
the interval between Visohka and Huvahka 
to a few months. The purport of the docu- 
ment is to record the endowment of a 
puayaWd by an individual whose name and 
titles are puxling. Cf. An. BsH. /. A. 19 {J. 
p. at. 

278. Konow, S.: — A Nate m the Gi’dkarfmr 
llrahmi Inter sptian af Use year jS. 

Ind. Hut. Quart, IX, p. 145-8- 

279. Mohammad, Syed: — Am /nsenpham af 
Atauddin Hus, aim Shah. Ksmy 0/ Bengal af 
1509—10 A.D. a t Xasvadak near Bark im 
Palma Dislriet. 

Sixth All- India Or. Can/., p. 181-4, 1 pL 

280. PAI.IT, llaridas : — Ptkramakkela Up* (Stone 
Inscription of king Silivihana or SttavAhana. 
In Bengali], 

Prnbhsi, XXX. pt I. no. 4, Srftvan. 1340 BS. 
p. 5 *>-3. • HI. 

A short account of a newly discovered 
inscription of king Sil.vihana on a rock 
known as Vikramakhola near the village of 
TihyavUhala in the Jaugada State. C P. 

28t. PANCIIAMUKHI, R. S-: - TtraStnda User, ft- 
terns /ram llen*<kama({i. Sake lo#S and 
Asia /109. 

Ep. Imd. XX, pt. VII, July 1930, p. 109—14. 
and pt. VIII, Oct. 1930. p. 113—22. 

These Kannarnc inscriptions arc engraved 
on a stone tablet in front of the Isvara temple 
at Bc(vachamatti. Dhirwir district. Bombay. 
They arc of great interest for the genealogy 
and history of the Smda dynasty which are 
discussed by the editor. 

282. PANDEVA. Lochin Prasad : — Asia pats-. ami- 
ke SVryyavarmma-ka rk silkJekk (Stone In- 
scription of Soryyavarman of the dynasty of 
Alvapati. In Hindi]. 



Gaifk. Jan. 1933. p. 135-8. 

Account of the frasasti from lladha-Tallu, 
Barabanki district, U.P., now in the Lucknow 
Museum, recording the restoration of a Siva 
temple by SOryavarman of the Maukhari 
dynasty in V. S. 6u (— A.D. 354). This 
ruler claimed descent from Aivapati, the king 
of Madra and father of Snvitri ( M . Bh., 
Vamapart em , adky ygj— 7). 

Pakanavitana, S.: — Twe Tamil Pillar 
Imseriprians from BuJumutiava. Sec below, 
no. 481. 

283. Przvukki. J.: — Royal Titles in Stalk India. 
Hama Parma Res. Insl. Blsn.. no. 2, p. 3—8. 

•The same title under diverse forms is re- 
tained during successive centuries by the 
dynasties of the Dcccan. It can be said that the 
Arab geographers have corrupted Valtakha 
into Ballakra, eie. From Arabic transcriptions 
one or ervcral different Indian forms of Pal- 
labka may have originated.' 

284. KAI. Vmod Vihari: — Pi/an ke A lalekk 
(Slone Inscriptions of the Pal Dynasty. In 
Hindi]. 

Gakgk, Jan. 1933. p. 139-49- 

283. Ramdas, G.t — Korctkanda Capper plates 
af Pis.lkkas armman. 

Ep. Imd. XXI. pt. I. Jan. 1931, p. 23-5, pi. 

The three copper-plates constituting this 
Sanskrit charter were discovered in a field 
at Kotoshag^I. a village 6 miles south of 
Parlakimidi. Ganjim district. Madras. The 
document records that ViOkhavarmman, pre- 
sumably a ruler of Kalihga, granted the village 
of Tarjipoyaka to five BrBhmapas in the 7th 
year of his reign. The inscription has been 
previously published by Mr. Satyanardyana 
Rajaguiu, 7B&0HS, XIV, p. 282-4. Cf. 
Am. BM. I A. 192 S, no. 297. 

286. Rao. M. Rama : — Epigrapkual Nates. 

7. Andhra Hist. Res. S VIII, pt. I, p. 23— 40. 

Texts or extracts from some Kikatlya 
inscriptions recently discovered in the Nizam's 




77 



INDIA-EPIGRAPHY 



287. Rao, N. Lakshminarayan : — A S' ate on the 
Arjunavdcla Inscription of Yadova Kannara. 
Fp. Ind., XXI. pt. I, Jan. 1931, p. 16 C 
• The author, after proposing a correction 
in the reading of the inscription edited by 
Mr. Srikantha Sastri (below, no. 293}. points 
out that ‘it supplies us with the genealogy 
of Sahgana-Uasava and his descendants foe 
three generations.* It moreover confirms the 
tradition that Rasava, the reviver of the 
Virarfaiva faith, and king Bijja|a were con- 
temporaries. 

288.SAIINI. Daya Ram: — The Yerragnd Rati 
Edicts of Alota. 

A. R. Arch. Sarv. 1928—29, p. 161—7, 
pis. lx— Ixiii. Cf. Am. PM. 1 . A. 19 jj, p. 18 f. 

289. SAKKAK, Dinesh Chandra: — Pampratha o 
eikhdni iUa tipi (Dowry system and a Tamil 
Inscription. In Bengali). 

PraMsi, Atwin 1340 VS. 

Reference to an instance of the dowry 
system in marriage in a Tamil inscription 
of the 15th century. 

290. Sam 11, Hirananda: — The Cloy Seals of 
JVi/andd. 

F.p. Ind., XXI, pt. II. Oct. 193'* P- 7 a ~~ 7 > 3 P*- 
After some introductory remarks on the 
ecclesiastical seals and scalings excavated at 
N Hindi, the author discusses the scab of 
Sarvavarman Maukhari and Ilarshavardhana 
of Thanesar and those of dignitaries, private 
individuals and corporations. In a postscript 
it is pointed out that the name of Kumira- 
gupta’s mother was Mitradevl and that of 
Puragupta’s mother Vainyadcvi. 

291- Sastri, K. A. Nilakantha: — The Takmo-pa 
[Siam) Tamil Inscription. 

7 . Or. Res., Madras, VI. p. 229— 31a 
Discovery { 1902) and previous studies. Text. 
Discussion of the purport of the inscription. 

292. Sastri, K. A. Nilakantha: — The Kodnm- 
hdlUr Inscription of Vskrama-K/sarl. 

J, Or. Res., Madras, VII, p. 1 — 10, 1 pL 
Text, translation and discussion of the 
inscription of King V.-K. (c. 800 A.D.). 
regarding the MavarkOvil temples. 



293. Sastri. S. Srikantha: — Arjunavida In- 
scription of Yidava Kannara: £ata 1182. 
Fp. Ind., XXI. pt. I. Jan. 1931, p. 9—16. 
\Cf- Above, no. 287). 

This Kanaresc inscription is incised on a 
stone slab found in the temple of Hala- 
Sahkaralihga at Aijunavada, a village near 
llukeri, Belgaum district. Bombay. It records 
that during the rule of the Yidava king 
Kannara of Devagiri, his feudatories Cha- 
vufda.ScNi and Nagara&a granted the village 
Kavilasapura to HAla-Rasavidcva, an ascetic 
of the family of Sahgana-Basava. 

294. *(SE»BU. R. : — The Historical Inscriptions 
of Southern India (collected till 1923) and 
Online of Political History, 1932). See: 
An. BM. I. A. 19J2, no. 430. 

Rev.: Ind. Hut. Quart., IX. p. 612 f.. by 
D. C. Gakguly: ‘valuable handbook* ... 
*nol free, however, from errors.* 

7 BtrORS, XIX, p. 346. by K. P.Jayaswal. 

29$. Sircar, Dine* Chandra: — Epigraph* Hales. 
Ind. Hist. Quart.. IX, p. 208-14, 273— 8, 
9S7-66. 

I. Genealogy of the •iaUhkayanas. II. — 
of the Vishpuk uni, tins. III. Chronology of the 
Vuhpukupdins. 

296. Sircar. D. C: — Date of firjingt Grant 
of Indratarman. 

7. Andhra Hut. Res. S., VII, pt. 4, p. 229 f. 

•We assign the inscription to A.D. 533.* 

297. * Sooth- Indian Inventions (Tests), Vol VII: 
Miscellaneous Inscriptions from the Tamil, 
Malay alam, Trlogo, and Kannada Countries, 
edited by K. V. Subrahmanya AlYBR. 
(Archeological Survey of India. New Impe- 
rial Series. LIII). Madras: Government Press, 
and Delhi: Manager of Publications, 1933. 
Imp. 4to. vi & 524 p. — Price: Rs. 33—14—0, 
or 52s. 6d. 

From the Preface: ‘In the present volume 
are included the inscriptions of the Madras 
Epigraphical collection 1900, no. I. 1902, 
no. 41$, etc. Of these 1048 records, 191 have 
already been published; for the rest, full 




1NDIA-CHRONOLOGY 



78 



text' are furnished exactly as they arc 
found in the orgimaL Of the texts gi*en 
600 are in Tamil, Grantha or Vatieluttu 
character', 27 in Tulugu, 218 in Kannada. 
5 in NOgari and 1 in Persian characters. The 
major portion of the Tamil inscription' be- 
longs to the ChO|as from Panintaka I to 
Rijcndra-Cho|a III. The PinJya epigraphs 
belong mostly to the later kings. Among 
the Pallava records a damaged stone inscrip- 
tion, mentioning a grant made by Agga|a- 
nimmati, the queen of king Nandivarman’s 
father Dantivarman, deserves special notice, 
one of the records of N'ripatunga furnishes 
astronomical detail* working out for his 
accession A.D. 8*5. The inscriptions of South 
Kanara show that this country was ruled 
by the A|upa kings in early time* and it 
then patted on to the Hoysalat. Some of 
the Vijayanagar inscriptions reveal that in 
Jsaka 1 308 Dviratamudra, the chief residence 
of the Hoysalat, was the secondary capital 
of llarihara, confirm the information of the 
Katliri Inscription that Vlra-Bukkawa-Utfaiyar 
was ruling in the same city in Saka 1274. 
and suggest that the Vijayatugara kings were 
the political successors of the Hoysalat.* 

2<;8. STKIN, O.: — Formal Elements in Indian 
/nuri/liani. 

InJ. HiU. Quart., IX, p. 1 1 5 — 26. 



>99. TELAMG, Virbhadra Sarma: — Uttar akasl 
ia iatnifamli lekh [Pillar-inscription of Utta- 
rakaa. In Hindi). 

Gahgi. Jan. 1933. p. 183 1 , ill. nos. 103—5. 

Inscribed pillar, ht. 21 foot, of the Gupta 
period at Uttarakasi in Tchri Garhwal. 

joo. *lTURJtER. R. L.: — Tit Gavlmafh and 
Pilkigundn Inscriptions of Aioka. (Hyderabad 
Arch. Set., no. 10). Calcutta! 1932). Sec: 
An. fiibl. /. A. 1931. no. 316. 

Rev.; ZDUG^ n. a., XI (87) p. 97 . by 

W. PRIKT*. 

7 HAS. 1933, p. 449 ^, by E. J. Rai-son : *A 
full account illustrated by excellent photo- 
graphs of the two ancient sites and of their 
history. A minute and scholarly analysis of 
the phonology and the grammar.* 

301. Vootx, J. Ph. : — Additional Prakrit In- 
uripiioni from Xt gttrjuniknyfa. 

£/. Ind. XXI, pt. II, April 1931, p. 61 - 71 . 3 Pi 
Transcripts and translations of a number 
of mostly fragmentary inscriptions on pillars 
discovered by Mr. LONGIIURST on the Hud- 
dhist site of X. on the Kistna river in addition 
to those previously published {Ep. Ind . XX. 
P- ■ — J 7 ; </- An. BM. I. A. 1931, no. 288). 
The place-name corresponding to Ptolemy's 
RnrrnaOTvA* should be read Kamfakaiola 
and not Kamfahuela. 



II. 7 - CHRONOLOGY 



HanSRJI, R. D.: — Ph* Age of tkt Imperial 
Guptas. See below, no. 320. 

302. DKB, Harit Krishna: — Hu Hind, Calendar 
and thr earlier Siddhantai. 

7 ASH, XXVII, p. 271-83. 

GlIOSII, J. C.: — CasU and C Krone logy of 
the Pala Kings of Bengal See below, no. 339. 

HATCH, E. G.: — Travaneore. See above, 

no. 67. 

Appendices: Malayalam Era Dates, Fairs 
and Festivals, etc. 

303. KONOW, Sten : — Notes on /ndo-Stytkian 
Chronology. 



J. Ind. Hist., XII, p. 1-46. 

Statement of the author's view* which 
have changed owing to some important new 
find' and fresh translations by Prof. KARL- 
GREJ* of the Chinese account*. 



304. Ml>R. So re* war Prasad : — Samsar-ke sam- 
i-atsaron-ka itmiaralokan (Retrospective view 
of the Eras of the World. In Hindi). 
Ganga. Jan. 1933. p. 301-9. 

305. MOOKERJI, R. K.: — Problems of Early 
Maury a Chronology and History. 
7 .U.P.Hut.S n VI, p. 125-55. 




The date of Chandn&gupU’s accession 
(323 B.C.). The beginnings of Mauryan history. 

306. MoOKERJI, R. K : — Asokan Chronology. 
Sixth All- India Or. Con/., p. 18—24. 

List of dates in the life of Aioka founded 
on both legends and inscriptions. 

307. PA!. M. Govind: — The Gupta and the 
Valabki Eras (continued). 

J. Ind. Hut., XII, P . 215—40. See: An. 
Bibt. I. A. tpjJ, no. 330. 

308. PAI, G.: — Tht Genealogy and Chronology 
of tht Early KaJambai of Bamaxasi. 

J. Ind. Hut., XII, p. 354-73 (*° be continued). 

PAI, M. Govind : — Gtntalogy and Chrono- 
logy of Ou Pallavai. See below, no. 380. 

309. (P11.LAI, K. N. Sivaraja: — Tht Chronology 
of tht Early Tamili. Madrasi Published by 
the University, 1932. — Price: Rs. 5.— J. 

Rev.: J. Andhra Hist. Rts. S., VII. pt. 3. 
p. 191 (., by R. S(ubba) R(ao|i *A highly 
useful and excellent work.” 

7 B& 0 RS XIX. p. 347 . by K. P. Java- 
■WAL: *a good analysis of the Samgarn 
literature.* 

Q. 7 - Mythic S., XXIII. no. 4. P- 57 ® (-. by 
A. V. R. R[amanatiiak] : 

"The essay is an attempt to fix the chro- 
nology of the early Tamils by a comparative 
study of the Tamil classical poem*.... The 
author rejects the rest of the Samgam liter- 
ature as of later date, and has constructed 



INDIA- ANCIENT HISTORY 

synchronistic tables of the Chola, Chera and 
Pandya, and other kings from these four 
collections.* 

Raja, K. Rama Varma: - Tht Cochin 
Harbour and tht ‘Tutu Vaifu • Era. 

Rama Varma Rts. Inn. Brin., no. 2, p. 49—52. 

•To account for the new Era. known as 
•Pudu Vaipn* commencing from 1341 it is 
not necessary to postulate a sudden upheaval 
of the Vypcen island or an extraordinary 
flood, as Padmanabha M if non does. In the 
lagoon of Cochin new lands or islands arc 
formed by the mutual action and reaction 
of the silty rivers and the sea. First mere 
sandbanks, these are further improved by 
human hands, and at last, receive royal 
recognition. With regard to the island of 
Vypcen which is of considerable site, this 
last act of a royal settlement would amount 
to the acquisition of a large territory, and 
its great importance might have given rise 
to the new Era.* 

311.S1MIIA, Kumar Ganganand: — HindnoB-h 
xarshagananOe* (Hindu Kras. In Hindi). 
Gahgi, Jan. 1933. p. 293-JOO. 

Sircar. D. Ci — Epigraph" Hofei. See 
above, no. 295. 

Genealogies and Chronology of the £a- 
lankayanas and Vishoukuntfini. 

312. Vakha. (Srlmadbhagavat Prasad: — Gupt - 
Samranar |The Gupta Era. In Hindi]. 
GangJ, March 1933. p. 460—5. 



II. 8. ANCIENT HISTORY 



313. IAIYANGAR, S. Krishnaswami: — Etolntien 
of Hindu Administrative Inititntiens in Sonth 
India. Madras: 193 1). See: An. Btbl. I. A. 
> 9 . 1 1. no. 301. 

Rev.: Federated India, 9 August, 1933. 
by N. R. 

314. AlYAR. K. G. S: — Chtra Kings of the 
iangam Period. 

7 - Ind. Hist., XVII, p. 1 84-2 14- 



Account of the earliest Chera kings known 
to Tamil literature. 

315. ALTEKAR. A. S.: - The Home and Nation- 
ality of the RuitraHras of Malkhud. 

Sixth All-India Or. Conf, p. 65—73. 

The ancestors of Dantidurga were origin- 
ally immigrants in Bcrar from Karnataka 
and were ruling there for a century and half 
before they rose into prominence. 




INDIA-ANCIENT HISTORY 



316. ARAVAMUTHAN. T- G-: — Tie Madurai 
Chronicles amt the Tamil Academies. 

J. Or. Res., Madras, VI. p. 322—, 4a Con- 
tinued from An. Bibl. I. A. 1931, no. 337. 

317. kill, Abdul: — History of tkt Reign 9/ 
Shah 7 al~tn. 

7 . tnd. Hut.. XII. p. 47—78- Continued 
from An. BM. I. A. tpU, no. 338. 

Precious ilones in general. Chief charac- 
teristics of stones. Jewellers' weights. His- 
torical notices of gems and gem stones. 

Balasubraiimanyan. S. R.: — Tkt Hun - 

dred-Pilland Mandapom at Chidambaram. 

See above, no. 127. 

318. BaUCRISHNAi — SAhmji the Grtat. Vol. I. 
Part 1. Bombay : D. R Tarapoeevaia & Sons. 
1933. 8vo, 22$ p., ill. — Price: Rs. 4.—. 

Rev.: Tkt Modern Review. LIV, p. 8of, 
by G. S. SarDESAI : ‘The author has planned 
a worlc of some 1400 pages divided into 
3 parts, the first of which diseuwes the life 
and work of Shivaji's father Shahji and is 
the subject of this review.... One great 
merit of B.'s execution lies in his having 
definitely confirmed the relationship of the 
Maratha Bhonslas with the Kshatnya Sisodias 
of Chitod-* 

319. *(BANER|I, R. D.i — Hutory tf Orissa. 
Vol. I— II. Calcutta: 1930— 31 1- See: An. 
BM. /. A. 19 it, no. 341. 

Rev.: OLZ, XXXVI, p. 127*.. by S. 
Konow: 'Far jeden. der sich mil der Ge- 
schichtc O.'s eingehend beschaftigen will, 
wird es unentbehrlieh sem.* 

7 RAS. 1933. p. 9*5-7- by R- Burs: 'the 
general impression it conveys is that of a 
series of notebooks rather than digested 
history.* 

7 . Ind. Hist., XII. p. 137-40. by C S. 
S|rinivasaciiarvar]. 

320. *BANERJI. R. 1).: — Tkt Age tf tkt Imperial 
Guptas. (The Manindra Chandra N'andy Lec- 
tures, 1924). Benares: The Hindu University. 
1933. Royal 8 vo, vut & 250 p., 41 pi. 

Lectures, delivered at the Hindu University. 



Benares in 1924. revised by the author in 
1929—30. and after his death edited by Prof. 
A. S- AltkkaR. — Contents: I. The Chrono- 
logy (History], p. 1—68. — II. The System 
of Administration and Peerage, p. 69—101. — 

III. Religious and Literary Revival, p. 102-29. - 

IV. Architecture, p. 130—58. — V. Plastic 
Art, p. 159—208. — VI. Coinage, p. 209-50. 

321. BaRUA. K. L.: — Early History of Kama- 
rnfa (From the earliest times to the end of 
the l6«h century). Shillong: Published by the 
author. 1933. xvi & 342 p.. pi. 

Rev.: 7- !nd. Hist., XII p. 303—1 6. by C. S. 
S]rinivasacharyar]. 

J22. *|BilA.vDARKAR. D. R.: — Atoka. 1932). See: 
Am. BM. I. A. 19.U. no. 344. 

Rev.: 7- /■*/• Hut., XII. p. 3' 6 f- 
AetaOr., XII, I, p. 80. by S. Konow. 

323. BlIATTASAU. N. K.s - Muhammad Bath- 
tyar'% Expedition to Tibet. 

Tnd. Hut. Quart., IX. p. 49~ 6 *. 1 P 1 . ' m *P- 

324. IBVfW, L.: — Akbar. I.ondon: 1932). See: 
An. BM. /. A. tg to, no. 347. 

Rev.: 7. Central Asian S., XX, pt. I, 
p. 147-9. by M. F. O’DwvER : 'All who 
read Mr. BtHYOjr'S book must be grateful 
for his clear and sympathetic portrait of 
Akbar as a man.* 

The Aiiatu Review, XXIX. no. 99, p. $70 f 1 
•Within this slender volume Mr. BlNVON has 
gathered up. and sedulously set down, all 
that is recorded of Akbar, one of the world’s 
few greatest men. More cannot be done.* 

325. *BRELoER. R: — Alexanders Kampf gegm 
Pores. Ein Beitrag tur indischcn Gcschichte. 
(Bonner Orientalistische Studien, 3) Stuttgart: 
W. Kohlhammer, 1933. 8vo, 208 p., ll fig., 
I map. — Price: R.M. 14.— 

Introduction. Section A.: detailed study 
of the accounts of the ancient historians. 
Section R: results of the author's local in- 
vestigations. Eight points lead him to the 
conclusion that not Jalilpur, but Jhclum was 
the site of Alexander's battle with Porus. 




INDIA- HISTORY 



In a postscript the view of Sir Aurel Sins 
{mc: An. Bibl. /. A. tpjt, p. 1—5) is criticized. 

Rev. : J. Ind. Hist.. XII, p. 31S f.. by V.R.D. 
Acta Or., XII, 1, p. 80, by S. Kosow: ‘His 
arguments are solid and. so far as I can 
judge, conclusive.* 

326. |BUTENSCHON, A.: — The Life 0/ a Mogul 
Princess (Jahanara Begum, Daughter e/Shah 
Johan). With an Introduction by Laurence 
Bin VON. London: 1932J. See: An. Bibl. 
/. A. i 9 jj, no. 349. 

Rev.: The Modern Review, LI II. p. 63. 

327. ’ Census of Indus, 19JI. Vol. I India Par* I. 
Refer! by J. H. Hutton, to which b annexed 
an Actuarial Report by L. S. Va t DYAHaTKAN. 
Delhi: Manager of Publications. 1933. Imper- 
ial 4to. xv & 518 p.. 36 maps. 1$ figs, in 
thetext, 38 diagrams and -graphs. - Price: 1$*. 

The bulk of the Census Report docs not 
concern the An. Bibl. /. A. The chapters 
on Language, Religion and Caste. Tribe and 
Race, however, contain extensive studies in 
the prehistory of India. On the basis of recent 
excavations and researches the hypothetical 
migration routes of the Austroasiatic. Medi- 
terranean and Armcnoid (Dravidian). Alpine 
and Aryan Races arc traced. 

328. CmakravarTV, S.: — Some points regarding 
the Origin 0/ the Licchavis of VaUdU. 
lad. Hut. Quart., IX, p. 439—47. 

The L. were self-styled and not real 
Kshatriyas. 

329. ClIANDA, Ramaprasad: — Hinder Adhah- 
patan (Downfall of the Hindus. In Bengali). 
PrabtlH, XXXII, pt. II. no. 4. •■**, '339 
B.S., p. 4*7-78. * ill- 

330 . Chanda, Ramaprasad : — SasUnher halanta — 
Rbjyavardhan katjo (The murder of Rljya- 
vardhana, the black spot on £atahka’s cha- 
racter. In Bengali |. 

Prabisl, Aswin 1339 V.S- 

331-CllAUDHURI. Hemchandra Ray: — Political 
History of Ancient India from Uu Accession 

Annuli Bibliography VUI. 



of ParUs/dt to the Extinction of the Gupta 
Dynasty. 3rd ed. Calcutta: University of 
Calcutta. 1933. — For the 2nd cd. sec: Au. 
Bibl. I. A. t 9 tS, no. 410. 

Rev.: Antique Rev., HI. p. 73-90. by 
Bmodc Bihari Rur Vedaratna. 



332. Das GUPTA, S. N. : — An Attempt at a 
Genealogy of the Paramaras of Mat wo. 

7 . U.P. Hist. S, VL p. 14-34. 

333. Dklduqu* da Costa, A.: — Os Portugeses 
e os Rets da India |Thc Portuguese and the 
Indian kings. In Portuguese). 

Boles, last. Paste, no. iS. p. 1—28; no. 20. 
p. 1—40 (concluded). Continued from An. 
Bibl /. A. s 9 jj, no. 336. 

A history of the political relations of the 
Portuguese with the Mughals and the Maratlus. 

334. IDixsiiiTAh. V. K. Ramachandra : — The 
Uauryan Polity. Madras: 1932). Sec: An. Bibl. 
LA. S 9 Jt, no. 361. 

Rev.: Q. J. Mythic S., XXIII, no. 3. p.427 IT., 
by S. SjttlKAKTAVA). 

Lntac's, XLIV, p. 88 f.: ‘As an analysis of 
l be Arthaiditra D/s work is very useful . his 
digest of the A«oka inscriptions from the 
administrative point of view is most impor- 
tant and the comparison with the Arlhalbi- 
tra interesting .... As a collection of mate- 
rial the book will be most useful . .* 

BEFEO, XXXII, p. 540-3. by G. CotDits: 
•Ce que je critique dans I'ouvrage, e’est son 
caracttre tendancieux.* 

7 RAS, 1933. p. 9S9-61. by C. A. F. Rhvs 
Davids. 

7 Ind. Hist.. XII. p. 457—65. by K. V. R.: 
‘scholarship, sanity and thoroughness.’ 

JB tr ORS, XIX. p. 347. by K. P. JaYASWAL: 
•an excellent volume.* 

7 Or. Res., Madras, V, p. 195 f., by K. 
Balasubrah mania IVER: ‘useful and interesting 
publication.* 

335. DIK5HITAR. V. R. R.: — The Kdiar ; their 
place in South Indian History. 

Sixth AU- India Or. Conf., p. 216 f. 




1NDIA-H1STORY 



8 ! 



Data concerning a class of people, of un- 
known origio, who gradually became Tamili red. 

Doras wamayva, M: — Sec below, no. 390. 

Jj6. FRIEDERICHS. H. F. and H. W. MOlLER: — 
Die Rauenelemente im Indus- Tal xrahrend 
del 4. and + xonkrutluken Jakrtauseud and 
ihre Verbrntung. 

Anthropoi, XXVIII. p. 583-406, UL 
The population of the Indus region in 
the 4«h— jrd cent. B.C. consisted of four 
different ethnic elements: weddoid. haxmuc. 
mongoloid and armenoid. It does not differ 
principally from the ancient population of 
Mesopotamia. 

337. GaNGULI, D.C.j — The Eastern CMnhy as. IV. 
Ind. Hut. Quart., IX. p. 49 '-*. 736 - 41 . 

Cf. Am. BM. I. A. t 9J e. no. J67. Vishou- 
vardhana III. SamastabhuvanRiraya. Tnbhu- 
vanihkuia. Vishamasiddhi (A.D. 709—46); 
VijayMitya II. Narendra-migartja (799 — 
*43 A.D.) 

338. GaNCUU, D. C.t - Mktna tm the Sin Ik 
and Sex talk Centuries A.D. 

JB&ORS. XIX, p. 399 - 4 't- 

Historical survey; place* visited by Hsuaa- 
Uang. 

338a. GANCUU. D. C. — Vamyagupta Dvidai*- 
ditya. 

Ind Hint. Quart., IV. p. 7*4-8. I pi. 

V. D. was an independent sovereign of 
the Gupta dynasty. His name occurs in the 
Gunaighar inscription of A.D. 507 and in 
the legend on some coins, erroneously read 
as 'Chandra*. There was no Chandragupta III. 
Cf. above, p. 1 a. 

GANCUU, D. C.: — Forty Hiller y of the 
G&hadatMa Dynasty. See above, no. 259. 

GlIOSII, Devaprasad: — Relation between the 
Buddha imaget from Or m a and Java. See 
above, no. 148. 

339. GHOSH. J. C.: — Cane and Chronology of 
the PUla King 1 of Bengal. 

Ind. Hut. Quart., IX. p. 479 - 9 ° 



Kshatriya origin of the Pnlas. Three chrono- 
logical points fixed. 

GHOsHAL, U. N.: — New Light on the Gupta 
Administrative System. See above, no. 263. 

340. Gorrz. Hermann: — Western he mvloeden 
op de Indue he eu/tuur der Mokammedaansche 
feriode |Western influences on lndio-Muslira 
civilisation. In Dutch]. 

Outer uh Genootseh., 7th Congress, p. 36!. 

Abstract of a lecture (Published completely 
in Art IsJamua, I, 1934. p. 46-50): ‘What 
are the various foreign influences that influen- 
ced Hindu civilisation in the Muslim period 
and whence did they come > In what manner 
did their influence express itself? And what 
was the real effect of this influence on Indian 
civilisation? . . . . Indo-Muslim civilisation is 
genuinely Indian, built up from purely Indian 
elements, yet not based upon ancient Indian, 
butona wholly indianised Turko-Muhammad- 
an tradition.* 

341. GoviNDASWAStl, S. K — A Chapter of Ka- 
Jamba Hutary from Tamil Literature. 

Q. J. Mythic S.. XXIII, no. 3, p. 3 * 3 “J*. 

The Kadamba princes mentioned by the 
Tamil poet, of the Sangam Age cannot be 
the same at the well-known Kadambas of 
Vaiuvld. though of the same origin. They 
mutt be identified with the Nannans of Ka- 
damba in the Konkan who in the centuries 
after the Atokan Kmpirc were in continuous 
war with the Chera kings. That they were 
pirates cannot be proved. 

342. [GroUSSBT, R. : — In the Footiteps of the 
Buddha. 1932]. See: An. Bill. I. A. t 9 .V, 
no. 375 - 

Rev. : 7 RAS. 1933 . P- 43 * — 5 « by C. A. F. 
Rhys Davids : The translation is excellent ; the 
title, however, is misleading. The author makes 
the pilgrims live for us as never before. 
Remarks on the author's views concerning 
Buddhism. 

343- Haig. T.W.: - Muhammad Tugh/ulf, Mu- 
hammad III { kings of Dekli ); Muhammad I, 




INDIA- HISTORY 



83 



II and III (kings of the Bah maul dynasty 
of Deccan). 

Em. hi, no. 47. P- 663—5. 

Historical biographies. 

344. H alder, R. R.: — Tkt Chauhdns of N&M 
and Jal»r. 

JASB, XXVII, p. 157-63- 
A note on the history of two branches 
of the Chauhans of Stmbhar in the 10th— 14th 
centuries. 

Hatch. E. G.i — Travaneore. See above, 
no. 67. 

345. '(Hbras. H.: — The Pallava Genealogy. 
Bombay: 1931). See: An. BM. /. A. 19 Ji, 
no 3 77- 

Rev.: J. Bombay Br. R.A.S., IX. nos. l/a. 
p. 99. by ‘An earnest attempt to 

solve, to tome extent at least, the tangle 
of Pallava history." 

346. "Hekas H.i — Studies in Polina Hutory. 
Madras: B. G. Paul & Co.. 1933. (Sadies 
In Indian History of the Indian Histoncal 
Research Institute. St. Xavier's College. Bom- 
bay, no. 9). tamo, 114 p., ilL 

I. The Pallava Conquest of Kiitchlpura. 
II. The Pallava-Chalukya Wars. III. The 
Builders of MahAbalipur. 

347- HlRALAL: — The Xiigavamils of Cahrakofya. 
lad, Hitt. Quart., IX. p. 92—7. 

Short account of the Niga dynasty of 
Bastar. 

348. HoSAlN. M. Hidayet: — Muhammad 6. Ih&- 
him ‘Add Sh&k (King of Bijapur 1626-60). 
Muhammad />. BakhtiyOr KhaiJji (conqueror 
of Bengal 1203). 

Muhammad ShAh (Emperor of Dihli, 1719-48). 
Enel, hi., no. 47. P- 672. 739 f.. 695 C 
Historical biographies. 

349- HOSTEN. H. : — Chelis, Ckinekeos (.Chord. 
Toehari), and Chinese in India, according So 
Manotl God mho de Eredus (t6rjf. 

7 ASB, XXVI. p. 457-66. 



Notes on some difficult passages in Portu- 
guese writers, throwing light on the Indian 
sea-borne trade. 

350. "Hutchison, J. and J. Ph. Vogel : - History 
of the Panjab Hill States. Lahore : Super- 
intendent. Government Printing, Punjab, 1933. 
8vo, 2 voli. 729. xiii p.. 1 map. 

A series of papers reprinted from 7 - Panjab 
Hist. S. Introductory. Ranas and Thakurs of 
the Western Himalaya. Historical survey. 
States of the Eastern group (p. 99—513). 
Stttes of the Western group (p. 314—729). 

351. “{Indian Historical Records Commission, Pro- 
ceedings of Meetings, XIII. CalcutU: 1932). 
See; An. BM. I. A. 19 ft, no. 71. 

Rev.: The Modern Review, LIII, p. 313!., 
by K. R. QANUNGO. 

352.IYE*. P. V. Jagadisa: — Some Chola Kings. 
Tirumnleu 6ri Vrnkatchara, I. p. 769—78. 

A brief survey of the military and politi- 
cal exploits, at well at the buildings etc. of 
the Chola kings from Rljendra ChO|a I up 
to Rhjendra III (1013-1268 A.D.). 

353. Jagadeh Bahadur. Raja L. H.: — Ka/ing-ke 
frdehln rS/ava+S (The ancient Dynasties 
of Kalihga. In Hindi). 

Gohgt, Febr. 1933. p. 37*— 5- 

354. Jacadeb Bahadur, Raja L. H.: Katihgki 
Gahgorijavoms (The Gaftga Dynasty of 
Kalihga. In Hindi). 

Gahgh. March 1933. p. 451-5- 

355. JaVASWAL, K. P. : — History of India 
e. iso AJ>. to jso A.D. ( Niga- Pikifaka 
imperial period ]. 

7 B fr ORS, XIX, p. 1—222. 289—318, 
II pL Also published separately: Lahore: 
Motilal Banarsi Das. 1933. 

L India under the Niga Dynasty (A.D. 
150— 248); IL The Vlkilaka Empire (A.D. 

Appendix on the Later Vikitaka 
Kingdom (A.D. 348—520); History of Ma- 
gadha (31 RC.-340 A.D.) and Samudra- 
gupu's India , Southern India (A.D. 240—350) 




INDIA- HISTORY 



84 



and the Unification of the North and 
South ; V. The effects of Gupu imperial imp. 
The reconstruction is based primarily on 
the Putinas. 

Rev.; The Modern Review, L1V. p. 195. 
by K. D. Nag : ‘The history of the period 
(under the Niga and Vikitaka dynasties] 
is really a hutory of the Northerns in the 
South, and of their efforts to introduce and 
establish a common civilisation. vu. Hin- 
duism The book should be in every 

college, university and library.* 

jjd. JAVASWAL, K. P.; - Ndgatami aar Gangi. 
[The N*ga Dynasty and Gang*. In Hindi). 
Gang/t. Jan. 1933, p. 69 f. 

357- JAVASWAL, K. P-; — An Indian Im ferial 
Hutory of Indut, ta. 60c BC. to 770 A.D. 
The Modern Review, I. IV, p. 136—41. 

•In a Buddhist work called Mahjuirl Mala- 
hal/a there is a 'Book of Royal History*. 
... (which] decides once for all that the 
treatment of Indian history from the Gnpta 
times up to the Pals period has to be 
radically revised and that the biblc of the 
Early Hutory (by V. A. Smith) printed at 
Oxford will henceforward be obsolete.... 
The result of my analysis ... I am bringing 
out as an independent book. Here I should 
like to mention some of the important new 
matters gleaned from that history.* 

3$8. JiNVijAYA. Sri Muni. — Kathiyaw.tr adi ke 
Gohil |The Gohils of Kathiawar and other 
places. In Hindi]. 

A 'igart. XIII, no. 4. Magh. Sam. I9&> 

359. JOSEPH, T. K : - The Saint Thomas Tra- 
ditions of South India. 

Bulletin di r Comile international del Stunt ei 
hutorifes, Paru, no. JO, July 1933. p. 560—9. 

I pi. 

A summary of and extracts from the more 
prominent versions. ‘Since none of the earlicrt 
foreign documents .... furnish even circum- 
stantial evidence to show, that St. Thomas 
came to South India, it is of the utmost 
importance for foreign scholars to scrutinize 
the Thomistic traditions of South India.* 



360. v \K*hngadtia Charitra (in Telugu]. Raja- 
■sundry : 1930]. See An. Bibl. /, A. ipyo. Add. 

no. 440a. 

Rev.: Trmeni, V, no. 4, p. 406 f., by 
M. Somasckhara Sarma. 

361. '(Kan, J. van: — Comfognusbestheiden on 
aauvtncanle arcktvaha in Britteh- Indie en 
of Ceylon, 1931). See: An. Bibl. /. A. ipjj, 
no. 390. 

Rev.: JRAS, 1933. p. 943*-. by C. O. 
BLACKEN: ‘altogether the book is a well 
arranged production.* 

36J.KELA, Bhagawan: — Kautilya ka dhanvi- 
taran our 11 mi; (Society and distribution 
of wealth in Kaujilyas Arthatastra. In Hindi). 
Ntgart, XIV, no. 2, Sravafi, Sam. 1990. 

The author points out the equitable distri- 
bution of wealth in Indian Society in the 
tune of Kauplya when, he says, there was 
hardly any disaffection among the people. 

Konow, S.: — Notes on Indo-Seythian Chro- 
nology. See above, no. 303. 

363.I.AW, B. C.: — The Pnndras of Aneunt 
Bengal 

7 - Ind. Hist., XII, p. 349—53. 

364. 1MACLACAN, Sir Edward: - The 7 esuiti 
and the Great Mogul. 1932). See: An. Bibl. 
/. A. t 9 jj. no. 396. 

Rev.: 7 RAS, 1933. p. 2 1 5 f. by K. BURN: 
•a volume which must for many years be 
an indispensable guide to students of the 
subject* .. . ‘valuable discussions of connected 
topics.* 

7. Ind. Hist.. XII. p. 306-8 by C. S. S(RINI- 
VA5ACHARYAR]: ‘The documentation and 
quotations of authorities arc on a very ela- 
borate scale.* 

BSOSL. VII. 1. p. 229—31, by C. Collin 
Davies: ‘well-written and well-arranged 
work.* 

365. Maimusn, Sir George: - The Martial 
Rates of India. London, 1933. 8vo., XIV. 
368 p.. ill. — Price: 15 s. 




«5 



INDIA- HISTORY 



Rev.: Luzads, XLIV, p. 5: ‘The book 
covers a very wide field, and treats not only 
of the modern Indian Army, but of the 
stirring deeds of mediaeval warriors, Rajputs, 
Ma ra t h as, Mughals, Sikhs, and the rest ; the 
campaigns of Alexander are not neglected 
either, and there are several paragraphs about 
Sir Aurcl STEIN ‘s recent discovery of the 
site of the Aornos rock .... a vivid summary 
of a fascinating subject.’ 

31S6. MajUMDAR, R. G: — The Kingdom of Kira. 
InJ. Hut. Quart., IX, p. 1 1—7. 

The Kira kingdom is identified w.th the 
country around Klragrima (now BaijnathJ 
Kangra district, Punjab. Its history. 

367. MAJUMDAR, R. C.: — Literary Reference 

InJ. Hut. Quart., IX. p. 930—3. 

Evidence in Pahchatantra. 

368. MAJUMDAR, R. Ci — Vaiuyagufta Dimdaii- 

Atya. 

Iml. Hut. Quart., XI. p. 989—91. 

The author critisiies some of the views 
of Dr. D. C. Ganguu, see above, no. jjy. 

369. II ASSON-Ou R %K I „ P., H. de WlU MAH- 
Gkaikmvsk a and Ph. STERN; — Limit 
antique tl la csviluation txJunnt (L' Evolution 
de I' humanilf. Synthtse Collective. XXVI). 
Paris: La Renaissance du livre. 1933. 8vo. 
497 P-. ill. — Price: 40 fr. 

P. 21—68; History (ending with the Gup- 
tas), by P. MASSON-OURSEL; p. 397 -4$! : 
Indian art, by Ph. STERN. 

370. 'Menon. K. P. Padmanabha: — A Hutory 
of Kerala, written in the form of Holes on 
Visseher's Utters from Malabar, edited by 
T. K. Krishna MENON. Vol. III. Emakulam: 
Cochin Government Press, 1933. 8vo, 660 p, 
50 pi. — Price: Rs. 8 or 12 s. 

Letter XX: Of the Nayars. or warrior 
caste of Malabar, their families, occupations, 
mode of warfare, and numbers. — Letter 
XXI: Account of the Chegos. and other low 
castes of Malabar. - Letter XXII: Account 



of the rat tares and their privileges. Of the 
Canarcse, their manner of life, division of 
caste, nuptial and funeral ceremonies, and 
feasts; and of the Jogis. 

371. MIRAS111, V. V.: — Did Tatlapa // defeat 
a Chedi King > 

ImL Hist. Quart., IX, p. 1 32— 6. 

The question is answered in the negative. 

372. MlTRA. Panchanan ; — Prehistoric India. 
Its flace in the world's cultures. Calcutta; 
1927. See: An. BM. I. A. spjo, no. 413. 

Rev.: The Modern Review, LIV, p. 664, 
by R. B. Sr.wux: •. . largely a compilation 
from other authors..." 

373. Modi. Jivanji Jamshedjis — Qiueh i Aartush- 
tkin-i Hindustan va Ray an- 1 Ataih 11 / hr am 1 
Haosari. 

J. Coma Inst., no. 2J, p. 1—147- Continued 
from no. 19, p. 45— 57; ***'• An. Rib!. /.A. 
> 9 S’, no. 386. 

Mookerji, R. K.: — Problem 1 of Early 
Maury a Chronology and Hutory. See above, 
no- 30$. 

374. TMoRAES, G. M.: - The Kadamba Ku/n. 
Bombay: 1931). See. An. Ribl. I. A. tfi.fJ. 
no- 399- 

Rev. : OLZ, XXXVI, p. 577 f-. ** H. 
Lo&cii: "Eioe wesentliche Bereichcrung un- 
seres Wasens uber die Geschichtc Sudindicm. • 

375 . Moraes. G. M.: — ChitravJhana //. 

Q. J. Mythic S. XXIII, no. 3. p. 388-92. 

Revolt of the Alupa King against the 
Kishfrakotas, c. 800 A.D. 

376. Narasimhachaki. D. L.: — The Genealogy 
of Artkesarm //. 

J. Andhra Hist. Res. S.. VII. pt. 5. P- ' S9-$4- 
The writer suggests some corrections in 
the genealogy of the Chalukya King Ari- 
kcaarin II, the Maecenas of the Kanarese 
poet Pampa, a* given by FLEET, Krishna 
RAO and Somasekhara Sarma. 




IHDIA-IIISTORY 



86 



377* NARASIMHAM, Vajjala : — Tht Sangima 
Dynasty . 

7 . Andhra Hut. Rts. S.. VII. pi. 4. p- 207—14- 
A brief sketch. The pedigree of the San- 
gama Dynasty of Vijayanagar is given on 
P- ««- 

378. Narasimhaswami, S. P. L.: — Amount 
Indian Trtixi. Part I. Tht Bhsuas. Viraga- 
patam : Coronation Oriental Research Society. 

Rev. : J. Andhra Hut. Rts. S, VII. pC 3. 
p. 190 t. by R. S(ubba] R[ao|: *Bhutas. 
Asuras. Dcvas are stated to be three distinct 
tubes living in India, the Bhuta* being iden- 
tified with the Mundas, the Asuras with the 
Dravidians and the Devas with the Aryans.* 

379. '(Nazim, Muhammad: — TAs Lift and Timtt 
Of Saltan Mahmud a f Ghasna. Cambridge: 
1931). See: An. BM. I. A. 19JJ. no. 403. 

Rev.: OLZ. XXXVI. p. 175-8. by C. 
Richter. 

7 AOS, LOT, p 75 f.. by P. W. Bucjclrr: 
*...a model survey of a great reign...* 

38a I* A I, M. Govind: - Gtntabfy of tht Pal- 
/at as (From Kalabhartri to Paramcsvara 
Varma II). 

7. Andhra Hut. Rts. S.. VII, pt. 3. p. 146-58. 
and VIII, pt. 1, p. I—14. 

The pedigree of the Pallav*. and the dates 
of the single reigns, as elaborated by the 
writer, are given io vol. VIII. p. if. 

381.PAHI.VA. L. K.i — Tht Chauhan Ksng. 
Basja/a Dtva II tf PatnJ Statt. 

Sixth All-India Or. Can/., p. 43—9. 

382-3. *(Paht. D.: - Tht Camnureusl Palsty 
if tht Moguls. Bombay: 1930). Sees An. 
Bill. I. A. tpjt, no. 399. 

Rev.: OLZ. XXXVI, p. 51 L, by W. 
BjOrkman. 

I’ll. L ai, K. N. S.: — Tht Chronology tf 
tht Early Tamils. See above, no. 309. 

384. *(PirER, H.s — Dtr gtsstsmdssigr Ltbtns- 
lauf dtr Velktr Indians, laifsu. 193 1 (.See: 
An. Bidl. t A. Ipjt, no. 409. 



Rev.: OLZ. XXXVI, p. 328—33. by H. 
ZIMMER: ein grosszugiger, mit viel 

Belesenhcit und Ernst unternommener Ver- 
soeh. die Geschichte Indiens von den An- 
fangen bis rur Gegenwart zu periodisieren : — 
cin eminent geschichtsphilosophischcs Untcr- 
faegen, aber naiv, ohne philosophischc lie- 
sinnung vollzogcn.* 

7 RAS. 1933. p. 923. by J. Au-AN: 'This is 

another product of the author’s ‘Ver- 

glcichskrankhcit*.* 

OAZ, N. F.. IX. p. 231 f.. by Gelike: *Nur 
das Fehlen der eigcncn Arbeit am Stolf und 
der ganrliche Mangel des Verstandnisses fur 
die Aufgabcn undSchwiengkeitendesThemas 
machen aolche unbekummertc ‘vMkerbiolo- 
gischc Deutung' der Tatsachen moglich.* 

385. PlSHAROTt. K. Rama : — Dttadts of Barm 
and Canto. 

Rama Varma Rts. Inst. Btin., no. 2, 53—62. 

Extracts of passages dealing with the his- 
tory of the Portuguese in Cochin, translated 
by Rev. Fr. Joseph Cohceicao (To be 
continued). 

386. P:v>t' rjk scar. Panduranga : — Partugu/us 
t Maratas (Portuguese and Marathas. In Por- 
tuguese). Continued from An. BM. I. A. 
tpjj. no. 410. 

Bo/tt. Inst. Vasta, no. 17. p. 72—94; no. 18, 
P- 74-IJO. 

V. (continued) and VI. A ResUuraclo 
de Bard&s c Saicete (The reconquest of Bardfs 
and Salsctte). Further extracts from the 
Sutttuos dt Indus no G over no da Candt dt 
Sandamil up to the treaty of 1740, followed 
by some Marathi documents. 

387. PISSURLENCAR. P. 1 — Agmtts Hindus da 
diylcmaiia Partugutsa na India (Hindus as 
Portuguese diplomatic agents. In Portuguese). 
0 Ontnu Partuguis, no. 5, p. 1—46. 

Notes and documents on Aiu Naique who 
was sent to the Moghuls in 1613, Crisna 
Smai who went to Bijapur in 1646. and 
Ramogi Sinai Cotthari, ambassador in Canara 
and at the Moghul, Bijapur and Maratha courts. 

PRZVLUSK1 , j.: - Royal Tillts in South India. 

See above, no. 283. 




87 



IND1A-HISTORY 



388. RAI, Hem Chandra: — Flower, of Haul* 
Chivalry. Delhi: Bharat Printing Work* Baiar 
Sitaram, 1933. 8vo, 162 p. — Price: Rs. 3. 

Rev.: The Modern Review, LIII. p. 4*7 (- 
by K. R. QANUNGO: ‘Neither the mentality 
of the writer of thi* book containing bio- 
graphical sketches of eleven Hindu worthies 
of Mediaeval India, nor his literary' style is 
suited to sober historical study.* 

389. RAJARATNAM. G. P.: — Buddhist Pilgrim 1 
from China [In Kanareac]. (Publications of 
the Karnataka Sangha). Bangalore: Central 
College. 1933- 

Rev.: Q. 7 . Mythic S.. XXIII. no. 3. P-4*9f. 
by S. S(RIK ANTAVa] : ‘R.'s book is histori- 
cally of great value to Kannada vernacular 
readers.* 

RaMACIIanMAN, T. N.: — The Royal Anut 
Mahendravarman /. See above, no. 16 6. 

390. RamakrISIINa Kavi. M.. and DORASWa- 
mavva, M.: - Hoy tala, and VidyHkakra - 
vartint, I and //. 

Tirunuilai Ari Venhateltara, I, p. 677—86. 

•Among the Sanskrit works of the medie- 
val period which poises* a high historical 
value, two works Gadyakarnimrita and Ruk- 
miniha/yOifa composed by two different poet* 
both having the title Vidylchakravartin. 
occupy a very conspicuous place. These two 
works were composed under the patronage 
of the Hoysala kings of Dormsamudra. the 
first under Vtranarasitpha, the second under 
Ballala HI. and they confirm most of the 
statements found in the epigraphs of thi* 
dynasty.* 

39 *-'RamanavYA. N. Venkata: — Vi jayanagara- 
Origin of the City and the Emfire. (Bnlletin 
of the Department of Indian History and 
Archeology, no. 4). Madras: University, 1933. 
Imperial 8vo, iv & 191 p., 2 folding map*. — 
Price: Rs. 2 or 3 s. 

From the Preface: ‘The following study 
is based exclusively on contemporary inscript- 
ions and literature. The evidence of tradition 
is ignored more or lets completely, as it leads 
to confusion and fruitless controversy.* 

Contents: 1. Origin of the City: 1. The Hoy- 



sala Theory. 2. The Founder* of Vijayana- 
gara. — IL Origin of the Empire: l. Ralla|a 
III and the sons of Sangama, 2. The early 
history of the Sangama Family, 3. The Kaka- 
tlyas and the founders of Vijayanagara, 4. The 
early Vijayanagara Kings and the Tclugu 
Country. 5. The Expansion of the Kingdom 
of Vijayanagara. — Appendices: A compara- 
tive table of the Sftipa and Hoysala Inscript- 
ions; Doravadi; A note on Kanya NSyaka; 
K areata and Andhra; Vidyinagara. — Maps. 

392. ‘[RaKCACHaRVA. V.: — History of Prt- 
Musulman India. Vol. I: Prehistoric India. 
Madras: 1919). See: An. BM. /. A. 19 V, 
no. 414. 

Rev.: Federated India, 9 August 1933, 
by N. R. 

393. RAO. M. Rama: — Further Light on the 

Kakaliyat. 

J. Andhra Hut. Ret. S.. VII, pt. 3. P- '75 f- 

Some corrections on Klkatiya History, 
drawn from the Karipet Inscription, Warangal 
District. 

394. Rao, M. Rama: - The Chela, of Renadu. 
7 . Andhra Hist. Ret. S., VII, pt.4, P- *'$-**■ 

•About a doten inscriptions from the 
Cuddapah District reveal the existence of a 
line of Cbola kings who trace their descent 
from Karikala the Great and were rulers of 
the Renadu district from the middle of the 
6th to the end of the 8th centuries.* 

39$. Rao, N. L.: — Who was the Gufta con- 
temporary of the Kadamba king Kdkuitka- 

Ind. Hut. Quart., IX. p. 197—201. 

Kumlragupta I (A.D. 414—55) wu ,hc 
elder contemporary. Either Skandagupta or 
Puragupta was Klkusthavarman’s son-in-law. 

396. RAO, R- Subba: - The History of the 
Eastern Congo, of Kalshga. 

7 . Andhra Hist. Res.S „ VII, pt. 3. p. 181-8. 
pt- 4. P- *3 «-46. VIII, pt. 1, p. 4 1— 64- 
Continued from An. BM. /. A. I9.V. no. 4*4- 

These parts deal with the reigns of Ka- 
mlrnava VII (1 147— 1156 A.D.) up to Nara- 
dmhadeva IV (1378-14*4 A.D.) 




I NDI.V HISTORY 



39;. Rao. V. N. Srinivasa: - Chandragiri. 

Q. 7 . Mythic 5.. XXIII. no. 3. P- X75 — «7 i 
no. 4. P 474— W. a pi. 

Early history; Chandragiri aod the Vh 
jayanagar Empire; the Chandragiri Empire 
1586—1646 A.D. ‘Chandragiri was actively 
associated with the first dynasty o f Vijianagar 
in establishing it firmly on the throne. The 
second and third dynasties were a contribution 
from Chandragiri. while it was the capital 
of the empire for over a century under the 
fourth dynasty. No history of Vijiarugar 
can be considered complete without an 
acknowledgement of the contribution of Chan* 
dragiri to that great empire.* 

398. Rau (Rao). N. Subba: - 7 wo Centuries of 
Wadeyar Rule in Mysore t]6l). 

Q. 7 - Mythic S.. XXUI. no. 4. P 4SJ-7JI 
XXIV. no *. p. 107-15. 

Economic, social and religious history of 
Mysore in the 16th and 17th centuries. 

399. *1Rav, H. C.1 - The Dymstse Hatty 0 / 
,\'t them India: tarty MeJ^xal feriod. Vo U. 
1931 1. See: An. BUI. /. A. 19 V. no. 416. 

Rev.: JRAS, 193J. p. 9 »J by J. ALLAN: 
•one of the most important contributions 
to Indian history that has appeared ia recent 

years It is readable, comprehensive, 

and accurate.* 

KAY, Nripati Kanta: — Influence of Bengal 
on the Sinhalese Profit. See below, ao. 486. 

400. RaYCIIAUDHURI, H. C.i The Kilrddamata 
Kings. 

Ind. Hat. Quart., IX. p. 37—9. 

The original home of the K. kings was 
in the neighbourhood of Ralkh, whence they 
probably migrated to the south (Dekkhan). 

401. *Rku, Bishcshwar Nath: — Hutory 0/ the 
Rashfrakitas iRJihcdas,. From the beginning 
to the migration of Rao Siha towards Manor. 
Jodhpur: Archeological Department, 1933. 
Imperial 8vo, v & 1 54 P-. I pi. (Portrait of 
H. H. Sir Umaid Singhji, Maharaja of Jodh- 
pur). — Price: Rs. 2. 



From the Preface: ‘This volume contains 
the history of the early Rashjraktltas and 
their well-known branch, the Gahada villas of 
Kanauj up to the third quarter of the 13th 
century of the Vikrama era. that is, up to 
the migration of Rao Siha towards Marwar. 
In the absence of any written account of 
the rulers of this dynasty, the history is 
based on its copper plates, inscriptions and 
corns hithcito discovered. Sanskrit, Arabic 
and English works, which throw some light 
on the history of this dynasty, however 
meagre, have also been referred to.* 
Contents: 1. The Ri»lnrak0(as. 2. Emi- 
gration from the north to the south, 3. Origin, 
4/5. RashlrakOla* and Gahaijavalas, 6/9. Re- 
ligion, science and art, etc., 10. Miscellaneous 
inscription*, ll/ 1 3. RashtrakQ(a« of Manya- 
kbt^a. L*(l and Saundatti. 14- Early Radi- 
frakotas of Rajatthana, 15. Gahajavalai of 
Kanauj, 16/18. Appendix etc. 

Rev.: JB&ORS, XIX. p. 4 '7. «>y K. P. 
jAVASWAl: ‘further evidence is desirable 
to establish the thesis.* 

•REV. B. H-: — Mdrvhr narri msUrhji 
Rimastiho 7> Our Rjfhof Vlroh it adbhnt 
lUirti [Maharaja Kamsingh, the king of 
Marwlr. and the wonderful magnanimity of 
the RAihor heroes. In Hindi). 

Dvv.edi Commemoration Volume, 19JJ, p. 
473-«- 

. Rku. B. N.: — Guftpami [The Gupta Dy- 
nasty. In Hindi]. 

Gamga, Jan. 1933, p. 289-93. 

. *Rku, H. : — Uart^r-nnrei maharaja Abka- 
j auk ho 7 i ta Barodd vijay karna. [The 
victory of Maharaja Abhayasingh, ruler of 
Marwar, over Ba[oda. In Hindi). 

Hindustani, Allahabad, January 1933. 

. Roy. Binode Bihari, Vedaratna:— Shnshanka, 
King of Bengal. 

Antique Rev., Ill, p. 97— III. 

A criticism of the article by Radhagovinda 
Basak in the InJ. Hilt. Quart., March 193* 
(r/. An. BiN. /. A. 193a, no. 34a). 




89 UfDU-HISTORV 

406. [SaKSENA. B. P. : — History of Skak Johan 41 1 . ISastri. K. A. NilakanU: — Studies in 
of Dikii. Allahabad: The Indian Press Ltd., Ckola History and Administration. Madras; 

I93 2 - 8vo > 373 P- 4 Pi- — Pnce: 15 %.]. 193*}. See: yf». Bibt. I. A. t^jo, no. 444. 

Rev.: J. InJ. Hist., XII. p. I jj L, by S. Rev.: Q. /- H/lkis S., XXIII, no. 3, p. 427!., 

mm • at « I ' %• 




INDIA- HISTORY 



90 



cises judicious restraint in style which in this 
book is somewhat declamatory.’ 

415. SlIARMA. S. R. : — An almost Contemporary 
Attaint a f Mahmud's Invasions of India. 
InJ. Hut. Quart.. IX, p. 934— 42- 

Translation of l he Zm*ul AitM, of 
Girdixi. 

416. SHASTRI, Haraprasad: — Attar as a Sun - 
Worshipper. 

InJ. Hut. Quart.. IX, p. 137—4O. I pi. 

417.S1RKAK, Dines Chandra: — The Dhyas. 

7 . Andhra Hut. Res. S.. VII, pt. 4. p. 195-** 
•In the Polamuru grant is a clear evidence 
of the prevalence of the system of trial by 
ordeals. The passage appears to me very 
important in connection with the administra- 
tion of justice in the Andhra country at 
the time of the Vtshpukii'dia*-' 

418. Stapleton, H. E.i — A 'tan* of Tmt ’ 
/or Northern Bengal. 

7 ASB, XX VIII, p. IJI-4S- 
•In this (article |. as far as possible, all the 
archarological material that has a bearing on 
the history of Northern Bengal is summanred 
in tabular form as a basis for future historical 
work.’ Cf. above, p. IJ— 7. 

STAPLETON, H. E. : — Not e on the tutor ieot 
and arthaelogual result 1 of a tour in the 
dittruti of Mi Hat and Pint) fur. See above, 
no. 109. 

419. Stein, O.: — Grate- Indian Notes. 

BSOSL. VII, 1. p. 55-68. 

1. Pramnat (Pramnat, read: Ur arenas mu 
Sramnas, the Greek equivalent for iramanea); 
2 . Kampana. 

420. Tungkhungia Buranji. or A Hutory of 
Assam, 16S1— tSi6 A.D. An old Assamese 
chronicle of the Tungkhuagia Dynasty of 
A horn Sovereigns, with marginalia, genealo- 
gical tables, bibliography, glossary and index, 
compiled, edited and translated by S. K. 
BllUYAN, London-Cakutta: Oxford University 



Press. 1933. Royal 8*0, 262 p., 1 pi. in colour. - 
Price: Rs. 10, or 15 s. 

From the Preface: ‘The contents of the 
present book foil distinctly into three classes: 
I. The English translation of the Assamese 
chronicle of Srinath Duara Barbarua (written 
1804 — 6), which gives a dctailled account 
of the reigns of Rajeswar Singha, Lakshmi 
Smgha, Gaurinath Singh and the first 11 
years of the reign of Kamaleswar Singha 
(1751 — 1806); as a contemporary source-book 
the chronicle is very valuable. 2. The English 
translation of the history of the first Tung- 
khungia kings 1681— 1751. as well as the 
it year* of anarchy and misrule 1670-81 
leading to the establishment of the dynasty 
on the throne of Assam, compiled from 
numerous contemporary Buranjis. 3. The 
history of the years 1806—26, compiled by 
the author from numerous sources in the 
style of old chronicles. The pictures of King 
Siva Singha and his consort Maharani Am- 
vika Deri (frontispiece) have been reproduced 
from a contemporary painting in a treatise 
on elephants (1734 A.D.).’ 

Contents: Introduction (Buranjis, Early 
A horn History, the Tungkhungia Period, 
Extent of Assam, Administration. Author). — 
Tungkhungia Buranji. translated. — Appen- 
dices 1 Genealogical Tables. Bibliography, 
Glossary of Vernacular Terms. 

VAIDYA. C V.: — Shnaji - The Founder 
of Maratha Swarajya. Poona City: Sada- 
shiv Pcth. 420 p. — Price: Rs. 3. 

Rev.: The Modern Review. L1V, p. 313!., 
by P.: •Although V.’s reasoning is full of 
faults, one good point of his performance 
is that it brings together in small compass 
roost of the available facts embedded in exten- 
sive discussions printed in Marathi." 

422. *(Vallfe Poussin. L. de la: — I'lndr aux 
temps des Mauryas et des bar bares, Greet, 
Seythes, Parthes et Yue-tchi. Paris: 1930). 
See: An. Btbl. /. A. 1931, no. 457. 

Rev.: Dtuhe Lit. Ztg. 3rd seric, IV (L1V), 
P- 24S—5®. by O. Stein: ‘Fehlt dem vor- 




INDIA-GEOGRAPHY 



91 



liege ndcn Bamlc dcrgcschichtlichcGrundrug. 
so ersetzt er den Mangel in dicser Richtung 
durch einc FUllc des Details in Forschung 
und Darstcllung. Darin licgt der Hauptwert 
des Buche*." 

SklikyO KenkyU, n.s., X. no. 4, Tolcy6, 1933. 
p. 944 f.. by O. Takata. 

423. VIDVAI.ANKAR. Jayachandra: — Bharatiya 
Ink, is h Rupnkha (Outline of Indian His- 
tory. In Hindi). 

Allahabad: published by the Hindustani 
Academy, U. P.. 1933- Introduction by K. P. 
JAYASWAL. Two vol*.. 44 + *8 + 10*0 P- — 
Price: Rs. J (unbound) and 5—8 (bound). 

Contents: Vol. 1. Part I: Introduction and 
Historical Surroundings (the Country and its 
Inhabitants); Part a: From the Rise of the 
Aryan Kingdoms till the War of the Maka- 
bkirata ; Part: 3: From Parlkshit till Nan- 
da. Vol. II. Part. It The period of the 
Nandas and Mauryas (/. J74-**> *0* 

II. 9- ANCIENT 

426. *| BERTIIE1XVT, A.; - L'Asie aaeiemm, cow 
trait tt sudoruniale <f afrit PtoUmle. Paris: 
1930). See: Ah. BUI. I. A. 19 V. *>. 463. 

Rev.: OLZ, XXXVI. p. *7-9* by 
H. v. M/ik. 

427. Bn V BRIDGE, II. : Murshdobad (« Bengal). 

Em. M„ no. 48. P- 735* 

Historical description. 

BlIANDARKAR, D. R. : — AW/ am an Mauryan 
Inscription from Makdsthan (the ancient 
Paundratardhana). See above, no. 247. 

•Brei.obk, B.: — Alexanders Ramp/ gegen 
Paros. See above, no. 38$. 

428. CHATTERJl, Kshetres Chandra: — VaiJsk 
BkBgol (Vedic Geography. In Hindi). 

Ganga, Jan. 1933, p. 102—18. 

429. CHAUDHURI. P. C.: — Ajapura of Skanda 
Gupta, and the ana round Bihar. 



Part 2: The Sitavaliana Period (c. 200 
B.C.-325 A.D.) 

424. Wakriar. A. Govinda . — Thi Keralotpatti.— 
An historical study. 

Rama Varma Res. Inst. Btin., no. 2, 

p. 9—41- 

* Wading through the intricate web of the 
Peru mil history as embodied in the Kera- 
lotpatti, one is irresistibly led to the con- 
clusion that its value as a source book cannot 
be belittled, much less ignored, though the 
facts dealt with by us amply prove that 
modern scientific history cannot allow its 
account to be dignified into a historical 
narrative.” 

42S.1 ZAVAR Hasan - Bibliography 0/ Indo- 
Moslem History excluding Provincial Mo- 
narches. Calcutta : 1932). See: An. BiM. I. A. 
ipji, ao. 473- 

Rev. ; a 7 - Mythu S., XXIII. no. 3, P . 43*. 
by S. SIrikantaya). 

GEOGRAPHY 

JBfrORS. XIX. p. 337-43. m*P 
Ajapura (the modem Ajaipur) waa an im- 
portant place in the 5th and 9 th cent. A. D. 

43a Das. Avmai Chandra: — Rigxedokt Arya- 
nn-Js-H kkaugolik moron (Geographical de- 
scription of the Aryan country according to 
the Rigvcda. In Hindi). 

Ga*g». Jan. 1933. P- 73~ *5- 

The Panjab the cradle of the Aryan race. 

DlKSHtT. K. N.: - Excavations in Mahisthan. 
See above, no. 57. 

431. F(Abri). CL: - Alexander's Battle svith 
Poms: Sir Aurel Stem's new location. 

An. BUL I. A. t 9 J*. P- '“S. « P 1 - \ 

Extract of An. BM. I. A. r 9 jJ, no. 49^ 

432. HAW. T. W.: - Multan. 

Enc. hi., no. 48. P- 7«- 

Historical description. 




INDIA-GEOGRAPHV 



9 3 



4JJ. HOSAJN. M. HwJayet : - Uungtr (m Bikar 
and Orissa). 

Eat. /if., no 48. p. 723. 

434 *|Law, Hi mala Churn: — Gugraphy 0/ Early 
Buddhism. London: 1932 J. See: Am. BdL 1 . 
A. ipjj, no. 486. 

Rev.: Q. J. Mythu S, XXIII. no. 3. p. 
434, by S. S{IUKANTAVa|: ‘This treatise is 
bound to serve a most useful purpose, which 
is enhanced by a comprehensive index and 
detailed references to authorities.* 

SkUhy* KrntyU, n. s.. X, no. 4. Tbkyft. 1933. 
p. 178, by T. Murakami: ‘Extensive aad 
conscientious utilisation of Pili-texts. inves- 
tigation of geographical data with reference 
to historical evidence, due consideration of 
administration, economy, commerce and traflk 
of cities and villages may be mentioned amoog 
others as distinguishing features of the book.* 

435. Law. B. - Pratkm Bharau Xakdjanafada 
(MaliAjanapadas in ancient India. In Bengali). 
Bkdratvanka, XXI. pt. I. no. 6, Agrahlyana 
134O B. S.. p. 917—29, 16 ilk 

436. Naiiak. P. C.: - Tht Jain Trails,** */ 
tht Origin •/ PiUhputra. 

Sink All-India Or. Cam/., p. 169—71. 

437. Nakaix. Sheo: — Palah/mtra. 

Mahabodkx, XLI, p. 4J5— JO. 

A brief historical sketch. 

438. Raja, K. Rama Varma: — Akrt and Car - 
nsfandentt; Cranjanur. A rrfly. 

Rama Varma Rrs. Ini. Bun.. no. 1. p 64-71. 
Cf Am. BiN. /. A. 19 to, no. 492. 

439. Raya. Yogeschandra: — Pratkm Bangrr 
Vibkag (Divisions of Ancient Bengal. In 
Bengali]. 

Bahglya SJkitya-Parukat-Patnid, XL, no. 2. 
Silvan, Sam. 1340 B. S. 

A note on the geographical and admini- 
strative divisions of Bengal. 

440. Roy, Binode Bihari, Vcdaratca : — Gam - 
daridat, Gangarigai or Gaugaridts. 



Antigua R*t.. III. p. 33—44- 
The author suggests that the country of 
these peoples is be to sought in the Ganges 
Delta. Yet ‘Gangaridai, Gange and Parthalis 
or Pathrail have, no doubt, been submerged.* 

44 l. SaIAsVati. Manisinath Basu: — PrtUktn 
Bangdldya iasana-tiihdga, pt. II |Admini- 
strative Divisions in ancient Bengal. In 
Bengali]. 

Bkdrotxorska, XX. pt. II, Magh and Phi) gun 
1339 B. S-. p. 192—200 

SASTRt. Hirananda: — Priihm sdhitya met 
NilamdJ. See above, no. 106. 

442.SASTRI. K. A. Nilakantai — A Note en tht 
Anlifuily */ Kmlydnapuram. 

Rama Varma Rrs. Inst. B/im., no. 2, p. 42—4. 

•It seems clear that Kalyapapuram muit 
have been the (Chilukya] capital, or at least 
a subnidiary capital, before Someivara's I 
reign (104J— 1068 A.D.), and Bilhapa’s state- 
ment (which attributes the foundation of this 
city to 8.| must be understood to be nothing 
more than furnishing a setting to the con- 
ventional nagara-tarnana that follows in liii 
mahiklvya. * 

443. Sastri. K. A. Nilakanta — Afa/akOfa of 
Yuan Ckwang. 

Sixth All- India Or. Can/., p. 174-9. 

Hsuan-tsang's account he actually visited 
MalaVtita (the Plp^ya country). InterpreUtion 
of the data. 

444. Sen, P. C.s — Punfravardkana — its Silt. 
Imd. Hist. Quarts IX. p. 722—33. 

Account of the site ; it* identification with 
Mahi'thfcn Gad and its surroundings in the 
district of Bogra. 

445. Sircar. Dines Chandra : - Udayapura-nagara. 
Imd. Hist. Quart., IX, p. 584. 

U.-N. presumably is Udayapura in Gwalior. 

446- Sircar D. C. : — Capital 0/ Brhatpkaldyanai. 
J. Andhra Hist. Res. S., VII. pt. 3. p, 1 70 1 - 
•PitOndra (135® 12 0 ), which was the capital 




INDIA- NUMISMATICS 



93 



of Mais&ia in the time of Ptolemy (c. 140 A.D.) 
and was situated very near Kudura (= Kod- 
dourra ■ 35* 1 1* *>'), appear* therefore almost 
certainly to have been the capital of Jaya- 
varman BfhatphaUyapa. ruler of the Masu- 
lipatam region in the early years of the 
3rd century A.D.)-" 

447. TrivkDI, H. V.: — The Study of Aneunt 
Geography. 

M. Hut, Quart., IX, p. 470—8. 

The topographical information contained 
in the Agni-PurJna. 

448. VIDYAI.ANK AK, J. C.: — Rogkus Lvu of 
Conquest along India' 1 Northern Border. 
Sixth All- India Or. Can/., p. 101—31. 



Geography of the northern border of India : 
I. The conception of the North; II. The 
Kimbojas; III. The headwaters of the Ganges; 
IV. The Kirutas; V. The Utsava-Sanketas 
and the Kinnaras; VI. The Mauiyan bound- 
ary-line to the North and Atoka’* connect- 
ion with Khotan ; Arjuna's conquest of the 
North: the Rishlcas or Yuc-chi mentioned in 
the MakAbkirata. 

449. VoGEI. J. Ph. : — Dt Archaeologist he Altai 
tan Groet- Indie. 

Oeslerstk Genootsek., ytk C&ngrtu, p. 44!. 

Communication about the Archeological 
Atlas of Greater India, in preparation by the 
Kern Institute. 



II. to. NUMISMATICS 



450. Aiimad, Kfewija Muhammad: — /Me on Ike 
Coint in Ike Cabinet of the Hyderabad Museum. 
A. R. Noam's 19.30—3/, p. 49 f 
Gold coin of fikiy*Ul«Mldln Tughluq -Silver 
coins of Aurangreb issued at ItlAmnagar (?) 
and AbmnlbAd (Gulbarga). — Coin of Sbih 
'Alam II, Kilmachand ranagar). — <«n of 
Ra , ftud dirI)»t.S.kikOl. - Three unique coin* 
of a Harfdi Wing, probably Amtr’ All Barld 1 1(1). 

4S>- A(LLAN|, J.: — A new Nuskan Coin. 

Brit. Slut. Q/y., VIII, p. 73. 3 ill. 

Gold stater of Wima Kadphiac* on an 
elephant. 

BanEK)I. R. D.: — 7 ke Age of the Imperial 
Guptas. See above., no. 330. 

452. Bareda Stale Museum and Pieture Caller iei. 
A descriptive Guide. 

Rev.: Q. J. Mythic S.. XXIII, no. 3. p. 4)3. 
by S. S(rikantaya): ‘Of the early Indian 
coins, mention may be made of the follow- 
ing: Eukratides, Heliokles and Apollodotos 
amongst the Bactnan* and Indo-Greeks. 
Arsaccs VI and Arsaccs XII of the Indo- 
Parthian dynasties. KadphisesIIand Huvishka 
amongst the Rushans, ChandragupU II and 
Kumaragupta I of the Guptas. Naha pans. 
Rudrasena. son of Rudrasiniha. Siiphasena 



and Valabhi amongst the Wcslern Satraps 
and puochmarkcd coin* Amongst the Moghul 
coins, todiac coins of Jchangir.* 

4S3 Bcrk. R.i — Indian Numumaiici in 19.H. 
An. BsM. /.A. 1931. p. 10 f. 

4 34. Chaherjck. CD.;- Seme new Numismatic 
Terms in Pah Texts. 

J. U. P. Hist. S. VI. p. IJ6-73- 

Rudradamokoldl)-, mJakaktspano. 

GaNGUU. D C: - Vamyagupta IMdald- 
dii) a. See above, no. 338a. 

4${.*Gho&E. Ajit: — A new Rajput Gold Com 
and Us analogues. 

Numumatic Chronicle, 3th Series. XIII, 1933. 
p. I39-S>. ' .. , , 

A unique Rajputana gold coin (type: a 
calf sucking its mothers milk) related to the 
coin described by G. S. OjHA, A Gold Com 
of Bap/a Rawal. JASB. n. s. XXIII, Num. 
Suppl, XL. no. 373. 

456. *MaG*. Sahityacharya: — Bharat he lithe 
(Indian Coins. In Hindi). 

Gakgt, Jan. 1933. p. ' 94 — 7 - 

457. MajumdaR, N. G.: — Notes on the Corns of 
Ases. 




INDIA-NUWTSMATICS 



94 



A. R. /trek. Surv. sgiS-tg, p. 169-7 b P* 

•It is not At all necessary to asaime that 
Aies I, Auli >es and Axes II arc identical 
and that between Him and Goudophares 
there is room for one king only.* 

458. Majumdar. N. G.: - Tkrtt Rustam Cams 
/ram i Varik Bengal. 

7 ASB. XXVIII. p. 127 — 9. 1 P»- 
Two coins of Visudeva from Mahisthan 
and Mlldah. and an early imitation of the 
coins of Kanishka, perhaps from the 3rd 
cent. A. D. 



459. PANDEYA. L. P.: — A Si/vrr Coin oj King 
Prasaumamdtra, tkf Grandfather of King 
MakaSmdevaraja a f Sarahkafur. 

lad. Hiss. Quart.. IX. p. 595 f., I pi. 

The legend is in box- headed characters. 

460. ScilASZLIN, GJ-.: — Tkf Monetary System 
of ska Moghul Times. 

Imd. Hut. Quart., IX. p. Itf—Go. 

461. UPADHVAVA. Vasudeva: — Bharatiya msdr 9 
kt frotkimta (Antiquity of Indian coins. In 
Hmdl}. 

Gokga. Jan. 1933, p. 198-202. 




III. 



462. ‘Adam, W. G.: — The Ruined Cities of Ceylon. 
The Crown Cobnut. June 1933. p. 254— 6. 
6 ill. 

A description of Polonnaruwa. 

463. •Annual Report 0/ the Archeological Surrey 
of Ceylon for 1931-3*- By S. PakaNAVITANa. 
Colombo: Government Record Office. 1933. 
Royal 8vo„ 11 p.. 8 pi. — Price: JO cent*. 

From the Content* : 8. Reservation* : Guru- 
deoiya, in P»ta H«vaha|a. near Kandy, where 
in 1931 the ruin* of a brick slip* with 
Hrahrnl in*cription* of the l*t century B.C 
have been found. 9. Kxcavation*: Further 
work around the RaJaielyUbhujaign at Po|on- 
naruva (Cf An. BtH. /. A. r 9 ji. p. 19 1 ; 

> 93 *. P- 33-5 & "*>• S»*>. !*«*>"■» 

and weapon* of the 1 3— 13th century; ex- 
cavation* near the ancient Temple of the 
Tooth in the Citadel of AnurSdhapura {Cf. 
An. Bibl. /. A. 1919, p. 11—3). to. Conser- 
vation at the Citadel of AnurEdhapura & the 
Kumara Pokuoa in Po|onoaruva. II. Epigra- 
ph, cal {Cf. An. Bibl. 1 . A. 193a. p. 33 - 51 - 
12. Circuit Work. esp. in Matale East. 
Hlriyala Hatpattu and Kalutara District. 

464- bill, H. CP.:- Excerpt* J loldnnana. 
no. it: Dutch inter course with the UbUroet: 
seventeenth century. 

7 . Ceylon Br. R. A. XXXII. no. 85. p. 

226—42. 

Extracts from the Dutch archives in 
Colombo. 

465. Codbington, II. W.: — The Problem of 
the Ko/agama Inscription. 

7 . Ceylon Br. R. A. S- XXXII. no. 8s. p. 
214-25. 

•The problem of the Tamil inscription of 



LON 



Kojagama is not to be solved with any cer- 
tainty. All that can be said is that a Jaffnese 
invasion in the reign of Parikrama Rahu 
VI after the Vijayanagar expedition best suits 

the date of the script j it doe* not fit. 

(however, with the fact*] given in the Vai- 

^ a ft A 



466. COLUMS. C. H : — 7 *r Archeology of the 
Sabnra-Gnmuw* Bintenna. 

J. Ceylon Br. R. A. 5 .. XXXII, no. 85, p. Ij8- 
84. pL Bi-x. 

A tentative study of the few early ruin* 
and inscription* found in the Ratnapura 
District of the Province of Sabaragamuwa 
(the Vedda Country), rtf. Budupgala with 
Kal-tota, Kura-gala. Diyainna. Ilanda-giriya. 
Kottimbul-wala. Sankhapala Vihare. 

467. Gr.tGBX. W.: — Konigsnameu in den BrJkml- 
Inschriften Ceylons. 

FetUthr. WmtemUs, p. 313-2 1 . 

The names of l J out or 16 King* of the 
Great Dynasty arc mentioned in Brfthml 
inscriptions; the daU regarding their family 
relation* agree with those in the Maha vents*. 

468. GEIGER, w.: — New Contributions to the 
Interpretation of the bfoharamso. 

Ind. Hist. Quart., IX, p. IO7-12. 

I. Local traditions on DaHha-gtmapl in 
Rohapa. II. Single words and terms. III. Ma- 
io-.amsa and the Inscription*. 



469. GOLOUEBW. V.: — Le temple de ta dent h 

Kandy. 

BEFEO. XXXII. p. 4H-74. 3* llL 

Notes on the Da|ad 4 maligawa and the 
cult of the Tooth h propos of * The Temple 
of the Tooth in Kandy • by A. M. HOCART. 




CEYLON 



96 



— Cf. also the controversy in the same ncws- 

paper. 14 October, by S. PARANA V'lTANB, and 
17 October, by ‘Dilettante.* 



470. Gupta, Manindra Bhutan: — Irrigation in 
Ancient Ceylon. 

The Modern Relie w. LIU. p. 629-3*- 6in - 
A short description of awdent tank* and 
baths with their sculptural decoration. 

47 1 • *|HocarT, A. M.: - Tie Temple of Ike 
Tooth in Kandy. London: 1934 See: Am 
fiM. LA. 19 jj. no. $27. 

Rev.: OLZ, XXXVI. p. 449. b 7 H. ZlMMEB. 
Dtsche. Lit. /.!£.. jrd series, IV (LIV). p. 
1087—9. b y L - BaCMHOFBR: ‘Das wiehtigste 
Kapitel ist ohne Zweifel das sechste. wo die 
Entwicklung des Tempelgrundnsses skiuiert 
wird ... II. leitet die G. stalt des llaupttempcb 
von den beiden Plaltformen ab, wie we t-B. 
ini 'K rft'riikicti WwAei \ w. 
auftreten . , . H. hat tweifellos recht. Die 
Beweisfuning hatte aber grundiicher und aus- 
fuhrlichcr gestaltet werden mussen . cine Menge 
von hochst inteiessantcn Kragen bleibt un- 
beantwortet.* 

472. * Jagudu war < jho nda : - Pre-BmJdkntu IlinJn 
Shrines in Ceylon. 

Calcutta Renew. June 1933. p. 285-95. 

•Beyond a shade of doubt, the pee- 
Buddhist religion of Ceylon was primitive 

Hinduism There are four ancient Hindu 

temples of pre-Buddhistic origin at Kata- 
ragama, Trincomalie, Munneswaram and 
Dondra. Skanda (Kanda Kuraara) is the 
presiding deity of the sylvan shrine of Kata- 
ragama, in almost the southern point of 
Ceylon. In Trincomalie another shrine named 
Swim 1 Rock is an abruptly vertical mass of 
gneiss ; the shrine of thousand pillars in honour 
of Siva was destroyed by the Portuguese in 
1622 A. D. One stone pillar of early Hindu 
type and a relief of Ganesa stiU remain. At 
the temple of Munneswaram near Chiiaw 
Sinhalese and Hindus worship a Siva-linga, 
according to tradition erected by Rama. A 
Vishnu Dcwala at Dondra (Devir.uwara) was 
once the most celebrated temple of Ceyloo.’ 

47 J- VVr.U, A.: — King Parakrama Bohn's 
carved Lotus-baths at Polonnarna. 

Daily Mews. Colombo. 12 October 1933. ilL 



474. PAKANAVrTANA. S: — Ena vatiou axd Con- 
servation at Polo a marina. 

An. BUI. I. A. 19 it. P- 19—**. pL V— VI. 

Excavations on the site of the palace of 
Partkramabiliu 1. eastern section. 

473. Pakanavitana. S.: — Arckaologital Sum- 

Ceylon J. Sr.. II. pt. 3. p. I49~73. |4. 
57-9* 

Brickwork : Discovery of inscribed bricks 
at Gurudeniya (1st century A.D.J and at 
\tnri-cA- owfcKvw. A.to.'f, 
Kandy District. — Terracottas and Pottery.— 
Evolution of the stupa: ‘An outline drawing 
of a stOpa. engraved on a rock near Rams 
in Migam Pattu, furnishes us with evidence 
about the appearance of stupas in Ceylon in 
the 2nd— 3rd centuries A.D.". — Stone • Work: 
Remains of a structure built on rough and 
massive stone pillars with Hrfthml inscriptions, 
1st century A.D., Puvara<anku|aina, Nuva- 
ragam Korale, North-Central Province. — 
Sculpture: Early moonstone of a new type, 
Oggomuva Vihira. M»ta|f District. Colossal 
Pannirrlpa Buddha figure at Ataragalfova 
Mlta|f District, redated 9th— 10th century 
A.D. Stone image of Vishpu, 10th— 1 3th cen- 
tury A.D.. Potinakidu, Kanta|ai Trincomalee 
District. — Paintings: Fragmentary remains 
of Buddhist paintings. 1 2th century. Mirivtdya 
Caves. DirabuUgala (DhQmarakkha), Taman- 
kaduva District. — Hindu Temples: Saiva 
shnoe at Tirukkbvil. Batticaloa District. - 
Polonnarnta Topography: The group of mo- 
numents to the north of the Royal Citadel, 
hitherto identified with the Jetavanavihira 
of Parakrama B*hu I. must be the Temple 
of the Tooth of the l’o|onnaruva period. The 
Jetavanavihlia may be recognised in the gioup 
of building* around the .so-called Dcma|ama- 
hasaya, the ancient Tivanka image-house. 

Paranavitana, S-: — Fpigraphual Sun- 




97 



CEYLON 



Ceylon 7- Sc., II. pt. 3. p. 175—228. 

A li*t of 218 inscription* examined by the 
Archeological Survey in the period of Oct. 
1929— Oct. 19JI. preceded by brief notes 
on some of the more important of these 
records, from the 3rd century B.C. to the 
time of Rljasiipha I (1554 — 93 A.D.). 

477. Paranavitana, S.: — The Statue at tk e 
Potgul Vekera in Polonnaruva. 

Ceylon 7. S., II, pt. 3. p. 229-34. 

‘If it be conceded that the letters of the 
inscription behind the head of the Kishi 
figure were some scribbling* by the artisans 
who carved the image, this latter must be 
ascribed to about the 8th— 9th century, it. 
about 3 or 4 centuries before the age of 
ParBkrama Bahu of whom it is popularly 
believed to be a representation." 

478. PARANAVITANA. S.: — MatriUneal Detent 
in Ike Sinkaleu Hoyt l FamUy. 

Ceylon 7 - Sr.. II. pt. 3. p. 235—40- 

‘It seems that, in the 9th and loth cen- 
turies, it was considered essential that a prince 
should be born of a mother equal in caste 
to his father, if he were to be considered a 
lawful heir to the throne... In the nth and 
1 2th century the descent in the royal house 
was matrimonial . . . (Vet] the whole subject 
is still somewhat obscure and merits further 
study.’ 

479- PARANAVITANA, S.: — Two Inunftrom of 
Sena /. 

Up. Ztyl.. Ill, p. 289-94. P<- 34- 
The first of these two short inscriptions 
is cut on a pillar-slab found at the village 
Kivulekada in the Kuflcuflu KOrale of the 
North-Central Province. It mentions a king 
Salamcvan (P. SiUmegha) ‘the founder of 
the Ritigal monastery*, who must be identical 
with Sena I. The second inscription is ci< 
on a pillar found in the pavement of the 
Va|a-da-ge at Pojonnaruva and now preserved 
in the Archxological Museum at AnurBdha- 
pura. It appears to record a grant of im- 
munities to a village Muhundchi-gama and 
is dated in the 1 5th year of a king Abh* 

Annul Bibliography, VIII. 



Saiamevan. who likewise can be identified 
with Sena L 

480. PARANAVITANA, S. : — Vtbmlla Slab-in- 
striftim ef Sena III. 

Ef. Zeyl., III, p. 294—302. pi. 35. 

This inscribed slab, which was discovered 
in the village of VelmiUa. Rayigam KOjalC, 
Kalulara district, is now in the Colombo 
Museum. It is dated in the reign of Mahascn 
Abkft wbo must be identical with Sena III 
(e. 93J— 94* A.D.) and records the grant of 
the usual immunities to a yamunu land in a 
village named Aru6gam-pe|avaga. 

48 1. PARANAVITANA. S.: — Two Tamil Pillar 
Invfipaom from fludumu/tava. 

Ep. Zeyl. Ill, p. JOI-IJ. pi. 36. 

These inscribed pillars are now used to 
support a Buddhist temple at BudumutUva, 
a village not far from Nikavarapya. Kuru- 
pagala district. Both are dated in the reign 
of Jayab&hu I who ascended the throne in 
A.D. 1 1 aa. The longer inscription refers to 
a dispute between the blacksmiths and the 
washermen; the shorter one records a gift 
to a diva-temple by a daughter of the Cho|a 
king KulottuRga (I). who was the wife of a 
Piodyan prince called Vlrapperuma| (— Vt- 
ratebu). 

482. PARANAVITANA, S.: — Devamagala Roek- 
muriftion of Parakramabiku /. 

Ef. ZeyL, III, p. JI2-2J. pi. J7- 

This inscription is incised on a rock, about 
3 miles south-east of MtvanllU, Galbotja 
Kora)*. Kagilla district. It is dated in the 

1 2th year of FarBkramabBhu I who ascended 
the throne in 1153 A.D. About two-thirds 
of the document contain a panegyric on the 
king including a reference to his war against 
his two cousins, GajabBhu and Minibharana. 
Its object is to record a grant of lands to 
the general Kitti Nagaragiri in recognition 
of his services in the campaign against Bhu- 
vanBditta the ruler of Aramapa (Pali Ri- 
maAfla.i. ». e. Pegu. The Burmese expedition 
in question must have Ukcn place in A.D. 
1164 or 1165 and Bhuvaniditta must be 

•1 




CEYLON 



identical with AUungeithu of the Pagan 
dynasty. 

48}. PakanaviTANa. S.: - Kafngakagalgt Pillar- 
inscription. 

F.p. Zryl., III, p. 3*5—3*. P*- J 8 * 

This inscription is found about 5 miles 
north of ButtaU, Kandukara Kfiraji. Cva 
province. The inscribed pillar. like those 
found at Yupangapiva is a ‘Ni&ahka-gavu’. 

I. /. a mile-post erected by the Kaluga- 
chakravaiti Nifsanka mails. The inscription 
contains a homily addressed to the people 
of Rohana. 

484. PARANAVITANA, S. : — 7 k, Tamil Jnstripaan 
on iki Call, trilingual Slat. 

Ep. ZtyL, III, p. 3JI— 4«- 
This inscribed slab, now preserved in the 
Colombo Museum, was discovered in 1911 
in a culvert within the town of Galle. 
It bears three extensive inscriptions in Chi- 
nese. Tamil and Persian respectively. Like 
the Chinese version the Tamil inscription 
is dated in the yth year of Yuhlo (Yung l.o) 
the Chinese emperor wheue reign began in 
A.D. 1403. The Kmperor. having heard of 
the fame of the god Tenavarai-ntyanir m 
Ceylon, sent to him various offering*. Appendix 
A gives a translation of the Chinese version; 
App. B a transcript and translation of the 
Persian text by G. Ya/DAM; and App. C 
a note on the word *a((i by H. W. Co- 
DR1NOTON. 

485. PARANAVITANA, S.: — Rthgiams InUretnrz, 
brtwtn Crylon ami Siam in thr tjtk—tgtk 
(tnlnritt. 

J. Crylon Hr. M.S., XXXII, no. 85. p. 
190-213. 

A brief account of the holy images, monks 



and embassies who during this period went 
from Ceyloo to Siam, in order to ‘mode! 
the religious institutions of the Menam Valley 
on those of Ceylon.* The most important 
events mentioned in the Siamese chronicles 
and inscriptions are the transfer of a Buddha 
image to Sukhodaya in the first half of the 
13th century, the mission of thtra Dhamma- 
Intti in the time of king Parikramablhu II, 
that of Surnana in the reign of Dhammarlja 
of Sukhodaya. the invitation of a Sangkarlja 
with a sprout of the Bodhi-trce by king 
Lidayya of the same country, the building 
of the LahkArAma in AyodhyA by Paramarlja 
(1370—88 A.D.). the foundation of the Si- 
halatabgha by Siamese monks ordained in 
Ceylon AD. 14*$. the planting of a seedling 
of the Bodhi-trec in Xieng-Mai by king Bi- 
ts karija, 143s A.D. A short note deals aim 
with the influence of this intercourse on the 
art of Siam. 

486. Ray. Nnpati Kanta: — Influent, of Bengal 
on Ik, Sinkalru J'rop/r. 

The Modern Rmrto. LIU, p. 444~ 7 - 
Traditioaal history connects the Sinhalese 
conquest of Ceylon with a prince Vijaya, 
supposed to have come from Western Indio. 
The author's theory is that the real starting- 
point was Bengal, because Vljaya's grand- 
mother was a Vangs princess, Vijaya a native 
of Lata in the neighbourhood of Vanga and 
Kalinga. = Radha or Western Bengal ; further 
the Bengalis and Kalinga* have always been 
seafaring people, and in the writer’s opinion 
many Sinhalese words and place-names are 
nearly related with Bengali. 

ShaiIIIHILLAH, M. : — The fir it Aryan 
Colonization of Crylon. See above, no. 4IJ. 




IV. FURTHER INDIA 



487. Bosch, F. D. K.: — Nam arcUaUgifan, 
IV. U Tempi e eTAnkor Vit. 

BF.FEO. XXXII, p. 7-21. 2 BL. 1 pi. 

A. Ixs processson du feu uteri. Remarks 
on the conch and the enormous Isiga, carried 
by the companions of the rajakotar in the 
procession. B. Ut bat-reliefs. The relief* 
representing Vishnuitic legends relate to the 
life of the king, who was identified with 
Vishriu. The procession next to these relief* 
is the dead king’s army on judgment-day. 
In the scene of hells and heaven* the king 
is represented as Yama. The central tower 
contained the portrait statue of the king 
(Vishriu-Chaturbhuja), the minor tower* were 
presumably intended to celebrate the memory 
of the 19 lords escorting the king to the 
realm of Yama. C. Qnetques remar^uei tur 
la fondatiom el la Journals* m dm monument. 
The construction of Angkor Vat was ftnnhcd 
immcdiatclly after the death of Saryavarman 
i.e. t. 1150 A. D. The temple wa* a mau- 
soleum, and the entrance, consequently, wa« 
on the West side. 

488. ‘BoUDET, P. and R. BOURGEOIS: - Btblso- 
grapkie do rindoehtne Francaiu : I9JO. (Ecole 
Francaise d'Extreme-Orient). Hanoi: I«n- 
primerie d’Extrdme-Orient, 19J3. Imperial 
8vo, 196 p. 

Continuation of An. Bibl. l.A. 193 l. no. 549. 

489. Clays, J. Y.: — Po-Nagar. Rtitnt aerks 
of restoration by the Ecole Francaiu <T Ex- 
treme-Orient. 

An. Bibl. I. A. 1931. p. 22—8, pL VII— IX. 

3 - 

Conservation of the principal temple-tower 
of Po-Nagar at Nhatrang (Champa). 



490. *| Cowes G. : — Let collections arckiologiques 
dm Unset National de Bangkok. Pam: 1928). 
See; An. Bibl. I.A. 19jr.no. 539. 

Rev.: Art. As ., IV, nos. 2/3, 1930—2, 
p. 174 L, by A. Salmon v : ‘cine auverlassige 
Sammluag der Usher bekannten Tatsachen.' 

491. CotoEs. G ..-Etude, lambodgiennes, XX VIII- 
XXX. 

BEFEO. XXXII, p. 71-112. 2 pi. 

XXVIII. Quelque, suggestion, tur la mitkode 
k ,unrt pour mterprlter let bas-reliefs de 
Baulky Ckmkr et de la galerie extirieure du 
Bayou (p. 71—81). The interpretation of the 
reliefs in question must be sought in the 
life of Jayavarman VII. The author rccog- 
nite* the naval battle againtt the Cham* of 
1177 A.D. and give* some bint* for further 
investigation*. — XXIX. Un neutoau tympan 
de Baulky Sr/i (p. 81-4). Reprcientation 
of the legend of Sunda and Upasunda. The 
style of the carving proves that all monument* 
of B. S. were built in the time of Jayavarman 
V. — XXX. A la rakercke du Yafedka- 
rkcrama (p. 84— 1 12). Discussion of the in- 
scription* of Prei Prasht and Prisit KoipnSp 
and of the ‘digraphic* records. Yatovarman 
I founded not one ‘splendid’ YataJhailfranta, 
but variou* small monasteries of this name. 

492. COJ>E>. G.: — let r Bents progris de T Ar- 
ckMegie eu Index bine. 

Outer sek Oenootuk.. jtk Congrtu, p. Ilf. 

Absuact of a lecture the abridged text 
of which has been published in An. Bibl. 
I.A. ,931. P- 35 - 4 '- 

493. Co LAN I, M.: — le protoniolitke. 

Fretkut. A,. Or.. I. p. 93 - 5 . ' pi- ' 




FURTHER INDIA 



IOO 



The appearance of prctoneolithic mixed 
with paleolithic implements in Tonkin and 
part of Annam seems to indicate a contact 
of two civilisations (presumably of Melanesian 
and Indonesian affinity*. 

494-COLANI. M.: — Digireals aspects dm neeh- 
thique indotkinois. 

Prahist. At. Or.. I, p. 97-9, 2 pL 

495. COLANI. M.: — Divert modes Jr sepultures 
nloluhufuet it proto-hutorupus en Indochme. 
Prakut. At. Or., I. p. 101 f, l pi. 

496. COLANI, M.: — Champs de jarres moneh- 
thujuet it dr purr ts fmtfratrrt dm Tran-nmh 
f Haul- Lae,). 

Prchist. At. Or., I. p. 103— 28. 1 a pi, 14 ill. 

I. Descnption of the groups of monolithic 
urns and sepulcral stones of Tran-nuh. II. 
Detailed study of the largest and best made 
pieces, the urns of Ban Ang and their coven. 
III. Some general observations (legends, histo- 
rical data, connexions with other civilisations). 

497. Co RA I.- R F.MUSAT, G de: — Concernmg uma 
Indutm In/tmeniei in Khmer Art at exempli - 
fiid in the harder 1 af pediments. 

Ind. Art & L, VII. I, p. 110-11. pi. 
XXXIV— XL. 

The authoress traces the slow evolution of 
the border of the Khmer pcJimenta. an or- 
namental motif borrowed from India, which 
the Khmers completely transformed. 

498. CORAL KEMUsAT, G. de: — Ingnenees ja- 
vanaiset dan, Part de Relink flXe little) it 
in/uentn dt Part de Roihek tmr le temple de 
Hantay SrH I Fin dm Xe tittle). 

JA, CCXXIII. pt. 1, p. 190-1: Annexe au 
proecs- verbal de la seance du 11 Mai 1933. 

.Certains motifs qui apparaissent au IXc 
siecle et dont les germes a'existaient pas 
dans la decoration prfaagkoncnnc. scion 
nous, sont dues h des influences venues de 
Java ... II est Iris normal que ces influences 
se mamfestent dans les monuments du Phnotp 
Kulen (Mahendraparvata) et de Roluoh, les 
ca pi tales de Jayavarman II, qui venait de 



Java ... On a beaucoup parle dc la volonte 
d'archalsation des sculptcurs de Hantiy Srti, 
qui a soulevf des problemcs diffieilcs. Ce 
sanctuairc est dat* aujourdTiui de la fin du 
Xe srfele. A notre avis, il s’agit d'un retour, 
non pas aux themes pr&mgkoricns, mais a 
ceux de Roluofc.* 

499. Prince Dhani NlVATl — The Inscription, 
of Wat Phra Jetubon. 

J. Siam S., XXVI. P L 7 , p. 143-70, 13 pi, 
I map. 

An account of this Bangkok sanctuary, 
rebuilt in 1801 by King Rama 1 and restored 
by King Kama III, of its buildings, paintings 
and especially of its inscriptions. ( Cf. An. 

BM lut t 93 *. »». S7»>- 

500. DUROISKU.E. Chas. : - Excavation at Hmawsa. 
A. R- Areh. Snrv. 19*8—19, p. 103—9, 
pi. Wii. 

31 mounds were explored revealing the 
remains of stupa and burial mounds and 
yielding bronsc and small gold linages, and 
votive tablets of the 5th— 10th centuries. 

501. DUROUBIXE, Chas.: Exploration at Pagan 
and Mandalay. 

A. R. Areh Smn>. 19*8—19. p. 109—13, 
pi. li-IU. 

Pagan : — Excavation* were carried out 
at the rite of a Buddhist establishment near 
the Tilommlo Temple; a terracotta of an 
unidentified figure in vajrasana position, having 
an abnormally big belly, and votive tablets 
in mixed Talaing-Pali (12th— 13th centuries) 
were found in a relic chamber. - My inpagan: - 
Images of &va and Ga^esa with an inscribed 
stone, 1213 A.D. — Mandalay: — In an 
ancient mound at Xyaung gon a relief with 
sceoes from the life of Buddha, in the South- 
Bihar style, nth- 13th centuries, was event- 
ually found. 

SOI. Evans. L H. N.: — An Ancient Cornelian 
Bead from Pahang. 

J. Mol. Br. RutS., XI. pt. 2, p. 146 f, 1 ill. 

5°J-1 Fikot, L.: — Inscription dm Cambedge, 
V, 193 1 J. 

Rer.-.JRAS. 1933, p.947, by C.O.BlaGDEN. 




IOI 



FURTHER INDIA 



5(4. FlNOT. L-: — Vue inscription tiskmmautit 
if Anker. 

BEFEO, XXXII, p. 1— S- 
The fragments of inscriptions from K6k 
Thlok and Prah Pithu (see An. BM. /. A. 
1 9 jo, no $66) are parts of one and the same 
stone. Yasodharagiri cannot be identified 
with Phimeanikas. but must be Phnoqi Bakheh. 

505. Gardner, G. B.: — A 'out on some Ancient 
Gold Coin! fro m Jokore River. 

J. Mai. Br. R.AS., XI, pt. a. p. 171-6, 1 pi. 

506. Gardner, G. B.: — A Coin from Kedak. 
J. Mai. Br. R.A.S, XI. pt. a. p 184. 1 ill. 

Silver-copper coin of Mukarram fifclfc. 
1665 A.D. 

so;. GASrARDONK. F.. : — Deux inscriptions eki- 
noises dn Musie de Hanot. 

BEFEO. XXXII, p. 47$ — 80. 

Discussion of two funeral inscriptions, one 
dated 1307 A.D., the other in the 34th year 
of the reign of Li Anh Tdn. being one of 
the earliest Chinese inscriptions preserved 
in Annam. 

$08. “(GoiOUllKW. V.: — List dn bronte an 
Tonkin et Jans le Kord-Aonam]. See : An. BM. 
/.A. 1933, no. 564. 

Rev.: OAZ, N.F., IX, p. «S f„ by L. 

Rkidemei.tex. 



Le texte si judiaeux cst fort intcrcssant d’un 
bout a Pautrc. II n'a pas cherchtf it dissimuler 
tout ce que l'Annam doit i la Chine, mais 
il a fvitf de faire un traitd dart chinois*. 

Sii.^GRUSUER, G.: — Let collections kkmirts 
dn Musie Albert Ear rant a Pknom-Penh, 1931). 
See: An. BM. I A. 19JI, no. 557. 

Rev.; JR AS, 1933. p. 308 f, by C. 0. 

Blagden. 

An. As , IV. nos. 3/3. 1930-3, p. 176 f.. 
by A. SAI.VONY; *....eine wert voile Bc- 

reichrrung der Wissenschaft Mil er- 

staunlicher Scharfe werden brahmanische und 
bud dh.st.se he Kunstformcn von einander gc- 



jta. Harrow rr. J. Gordon : — Skeletal Remains 
from Ike Kuala Sehnsing Exemptions. Perak, 
Malay Peninsula. 

J. Mol. Br. R.AJ>., XI, pt. 3. p. 190-310. 

S P*- J uble * 

•The people who were buried in the canoes 
were of Proto-Malayan origin with a Negrito 
cross, or sometime, even pure Negritos." 



513. H(0MQ>). R. L.: - A Sculpture from fndo- 



BrU.Mus.Qly.. VIII. p. 9. ' P' 

A many-beaded I.okeivara. Khmer, c. 13th 



509. GOLOVBBW, V.: — Smr r engine et la dif- 
fusion des tambours mitallifues . 

Prakist. As. Or ., I, p. 137 — 50. 1 pi, 7 al - 
Chinese elements in the decoration of 
Indochinese •kettle-drums'. Brunxe •kettle- 
drums' arc the reproduction in meul of 
drums of perishable material combined with 
their pedestal. The Indonesian -kettle-drams' 
originate from Indochina. 

510. GOURDON, H.: — Hart de l'Annam. (Les 
Arts Coloniaux, par M. A. Maybon]. Paris: 
E. de Boccard, 1933. 8vo. 75 p.. 16 pi- 

Rev.: Bnl. Amis de POr.. no. 14/ 1 S- P- 
90 f.: “Henri GourdoN, qui aime et coanait 
I’lndochine mieux que personae, s'est ad- 
mirablement acquittd de la tache difficile.... 



$14. •(/•/**«/. Ouvrage pcbliif sou. la direction 
de M. Sylvain L«vi, I9J>1 - See: An BM. 
f. A. 19JJ no. $70. 

Rev. : JRAS. 1933, p. 944 f-. by C. 0. BLAC- 
KEN: “not only interesting but authoritative." 

515 . •Inscriptions dn Cambodge. Publifes wus les 
auspices de I’Acadfmie dcs Inscription. et Bel 
les-lettrcs par L. FlNOT. Vol. V. Paris: Geuth- 
ner, 1931 (omitted in An. BM. 1. A. 1931)- 
4*0. pL 303-43- 

Conlinued from An. BM. /. A. 1929, no. 4«4- 

516. Khemea “Chandra*, Dharm Chandra: — 
Sre-degc Pagoda (The Shwe Dagon Pagoda. 
In Hindi]. 

Gaigi, Jan. 1933. p. 175-83, ill. nos. 141-7- 




FURTHER INDIA 102 

517. Langiiam-Carter, R. R.: — Alomprdt 
Skwebo. 

7 - Burma Ret. S.. XXIII. pt. I. p. I— I*. 

2 sketchmaps. 

A political and topographical history of 
the Rurmese city of Molaobo-Shwebo before 
and during the reign of King Alompra. 

518. Lineman, W.: — Source of the Malacca. 
Johor* and l'akang Genealagut « the But- 
Hn-al-SaliUlu. 

J. Mat. Br. K.AS.. XI. pt 2. p. 144 
“The extract affords a strong indication 
that the account of the Peninsular SuItAns 
given in the Ruslan is largely derived from 
the Scjarah Mclayu.* 

5 IQ- LlNUAT, R.:— Hu lory of Wad Pararanr.rta. 

7 Siam S.. XXVI. pt. 1. p. 7 J-I 0 *. J pi- 
I map. 

History and description of the Pa varan 
ve*a Temple and Monastery at Bangkok, 
founded in 1827 by Prince Sakti. 

520. MACLEAN, J. A.: — A S/otu Terminal from 
Cambodia 

Parnatvu, V. p. 15— 20. 

A Nlga terminal from Angkor. 

321. Majumoar, R. C.: — La paUographxe Jn 
inttriptiont du Champa. 

BEFEO, XXXII, p. 127-39, « P*. 

Lint of alphabets. The evolution of the 
alphabets. Styles of writing. Local character- 
istics. The origin. — Palarographical evidence 
proves that the first Indian colonists in Champa 
originated from the central part of N. India. 
The writing of the 4th— 6th cent. A. D. 
exhibits a strong influx of Pallava elements. 

In the 8th— 10th cent the South-Indiao type 
of writing is abandoned, the older forms being 
retaken. After the 8th cent no direct in- 
fluence of Indian alphabets can be noticed. 

52a. MARCHAL. H.: — Recant tru< non of the 
Southern Sanctuary of Bandy Sr/i. 

/nd. Arl fr L., VII, p. 129-33. P>- XLIII — 
XLVII. 

A first attempt to apply the methods of 
reconstruction used by the Archeological 



Service of the Netherlands Indies to a Khmer 
temple (Cf An. Bit/. I. A. /p*2, p. 40 f, 
pi. IX). 

523. [*Mav, R. k: - The Coinage of Siam. Bangkok, 
1932^. See: An. Bib/. I. A. tpjs, no. 577. 

Rev.: BEPEO, XXXII, p. 539 f. by G. 
CtedBs : *. . . *e recommande par les quality 
qui sont propre* i son auteur: patience dans 
la recherche, precision dans la description, 
prudence dans les deductions.* 

524. Mav. R. Le: — The Ceramit Wares of North- 
Cental Siam. 

Burlington Magana/. LX 1 1 1 , no. 36781368, 
p. 156—66. 202—11, 6 pi. 

L Introduction. — II. The historical pro- 
blem. — III. The Chino-Sumcsc wares of 
Sawankalok. — ‘From a chronological point 
of view. I sum up the early ceramic history 
of Central Siam as follows: 1. PitsanulOk 
and elsewhere: T'ai kilns, unglarcd earthen- 
ware. from early times. 2. Chaliang (old 
Sawankalftk. pre-Chinese): T’ai kilns. Thin 
glared stoneware, green and brown, usually 
no decorations, 1 1-1 3th centuries. 3. Suk'ot’ai: 
Chinese kilns, hard thick stoneware painted 
•ith slip and decoration in black and brown 
with th n covering of glare, beginning 14th 
century. 4. Sawankalek : Chino-Siamcsc kilns, 
hard thick stoneware rising to porcelain with 
incised and painted decoration. 

525. Me CALUIM, J. L.: — Old Kingdom of Pegu. 
7 . Burma Res. S* XXIII. pt. 3, p. 130. 

On the first edition (1617) of the Spanish 
Chronicle of Pegu composed by the Captain 
Salvador Ribcyro de Souza and translated 
by A. MACGREGOR, 7. Burma Res. S., XVI. 

PARANAVITANA. S: — Dnmnagala Roch- 
tutcripiun of Parakramabdhu /. Sec above, 
no. 482. 

PARANAVITANA, S. : — Religious Intereoune 
between Ceylon and Siam in the sjtk—tpk 
centuries. See above, no. 485. 

526. Parnevtier, H. : — Notes d'arckMogie inde- 
cksuois*. IX. Nouvtattx tambours de bronst . 
BEFEO, XXXII, p. 171—82, 2 pi.. I 01. 




FURTHER INDIA 



Description of a number of 'kettle-drums’ 
not yet published before. 

537. PARMENTIER, H.: - L' art presume da Fou-nan. 
BF.FEO, XXXII. p. 183-9. 3 P>- 

The author regards the simplest type of 
primitive Khmer architecture as a remnant 
of the art of Fu-nan. He points out a number 
of elements in early Khmer art which have 
disappeared in the classic period and may 
have been borrowed from Funan. 

328. PKVSSONNAUX, J. H.: — Carnet d‘m 1 collec - 
tionnenr: Objtts nationanx japonais ntrouvii 
an Tonkin, on Cockmekino, an Cambodge, n 
Amtam, it provenant d/t anciennes colonies 
jafonautt in Indot him: Ut miroirs dr bn nu. 
H tin Amu V. Hut, XX. p. 261 -*2, 7 pi. 

Japanese mirrors brought to Indochina 
during the 16th and 17th centuries. 

S29. , PR/RHIhTORIKA ASIA ORIENTAL!*. I. Pre- 
mier Congrdt des Prehistoriens d'Kxtrcme- 
Oricnt, Hanoi (193a). Hanoi: Imprimcrie 
d’Kxtreme Onent. 193a. 8vo, IJSP-. 4» P*-. 
21 ill. 

Procds-vcrbal des stances et reunions 
(p-3 — *5). Speeches by G. GttDts. P. Pacts. 
F.-A. TllALAMA*. P. VAN StKINCaLLENFBLS, 
A. Lochard. — Les Ocdanicns, by P. Rivet 
IP- 35—46)- — Les phdnomtnes geologiques 
rdeents et le prthistorique iodochinois, by 
J. FromaOET (p. 47 — 61). — A Contribution 
to the Prehistory of Honkong and the New 
Territories, by C. M. HkaNLY and J. L. 
Shellsmear (p. 63—76. 14 pL) — Vor- 
laufiger Bericht uber die Chronologic der 
Jomon-Kultur der Stcmxeit im Kanto ( Mittel- 
Japan), by OVAMA Kashiwa. (p. 77- 90. 8 pL).- 
Restes ndolithiqucs de la Mandchourie meri- 
dionalc et de la Mongolie oricntale. by TuRll 
RyOrO. (p. 91 £.). — A Tabular History of 
the Philippine Population as known at the 
present time from combined historical, ethno- 
graphical and archeological studies, by H. O. 
Beyer (p. 129-35). — further above, 
nos. 493—6 and 509. 

530. PKZYLUSKI. J.: — Fradakfina tt praia:ya 
in / ndoikinr . 



Festsckr. Win ter nits, p. 326 — 32. 

.Pour cotnprcndrc les bas-reliefs (d’Angkor 
Vat] on doit les suivre cn ay-ant le centre 
h sa gauche, ce prasavya .... ne peut s'ex- 
pliquer que par le caractdre fundrairc 
d’Angkor Vat.* 

531. | Ray. N. R-: — brakmanical Godt in Burma, 
1932]. See: An. BM. I. A. tgjs, no. 591, 

Rev.: JBfrORS, XIX, p. 347 f.. by 
K. P. JayaswaL: ‘conveniently brought 
together.... the plates are not very good.* 

532. San Baw U: — My Ramble 1 amongit tkr 
Rums of Ike Golden City of Myauku. Ck. IX. 
J. Burma Res. S^ XXIII, pt. I, p. 13—25. 

Aa account of the exile and death of the 
Mughal priacc HWh Bfaujl'. the son of 
gbfthjahia, according to the Arakancsc chro- 
nicle. 

533. Sarasin. F.: — Prekiitorical Researches in 



J. Siam X. XXVI. pt. l. p. 171-202, 23 m. 

A report on exavations undertaken by 
the author at Tam Pra. Chiengrai; Chom 
Tong. Chiengmai ; and Tam Krtdam, Lopburi 
The finds revealed a palxolithic civilisation 
nearly related to that of the Hoabinhian* 
which belonged to a Protomelanctian popu- 
lation. 

SASTRI. K. A. Nilakantha:— The Takuafa 
(Siam} Tamil Inscription. See above, no. 29I. 

534. SeidenfadKN, E.: — Additional Note to 
•A Seamen Account of the Construction of 
the Temple on Khao J’kanom Rung’. 

7 . Siam S.. XXVI. pt. I. p. 125-7. Cf. An. 
BM. /. A. 19JJ, no. 594 

535. *| Le temple cf Angkor Vat. Paris: 1932]. See: 
Ann. BM. /. A. 19V, no 598. 

Rev.: OLZ, XXXVI. p. 333!.. by L. 
Bachhufer. 

7 . d Savants, 1933- P- >39'- *Y i B* 00 *- 
OAZ, IX. p. 124. by (W). Qohn]: ‘Der 
nachste Schritt ware jetst eine stilkntische 
Untersuchung der Reliefs.* 

Art. As.. IV. nos. 2/3. 193O-2. p. 175 f- 




FURTHER INDIA 



104 



by A. SalmoNV: ‘Die ganre VerOfientlichung 
ist ein Kunstwerlr, wurdig de* unvergleicb- 
lichen Monuments.* 

536. TROUVF. G.: — Etude lur le Prei Prisil. 
U Priuht KimmOp e, Hdieule qui atritaU la 
(im/uilme title inunU Ju Betray Oriental. 
BEFEO, XXXII. p. 113-6. 5 I*. ' 6 •**- 

Architectural description. 

537. *| WAL13, H. G. Quariteh: - Siameu StaU 
Ceremonies, Iketr Hut*ry end Fume mm. Lon- 
don. 1931 1. See: Am. BM. /. A. 19 j,. no. 
6034. 

Rev.; BEFEO, XXXII, p. no-t. *1 
G. CcKDfiSi ‘Ecrit a U veille dun ehaage- 
ment de regime qui a modifie profoeiUment 
le caractire de la monarchic siamossc. ce 
livre fixe pour la ponMnt* le souvenir de 
rites seculaire* qui nc tardcront pas 4 ton 



bet en d^su^tude : oeuvre cminemmcnt 
utile....' ‘Dans un ouvragc sur un pareil 
sujct. le* imperfections sort inevitable*. J' en 
ai relev* un a**ex grand nombre que je 
vais en a merer.* 

538. WllXIN SOW, R. J.: — The Sri Lanang Pe- 
digree. 

J. Mai. Br. R^i.S., XI. pt. J. 148 f. 

Some correction* in the Bcndahara Genea- 
logy. ‘Tun Ali was an Indian merchant 
■ho engineered a coup d'dtat in Malacca 
and was ennobled (a* Sri Kara Diraja) by 
hluiaffar Shah, whom he put on the throne.* 

539. WlNSTEDT. R. O.: - ‘ Akdm' l-Jatil, Sultan 
•f Jrkare {,699-17,9), ‘AMn'l-Jamal Te- 
rn img gmg [ca. 17 50) and Raffle,' Founding 
•f Singapore. 

7. Mol. Br. R.A.S^ XI. pt. a, p. 161-5. 




V. INDONESIA 



540. BERNBT K KM picks, A. J.: — Tke ArskUeeb 
uroJ Description of the Barabufur. 

An. Bib/. LA. Iffji, p. JJ f. 

Review of the second volume of the Bara- 
bu\Jur monograph by N. J. KlOM and T. 
VAN F.KP. 

541. ‘Burnet Kempbrs. A. J.: — Ttu Brontes 
of NHtmdA and Hindn-Javanese Art. 

Bijdr., XC, p. 1—88, JJ ill. on aa pL. J fig*. 
Published separately: Leyden: F.. J. Brill. 
1933. — Price: 3.50 guilder*. 

Introduction (relations between NilandA 
and the Archipelago). The bronzes in general. 
— Iconography. — Details of dress, orna- 
mentation. tU. — Conclusions: The Nil. 
bronzes belong to Pila art. Hindu-Jav. bronzes 
in general have not developed from Ptla art. 
but the latter has provided Java with a number 
of motifs and types. These, once admitted 
into Hindu-Jav. art, have developed according 
to the rules of their new sphere. Pila influence 
in Eastern Javanese stone sculptures. 

Rev.: Ttekr. Bat. Gen „ LXXIII. p. 379- 
87, by F. D. K. H[osot). (Dr. B. accepts 
the principal conclusions of the article . some 
corrections and remarks on the chronology 
of Pfila influence). 

JB&ORS, XIX, p. 416 f.. by K. P. JaYAS- 
wal: -thoughtful, logical, and cautious me- 
thod.* 

Elsevier's Geillustreerd Maandstkrift, July 
1933, P- 66. by J. S[lagtbr[. 

Maandbl. beeld. t„ X, p. aat f.. by Th. R 
v(an| L{ilvvbld|. 

Ind. Gids, L. V, 1 , p. 766 f„ by E. J. B(eekman |. 
Nieuwe Hotter Jamie he Ceurant, 1 6th May 
•933- 

Man, XXXIII, p. 187. by K. de B. qo- 
DRINGTON). 

Annual Fihtiogiiphj VUL 



54a. *BERNET Kemi-ers, A. J. — De bee/den van 
tjandi Djago en kun Vocr-lndisth prototype. 
[The Statues of Chandi Jagoand their Indian 
prototype). 

UaandbJ. beeU. k.. X. p. 173—9- 4 i«- 
The prototype of the group of Avalokl- 
tcivara and his four attendants from ch. Jago 
(Eastern Java) is found in a fragmentary 
statue from N aland*. 

543. Bernet Kemper*, A. J.: — Een Ond-Ja- 
t aans.ke Lamp [An Andent Javanese lamp). 
klededeelingen van den Dunst r >oor Knnsten 
en U’etnst happen der Gemeente 'i-Gravenkage, 
UL t. p. 19-33. a ill. 

Hast -Javanese bronze lamp, decorated with 
a Garod* carrying a female figure, in the 
Municipal Museum, the Hague. 

544. BERNKT Kimmks, A. J.: — N Hondo Bronus. 
Ned. Ind 0 . & N., XVIII. p. 347- 54. 
J93-400. a 7 iU. 

Resume of above, no. 541. 

545. BKKSL-r KBMPERS. A. j.: — Ond-Josaansche 
bronten in de tolleetie fiianeki te Am iter dam 
[Ancient Javanese Bronte* in the collection 
of Mr. J. W. Bianchi, Amsterdam). 

Ned. Ind. O. & N., XVIII, p. 465-*. 6 UL 

546. Bernet Kemtbrs. A. J.: — Voor-lndisthe 
united op de Oosbjtnaanscke inns I [Indian 
Influence on the art of Eastern Java). 
Oosteruk Genootuk., 7 tk Congress, p. 40. 

547. Bernet Kempbrs. A. J.: — AanvHUnde 
gegrvens betreffende de voormahge collettie 
DiedsJrsmon (Supplementary notice concern- 
ing the collection formerly of Mr. Diedulcs- 

Ttskr. Bat. Gen., LXXIII. p. 316-9. 

•4 




INDONESIA 



106 



Object* originating from Mr. D. in the 
Leyden Mus., Folkwaag Mus. and in the 
collection* of Mr. Kkuos and Mrs. Dentc 
VAN SCHAIK. 

548. BOSCH, F. D. K. : — H/t br/nztm Baddka- 
buhl tvr« CtUbii Wtitknu. | The Buddha 
statue of broorc discovered on the West- 
coast of Celebes J. 

Tuhr. /la/. C/m.. LXXIU, p. 49 >- 5 'J. «' IL 
Thc statue presumably has been imported 
from Aniariivati. 

549. CARRY T. F.: — Twa tar// MmUm Tamil 
al Brua/i. 

7 . Mai. Hr. R. A. XI. pt. 3 . p. 183. I pi. 
Their date* arc A. I). 1433 and 1499. 

ClIAKKAVARTI, N. P.i — Jmdia and Java. 
II. See below, no. 550. 

550. •ClIAnEKJKK. B. R.i — India aaJ Jot* 
f llrtii hr India So, i/I/ Hath ha, no 5). Ind 
cd., revised and enlarged. Calcutta: Prabasi 
Press 1933. Svo. 55. 8; p. 

Pt. I; History (an outhne of InJo-Javancv 
history j Sri vijaya > the empire of the Sailendra 
mnnarchs of Sunutra, Java and Sumatra in 
Indian literature. The kumajafa m Java; 
Fall of the last Hindu kingdom of Javaj 
The Mak.liiarala and the Wayang in Java; 
Tuntrisiu in Cambodu, Sumatra and Java).* 
Pt. II: Inscriptions (by — and N. P. 
ClIAKKAVAKfl) (I. Introductory , 2 . The 
Sanskrit Inscriptions of the Malay Peninsula 
and the Indian Archipelago. 

CuRAl.-KKMtMAT, G.de: — Indiam/i Java- 
uaiui dam / art J,- Hal not, ru. See abotc. 
no. 498. 

531. Cowan, II. K. J. : — Llmitri-Ijimirl-Lamri- 
Ri)m(n)*-laaJi-Lda-:."u-/i-Nan-/*-li. 

Hij Jr., XC, p. 431 — 4. 

Liimuri. etc. (the name of Achcb in docu- 
ment* before the arrival of the Portuguese) 
— Lam-puri, equivalent of d a /a m fin. within*). 

5 JI.CRUCI 2 . K. C.: — Dt figarta of kef a/ktur 
t/rrat s «m Tjandi Tj/la. 
f/shr. Bal. C/a.. L.XXII, p. 15 1 — 3, 1 pi. 



Discussion of the remarkable figures car- 
ved on the eighth terrace of Chandi Chfta 
(Ea«t Java) which according to Dr. C. indi- 
cate the year 1373 £., prc*umably the date 
of the foundation of the Charnli. 

5$ J. CrOCQ, K. C-: I-/a r/litf in h/t flataviaank 
Mm/mm, afbamuig van Tjaudi Tigau/augi 
|A relief from Chandi Tigavangi in the 
Bat Mus.). 

Tukr. Bar. C/m , LXXIU, p. 136-8, 1 pi. 

Mu*. Bat. 5616, a relief representing a 
tortoise entwined by serpent* and some 
other symbols. 

554 DaMsTR, II. T.: — In/nib/rukt ram Utm 
Camiiani H’/il/m/mi. t Ftbrnari /Sji—i Mn 
ipjo (Biography of L. C. W.). 

HandtUngen ta Ui/mt>/ri(ht/H ran dr Hook 
uka/ftj J/r N/d/ilauduh/ teller band/ 1 r 
lsid/%. IgJt—JJ. Leyden : K. J. Brill, 1933, 
p. 183-94. 

An obituary notice. 

555. DxiitKiN, J. W. van: T/gaUtkt rd/hmtd/n 
(Gold smiths in Tcgal). 

AW. Imd. O. & X. XVIII. p. 137-5*. 19 «L 

1*. 137—41, 150 on ancient fingerring*. 

556. DAimuKN. J. W. van: — Nag irts over d/ 
l/aJt lfaifkj/i (A further note on tinder-boxes). 
Ntd. lad. 0 . & A’, XVIII, p. 195 — 7 . 3 ML 

Chinese objects imported into ancient Java. 

Duvvendak. j. j. L.: — Nimw gtg/vm 
b/tr/ffrnd/ Jt Chim/uh/ tnarilirmr rsf/Jitm 
indau d/ Ming Dynai/u. See below, no. 685. 

557. Kur. Th. van: H/t Ni/awmbamf-mt/r m 
d/a Bcrebo/d.vr (Mr. Nleuwenkamp's Lake 
around Harabuijur (. 

Mgnn//n HanJ/hblad, 9 Sept. 1933. Cf. 
below no. 580. 

Messrs NlBCWKNKAMI 1 and VAN Ehi* con- 
tinue their controversy ccrning the question 
whether Barabudur was built in a lake, as 
Mr. N. suggests, or not. 




lo; 



INDONESIA 



558. Ekp, Th. van : - Feu merkwaardige Garoeda- 
voorstfHiag op feu lliruloe-Ja-.namsike bromzen 
hamgHok (An interesting representation of 
Garuija on a Hindu-Javancsc bronze bell). 
Bijdr., XC. p. »$9 — f»S, 4 pl 
Ghant.i in the possession of Mr. Hasselmak. 
The Hague, crowned by a Garuda carrying a 
female figure. 

$59. Ekp, Th. van: — Hem brotuem Mamdjoetn- 
betUje (Hronzc statuette of MaAjuiri). 
Maamdbl. betid, k., X, p. 115—7, 2 ill. 

Bronze figure (Central Java, 8th — loth cent) 
acquired by the ‘Princcsse-Hof’, Lecuwardcn. 

560. K(RfJ T. van: — Nuuwe aamwimst in bruik- 
Item van ten Hoe >1,1 ha tap van Jem Baraboedoer. 
MaanJbl. betid. t„ X. p. 353-6. 2 ill 
Buddha-hcad from Baraburlur m the Mu., 
of Asiatic Art, Amsterdam. 

$61. K|Rl|, T. van: — V errassemde vomdst op 
Celebes : ten bijma left mg roe/e beam urn Boeddba. 
MaanJbl bee/J. t., X, p. 317 t, l fig. 

Discovery of a large bronze statue of Buddha 
in Celebes. 

56 J. F ERR AND, G.: — Zdbag. 
lime, hi., fasc. S.. p. 1182 f. 

A survey of Arab and other medieval 
reports about the island of /Jbag (JavaJ. 

56j.GALE.stlN, Th. P.: — The Story 0/ the 
Buddha on the Stipe 0/ Barabmdur. 

Ned. Ind. O.&N. XVIII, p. 433 -48. '4 *0- 

564. GALESTIN, Th. P.: — lets over Je vaartaigem 
•n de relief t der lfindee-7'tvaamuhe kmmst 
[Boats and ships in Hindu-Javanesc reliefs). 
Ooiteruh Genootseh., jth Congreu. p. 39. 

Reliefs of the Mangalacheti Pagoda at 
Pagan, of Baraburlur (1st gall., no*. 51—4) 
and of SRnchi are representations of the 
SamuddavApi ja-juaka. 

565. Gardner, G. B.: - NoUs on two mmeemmon 
Varieties of the Malay Kris. 

7. Mai Hr. K.A.S., XI. pt. 2 . p. 178-82, 1 pl. 
Kiris Majapahit and Kiris Pichit. 



Ghosh, Devaprasad : — Relation between the 
Buddha images from Orissa and Java. See 
abore. no. 148. 

566. '|Heine-Gelx>EKN, R.: _ Urkeimat 1 md 
f 'thrift Wandtruugtudtr Auitrouesier, 1932 ]. 
See: Am Bill. I. A. 19 ft, no. 632. 

Rev.: BEFEO. XXXII, p. 576-80, by 
M. Cot-ANl: ‘on doit filiciter M. HEINE- 
Gbldekn de son beau travail.' 

567. [HeiNE-C EIDERS. R. : — Die MegaluhtH 
Smdostasums umd ihre Bedeutung fur die 
Klarumg de* Megaltiemfrage im Europe und 
Pelymeuem). See: Am. Bill. /.A. tpiS, no. 35.1. 

Rev.: Djhtob, XIII, p. 184 f., by W. F. 
Stuttrrhrim. 

568. *[Hoor, A. N. J. Th. a Th. van der: — 
Megahthie Remaims im Soulh-Smmatra. Zut* 
pben : 1932). Sec: Am Bib!. IA. 19.lt> no. 634. 

Rev.- .If**. XXXIII, p. 104. by C. G. S. 
Ko'oniaal Weekbtad. 19 January 1933, by 
P. A. F. Blow. 

BEFEO, XXXII, p. 573-6. by M. Colani: 
•Kn bunt ce bd ouvtagc, on admire le sens 
critique de Pautcur, son irudition et la justesse 
de son esprit' 

DjduA, XIII, p. 185 f.. by W. F. StUTTERHKIM. 
Ttjdsfkr Aardnjtst. Gem., 2nd •cr., XI.IX, p. 
279—81. by S'. J. Kkom (remark* on details). 
Amthropos, XXVIII, p. 537—9. by C. FCRER- 
Haimkxdorf. 

569. Hour, A. N. J. Th. a Th. van der: — Voor- 
Hmdoeseht Oudhedtm im Z mid-Sumatra [Prc- 
Hindu Antiquities in South Sumatta|. 
Ttjdstkr. Aardrtjksk. Gem., 2nd SCI. XLIX, p. 
119—21. 

Abstract of a lecture. 

57a Komrmkhjk Botetuiasth Gemootsthap earn Kun> 
stem en Wetrmsi happen Jaarboek t9.ll Ban- 
doeng: A. C Nix & Co, 8vo, 436 P . '»• 

P. 24—194: Minutes of the proceedings 
of the Direction, 6 Dec. 1926-28 Nov. ’32 — 
p. 179— 202: Reports of the section? — p. 
205—15: Dc praehistonsche verz.amcling 
[History and present state of) the Prehistoric 




INDONESIA 



IOS 

collection (of the Batavia Museum |. by P. 

V. van Stein Callenfels — p. 116—24: 
Archaeologischc Verzamehng, Lijst van Aan- 
winsten 1930—1952 [Acquisition* of the 
Arch*ological Section of the Bat. Mui, nos. 

601 3 — S 3 l — P- * 25 —JO : Kerambehe Ver- 
zamcling (The Ceramic collection of the B»i. 
Mus.|. 7 pi. 

S7I-1KR0M. N. J. : — Hmda+Jaoaanuke Gr- 
it kudmu. 1931]. See: Am. BM. I. A. 1931. 
na 63a. 

Rev.: JRAS , 1933. p. 484. by C. 0 . Blag- 
DEN; 'it would be very desirable to have 
an English version of it* 

57 a. K|kom ], N. J. : — AmtifMUut of Palemkmmg. 

An. BM. A A. i 9 jl, p. 39-J3. pi. X-XIL 

Among Sumatran antiquities of Srlnjaya 
two groups can be distinguished: that of 
Jambi and that of Tapanuh and adjoining 
districts CSaUendra art'), both exhibiting a 
strong influence of Java. In Palcmbang, tide 
by side with 'Sailendra art', specimens of a 
different, un-Javanese type have been found 
which partly exhibit the influence of the 
Amaravati region. 

573 - *Kkom. N. J.: — Hrt Karmmwtkangga of 
Barahmfur |The K. as represented in the 
reliefs of the covered basement of B.J. 

J frdrdrrhngrm drr Ktnin*h;t, Akmdme u. 
Wrtrnichafpon, m/d. Lettrrkunde, LXXVI, 
series B, no. 8. p. 215—83. 

Detailed comparison of the text of the K. 
published by M. LEvi (tec: Am. BM. LJl. 
19JJ, no. 642) and the relief*. The text 
followed by the sculptors seems to be better 
and more concise than the text known to 
us. As far as may be judged from the bas- 
reliefs, it contained a summary of the deeds 
leading to one and the same result, followed 
by one of the various results originating from 
one deed. The definitions and commentary 
of M. Lf.vi’s text arc lacking. 

$74. •JLEV1.S.: — Makakarm*vtbh*Hga{U grande 
clmuiftatien deiaetrt)et Karmanikaigofadesa 
{diunssien sur le Maki Karmaiiikanga). Paris: 
> 93 * 1 - See: Ah. BM. IjL 19JJ, no. 642. 



Rev.: 7 .DUG. n.u, LXXXVII, p. 97 f., 
by W. Printz. 

!nd. Gidt. LV, I, p. 473 f-. by J. Ph. Vogel. 
Tukr. Bat. Gat., LXXIII, p. 37s— 9, by F. 
D. K. BJOSCllJ. 

575. MlU-ENA. R. L.: — A 'mg tint: dr dr 00m 
tin den Aeer AiruarmLamf [Once more: the 
dream of Mr. Nicuwenkamp). 

tied. Imd. 0 .&N H XVIII. p. 62-5, 4 ill. 

With the aid of some photographs of Bus- 
budur the author contests the view of Mr. 
N. that this monument must have been 
erected on an island in a lake, sec : An. BM. 
LA. 19.H, nos. 616. 63 7, 1932, no. 644. Cf. 
above, no. 557 and below, 580. 

5 76. Moeks, J. L. : — He! Brrlijnukt Ardkanari - 
keeld en de iyutlingiMden van KrtaMgara 
[The statue of Ardhantri in the Berlin Mu- 
seum and the funeral statues of K.). 

Tukr. Bat. Gen., LXXIII. p. 123-50. 3 III. 

The statue in question (r/. below, no. 595 
and An. BM. LA. 1932, no. 657) is not an image 
of Krtanagara. but presumably of Ken Angrok. 
Remarks on Javanese Buddhism during the 
reign of the former. C /. below, no. 599. 

577. MoojEN. P. A. J.: — Knmt of Bali. In- 
Indmdr i/ndie tot dr k>nwkontt\ Introductory 
Studies to the Architectural Art of Bali. In 
Dutch |. The Hague: 1926. Sec: An. BM. 
L A. 1929. no. 542. 

Rev.: Bn/. Amu dr L Or., no. 14/15, p. 91 f: 
•Cet ou vrage comblcra une lacunc importanle, 
tout en dpuisant. jc crois, Ic sujet.* 

578. MUS. P.: — Barabntfur. 1 st origin" du stupa 
et la transmigration, rssai tTartkia/ogir reli- 
gion tomfmrre. 

BEFF.O, XXXII, p. 269-439. 'll- <“> b« 

continued). 

P- 269—352: a critical examination of all 
the theories hitherto put forward. The theory 
of M. Mus himself (in its complete form, 
not yet published entirely) has been sum- 
marized by M. GedEs, Ind. Art & L„ 
VIII, 1934. p. 33 f. : -In the closed or esoteric 
cosmologies of ancient Asia, the sky is a 
solid vault covering the world, considdere 




log 



INDONESIA 



as a mountain whose pyramidal tiers sustain 
the divers orders of creatures. According to 
these ideas the architectural microcosm of 
Barabujur is formed by a bare cupola sur- 
rounding on every side the pyramid withio. 
This latter is loaded with images symbolizing 
the infinite variety of creatures. One container : 
the sky ; one contained : the world it covers. 

what we have before our eyes is the 

upper part of the hemisphere, corresponding 
to the arUpa and nipaJAdtu, the kamodhotu 
disappearing under the rubble work of the 
terrace that intervenes. And this gives M. 
MUS the meaning of the very name Bun- 

butfur ’vihlra of the secret appearing'. 

Barabudur is the realisation in space 

of a man Jala of stone, a sculptured maQjala . .* 

579. NA«RhSKN, F. H. van: — De Saptapapatn 
A '<tar aanleiding v an etn tekttverketermg in 
den Nigarakrtaghma (The Saptopspatti. With 
reference to an emendation in the Kagarakf 
tagama text). 

Bijdr., XC, p. *J 9 — S k 

Detailed discussion of a board of five 
Sivaitic and two Buddhist functionaries men- 
tioned in a number of inscriptions from Fast 
Java and in the NigarakrUgama (8j : a). 

580. NlBUWBNRAMP, W. O. J.! — De tmgrving 
van Jen Borehoedoer ten meer f |Wns Bara- 
bujur built on an island in a lake?). 
eMgtmeen Handels Had, 9 Sept. 1933. See 
above, no. 5S7. 

581. OudkeiJlunJige Diensl in Xedertandsch- Indie 
(The Archaxjlogical Survey of Netherlands 
India). 

InJ. Gids, LV. a, p. 1045-7. 

Review of articles in Dutch papers regarding 
the utility of the Arch. Survey. 

582. FoKRBATJARAKA. (R. Ng.): — /age son Jen. 
DjfaeA, XIII, p. 238. 

Note on an inscription discussed by Dr. 
Stutter heim, sec: An. BUI. /. A. 19 p, 
no. 659. 



plaatsnamen [Some ancient names of locali- 
ties). 

Tsttr. Bat. Gen.. LXXIII, p. 5 > 4 -*o. 

Watukura, Asemvamm langit.Sannaha. Daksa, 
H’an kumetlang. 

584. •RamachaNDRaN, T. N.,-. — Selected Exam- 
ples of Hindu- Japanese Sculpture. Three 
Scenes from the Ramajene. 

Tr evens. Madras, V, no. 4- P- 397 { > 3 P>- 
A description of some reliefs from Pram- 
binsin. 

585. Roorda. T. B.: — /fur Erinnerung an die 
urstorten ktnJu-jaxmnisckrn Kunshverke auf 
der Pariser KoUniedaussteUung 19JI. 

OAZ. N.F., IX. p. 98-ioj. pi. 18 f. Cf. 
An. BM. /.A. 1931, no. 604- 

586. SarKAR. Himansubhusan 1 — Drtpamaya 
pharisee Bauddka Sihitya 0 Mahay tn Dhar - 
mama! | Buddhist Literature of Indonesia and 
Mahnytnism. In Bengali). 

PraUst. High 1340 V.S. 

587. SciiMITOEK. K. M.: — De verm van den 
BarakeeJeer (The Shape of Harabujur). 
Elsevier's GexUesstr. Maanduhr/t, LX XXV, 
P * 3 - 3 «- 84 - 93 . 9 

Survey of various thcoriea concerning the 
shape of B. 

588. ScHNlTOER. F. M.s — Ik Mendeet-tempel 

qJi 

Elsevier's Cetllmstr. Maandschrift. LX XXV, 
P- * 35 — 4 *. 5 'll- 

DescriptMin of Chapiji Mendut, Central Java. 

589.S1.CFN. W. G. N. van der: — Anfiquitls 
m/gahthifues dans le Sud de Sumatra. 

Bed. lad. 0 . fe N.. XVIII, p. 1 77 -86, 10 iU. 

The author points out the conformity in 
type of the people represented in the mega- 
lith* remains of Sumatra with those shown 
in the reliefs of Cambodia. 

59a STEIN Callenfels. P- v. van: — The Bos- 
retiefs ej the Hindu-Jennneu Temples. 

/ad. Art if L.. VII. p. 14-6. pi. I— V. 
Abstract of a lecture, 



583. PoERBATJARAKA. [R- Ng.): — Eslkele eude 




INDONESIA 



I 10 



S9I.*STUTTERIIKIM. j. F. : — De ttekeniagen tan 
Jat'UHstht oadkede n in bet Rijtsmnse am tw« 
Ethnografie. I.eydcn: M.uclof et cmergo* 
(not for sale). 5vo. 176 p. 

Discussion of the drawing, of Hmdu-Java- 
nese antiquities, preserved in the I-cyden 
Museum ol Ethnography (Dwng. GCdong 
Sanga, Barabudar, I’rambanan, Smgauri. mis- 
cellaneous. Tjupuwatu. Selagnya, Pa woo. 
Mend ut, /A'.). In Dutch with an English 
summary (p. 168 — 70)- 

J93.STUTTKRMEIM. W. F.: — (WWi^r 
Aaateekenmgen [ Arehxologkal Notes^ XXIX- 
XXXVIII. 

Biydr., XC. p. 268-90. 1 pi. 

XXIX. Tjamfi !*ra Djeaggraag m Dost- 
Jot*, p. 268-270. The Fast-Javanese title 
|rakrya|n kanuruhhan in an inscription from 
l.ara Djonggrang corroborates the theory 
of Dr. Gorin that the kings of Central Java 
of this period originally came front East Java. 
The inscription of rake l.imus (892). — XXX. 
Hit jaartal of den deemfe! ait Kleeakteng 
| The year on the threshold from K.J. p. 
370— J. The ornamentation ol the threshold 
from Klocngkoeng (Bali) (NiKtm rnkamp 
Bontotansl van Hah, pi. 38 f.) represents the 
year 1838 (I tfif, A.D.).- XXXI. Sari, federal 
m tikes, p. 373-8. Discussion of three An- 
cicnt Javanese terms connected with the 
wayang hitherto misunderstood. — XXXII. 
tim mertwaardige Nandm |A remarkable 
Nandin|, p. 378 f.. I pi. A Naadm wearing 
a short sword in its belt, exactly as the 
loyal servants in the kraton (M. is the servant 
of&va). - XXXIII. H'lmmrita (N*garak|t*- 
gania 1 1 : 3 : 1 - 3 ). - XXXIV. Degrafumfel 
tan Sanjaya (The funeral temple of Sj. 
p. 383—7. On the Central-Javanese inscription 
of 1100 A.D. in which, according to Dr. 
St., the tomb of SaAjaya (rake Mataramj is 
mentioned. — XXXV. Bijuttingsgroefem of 
Bah, p. 387—9. Groups of funeral statues, 
exhibiting one and the same style and re- 
presenting Siva. Parvatl, GaQeia and Guru 
(statues of the king and his most important 
functionaries). — XXXVI. Ka&indrm aaima 
Kaivotan, p. 390-3. (Words occurring in Babad 



Ha-Batuh. — XXXVII. Harm er fjandi'j 
ia de kraton van Majafahit ? p. 293—7. In 
continuation of no. XXVI (sec: Ann. Bib/. 
I. A. 19.V. no. 6j8). Dr. St. answers the 
question whether there were chapdisin Maja- 
pahit in the negative. — XXXVIII. De 
stitklmgsdatam van dt oudheden van dm Goe- 
nomg Kawt [The date of foundation of the 
Gg. Kavi antiquities (Bali) |. p. 297—9. 

593. StvttERHEIM : W. F.: — Is tjan</i Bara . 
boedser era manja/a* |ls Baraburlur a map- 

Djkmk, XIII. p. 233-7. 2 pi. 

Dr. St. answers the question in the affirm- 
ative. though he admit* the possibility of 
additional symbolical meaning*. 

$94. SunTRRIltlM. W. F.: — A Javanesr gem 
ia limestone. 

Ned. lad. 0 . & A’.. XVIII, p. J 9 - 6 I. 1 ill. 

Fragment of the decoration of Chapdi 
Polangan (Saragcdoog. Central Java). 

595. StvtieriiKIM. W. F.:— lien bijtetiingtbeeld 
ran Kerning Krtanagara in IJerhjn? 

Tukr. Bat. Gen., LXXII, p. 715-26. 3 ill. 
C / An. BM. /. A. 19.V, no. 657, below, 
no 599 *b°vc. no. 576. 

596. Stutter 1 1 Kim. W. F.t — Imiriftie of ten 
saillye ran Pafrtngan. 

Tukr. Pat. Gen.. LXX 1 II. p. 96-101, I pi. 

Inscription on a small pillar from Paprin- 
gan (Jogjakarta), dated Saka 804- Transcript 
and notes. 

597. StuTTERIIEIM. W. F.: — Hen be st kr mm 
koferfUat mil Znid-Kidtr, (Copperplate 
Inscription from South Kfdiri). 

Tukr. Pat. Gen. LXXII 1 , p. 102 - 4 - 
Transcript of part of a copper-platc in- 
scription fromChimpur I)arat(Tulung Agung). 

598.STUTTERHEIM, W. F.: — lets over rata en 
rakrjan naar aanleidmg van Sin dots dynas- 
tieke fositse [Notes on rata and rakryan i 
propos of the dynastic position of Sindok). 
Tukr. Bat. Gen.. LXXIII, p. 159— 7 *- 




! I I 



INDONESIA 



Supplementary notice to An. Bit!. /. A. Agung (E. Java) and its sculptures. It may 
Ifj2, no. 663. have been the hermitage of the Kljapatnl. 

593. Stuttkrhkim, W. F. : — Haukrift ay Met 6 o!.Tocanoo. S.: — Rsikuky* no tad)* [Re- 
ar//*// van Ir. J. Means, getUald .He! chcrchcs sur Ic NayasUtraj. Edition del’Uni- 
Btrlijnukt Ardhandri-beetd an .it itj saltings- versite du Kfiyasan, 1930. II + II + lli + 

btelden van Krtanagara .* $41 +43 p.; 82 pi. — Price: 13 yen. 

Tukr. Bat. Gen., LXXIII. p. 393—306. IIIc partie, III: *Lc Uorobudur commc 

Dr. St. rejects the hypotheses of Mr. Morn* mandata de Samantabhadra-Vajrapftni.’ (I11 
(sec above, no. 576) and vindicates his own Japanese, summary in BM. bauddk., IV— V, 
view (see above, no. 595). p. 96—8. no. 45°)- 

600. SnmKKlIBlM. W. F.: — Da Geewa Pour 603. WurSTXDT, R. O.s — Outline ef a Malay 
bij Teatoang Agoang. History •/ Rian. 

Tsekr. Bat. Gan., LXXIII. p. 4S3~«. 6 UL 7- k/al. Br. R.A.S., XI, pt. 3. p. 157-61. 

Description of the Guwa Pasir. a niche in A summary of the Sadjarah Radja-Kadja 

the rocks in the neighbourhood of Tulung Kiouw belonging to the Katavia Society. 








VI. ADJOINING TERRITORIES 

. IRAN. MESOPOTAMIA. TURAN. TIBET AND AFGHANISTAN 



603. 'Andrews, F. H.: — Catalogue •/ Wall- 
painting! from Amin t Skrinet in Cntral 
Asia and Satan, recovered by Sir Aurel 
Stein. (Central A sun Antiquities Museum, 
New Delhi). Delhi : Manager of publication*, 
1933. xiii. 201 p.. 4 flu ««P- — Prke: *»• 
5—6 or 8». 9 d. 

Introduction. Descriptive note on the Bud- 
dha figures, devatis or Bodhriattvas. Vajra- 
pAQi. Note on the mounting of the painting*. 
Catalogue. 

Rev. 1 The Aiuitu Revtrre. XXIX. no. 99. 
p. 563: ‘The present volume adds consider- 
ably to our knowledge of art in Central Asia 
and forms another itcpping-stooc to the so- 
lution of early intercourse between the Far 
East and the West.' 

Tinut Literary Supplement, London. 14 Sep- 
tember 1933. 

Rev. Auk., 6th series, II. p. 371 f.. by J. 
All MOVER. 

604. BaOIIHOEER, L.: — Sasanuhuke Jagduhaln. 
/‘anther*, XI, p. 62—6. J ill. 

Mm Vcrlauf tnciner Arbcrtcn uber die alte 
Kunst Zentralasiens ergab sKh die Notwendig- 
keit, mil den Hcrvorbringungcn dcr per- 
sischcn Kunst aur Zeil dcr Sasaniden mich 
ru beschaftigen, um Mass uad Umfang des 
so oft bchaupteten und so sclteo nachgeme- 
senen iranischen F.mflusses auf Zentralasien 
feststellen iu kronen. Nun geben uns. neben 
den monumenUlen FelsreliefsderGrosskOnige, 
die Metallarbeiten, und da winder die Silber- 
schalen, am besten Aufschlu** uber dat Wesen 
und die Ausdrucksformen der peruse Sen Kunst 
vom 3.-8. Jahrhundert." 

60S-TJ- J- BaRTHOUX: — Lei /rutiles de Hajia. 
I 1 L 193 °!- See: An. BM. I.A.1930, 00. 676. 



Rev.: JRAS, 19JJ. p. 41 S U by F. W. 
Thomas. 

. BKK.NET RENTERS, A. J.: — A 'epaleeseke en 
Tiketaanseke plaitiek in de toilet tie BiantU 
te Amsterdam (Nepalese and Tibetan Images 
in the collection of Mr. J. W. Bianchi, Am- 
sterdam). 

Maandkl hee/J. k., X. p. 291-JOO. 361—71. 
17 illustrations. 

I. Introduction to Nepalese and Tibetan 
Art; II. Description of the pieces, represented 
in the illustrations. 

BKKNKT KCMPKks, A. J.: — Gandkara en 
de Gratia- Boeddhistiu he Kunst. See above, 
no. 133. 

. BiNVON. L-. J. V. S. W11.KINSON and B. 
GRAY: - Fenian Miniature /‘anting. London: 
Oxford University Press, 1933. 4to. xiv, 212 
p.. 113 pi. (12 in colour). 

Rev.: J A, CCXXIII, fascicule annexe, p. 
(127)— <131). by A. SAKIStAN: ‘Cent la minia- 
ture a (Exposition d'Art l’crsan de Burlington 
House de 1931 que commdmote cctte luxueuse 
publication. Elle comprend deux parties dis- 
t metes: un catalogue de««riptif et critique, 
qui est une edition reside et ddveloppfe du 
guide itineraire de I'F.xposition, ct une his- 
toire de la peinture persane .... C’cst un 
notable enrichissemcnt de la littcrature relative 
k Part persan.* 

Observer, London 25 June, 1933, by E. 
Denison Ross. 

Burlington Magazine, LX 1 II. no. 368. p. 235 *-' 
by D. Talbot RlCB. 

Syna. XIV. p. 3331.. by A. SaKISIAN. 

608. [Borovka. G.: — Scythian Art. London: 
1928]. See: An. Btbl /. A. tglg, no. 585. 




Rev.: Art. As., IV. nos. a/3. 1930— a. p. 

I 73 f., by A. Salmony : ■ zu ruhmen iat 

B.*s vorsichtigc Daotellung der Ural-Funde. 
Im Ganzcn ist das Buch besonders gceignel. 
das verworrenc Gcbiet der Allgcmcinhcit 
oaher zu bringen.* 

609. Breasted, Ch.: — Archaologual Notes: Ex- 
cavations at Persefolis. 

Am. J. Arch., XXXVII, no. 1, p. 1-4, 4 ill- 
Adobe house*, pottery, sculptured staircase 
of the palace, excavated by Dr. HERZFELD. 

610. Breasted, Ch.r — Oriental Institute Due o- 
veries at Persefeiu. 

Bui. Am. hut. Pert. Art., no. 5, p. 9—17, 

6 iU. 

61 1. Bronte Figure of loketvara. Segal (in the col- 
lection of Mr. J. W. Bunch., Amsterdam*. 
Maandbl. be/ld. k., X. fig. on p. ia8. 

61 a *. \' Bulletin of the American Institute for Per- 
sian Art and Archeology. II. no. I bis — 
whole no. 3, Supplement. New York: I 9 ja|. 
See: An. B&H. LA. 19 v. no. 666. 

Rev.: Areliiv Orientdlm. V. p. 1461!. by 

S. Pkzewukski. 

6l 2b. 'Bulletin of the American Institute of Per- 
sian Art and Archeology. No. 5. June 193J. 
Published at the Institute, 724 Fifth Avenue. 
New York. 8vo, 34 p.. ia pi. 

Contents: Research Program of the Ame- 
rican Institute for Persian Ait and Archxo- 
logy, by A. U. PoFE. II. H. F. jAY.tr. L. 
OUTHWAITE, p. 17—9. — Notes: Explo- 
rations at Kish. Sasanian Relics. Swedish 
archaeological work in Persia. Progress of 
the Survey of Islamic Architecture, etc , 
p. 20—3. — See further nos. 6l0 and 64*. 

613. BURN, R.: — Coins of the IlkhJnls of Persia. 
7 RAS, 1933, p. 831—44. pi- X. 

Description of 37 coin* discovered in the 
ruins of Aba Sudaira in the neighbourhood 
of Kish. 

614. *(CONTENAU, G.: — L'archeclogie de la Perse 
des engines a Tipoqnt d' Alexandre. Pahs 
1931]. Sec: An. Bib!. LA. 19 Jt, no. 692. 

Amu «1 Bihliognpij, VIII. 



WESTERN AND CENTRAL ASIA 



'3 

Rev.: OLZ, XXXVI, p. 174!., by O. G. 
v. Wesexdonk. 



61 J. CONTBNAU, G.. and R. GhirshmaK: — Rap- 
fort pre/iminaire sur Its fouilles de Tift- 
Giyan . prts Sthatend { Perse): P remit re cam- 

1 * 93*1 

Syria, XIV, p. I — II. 1 ill., 3 pi. 

The finds excavated from the tombs in 
this mound comprise pottery and bronze ob- 
jects. dating from Susa I and 11 to c. 1000 
B. C.. yet of another type than those found 
in Luristan *Cest une de* plus belle* 
var*t<s de la edramique du plateau de I'lran.” 



616. Coomaraswamv, A. K.: — A Relief from 
Persefeiu. 

Boston Burn, XXXI. no. 184, p. 22-5. 2 ill. 

A figure of a Median (?) tribute-bearer, 
Jth century B.C 

6 t 7 .*JLe Coq, A. von and E. Waluschmidt: — 
Du kuddlustisihe Sfatantike in Mittelasien. 
Vol. VI: Sent BUduerke. II. Berlin: 1937). 
See: An. Btbl. /. A. 19/9, no. $93. 

Res.: Art. As., IV, nos. 3/3, 1920— 2. 
p. i/S C. by C Hentze. 

618. Coy. A. von: — Du buddhistiuhe Spat- 
an tike in Mittelasien. Vol. VII: Seue Bild- 
werke. III. Ausgewahlt und bearbeitet von 
E. WaLDSCHMIDT. Berlin: D. Rcimer — E. 
Vohscn. 1933. Folio. 80 p.. 34 pi.. SO «I*«- 
(Schlunsteil. A. von Le Coq in Memoriam). 

Cootents: K. SARRE. ‘Turf an und die 
fersuche Kunst (p. 9 f) ; O. KOklMEL, 'Turfan' 
und du 1 hi menu he Kunst (p. 1 1); H. LObKRS. 
•Turfan und du Orienta/iitik (p. 12 f). — 
E. WaLDSCHMIUT, Beschr eibtnder Text. I. 
Einfuhrende Betraehtung (Ober die Fund- 
statten der Wandgemalde; Uber den Stil der 
Wandgemaidc ; Der indo-iranische Stil; Der 
chinesisch-buddhistische Stil in Qumtura). 
2. TafelbcKhreibung. — Verzeichnis der er- 
haltenen Malcrcien indo-iranischcn Stils aus 
den wichtigstcn Fundstatten dcr Oase von 
Kutscha. unter Mitaibcit von Fr. GBLPKE. — 
Lrteratur-Nachweise. — Sehlagwortvcrzcich- 
nis zu Text und Tafeln son Band I— VII, 
von Fr. Gelpke. 



S 




WESTERN AND CENTRAL ASIA 



m 



Rev.: 7 AOS, LIII, p. 360C, by Franklin 
Edcerton. 

The Modern Review, LIV, p. 64—8, 3 pi.. 
I ill., by M. WlNTERNTTZ. See below, no. 6^S. 

619. CoVAJEE. J. C.: — Tke Home of Coteries: 
a Chapter 0/ Fan hum History in Ike Skak- 
nameh. JASB, XX VIII. p. 207-24. 

620. DANVLKWYTSCH, W.: — Em siMrisikor Daltk 
mil ungewoknluher Versiernng. 

An. At,, IV. no*. 2/ J. 19JO-*. P- '47-^4. 3 «U- 
Uronze dagger with extraordinary animal 
decoration*, presumably found near Minu*- 
*in*k, now in the Arekxologieal Museum. K*». 

621. (Dakidan, J.. and S. Stelunc-MichaUD: — 
La peintmre Ufhide J Ispahan: Le palate 
I Ala Qapy. Park: 1930). See: An. BM. 
/. A. 1931. no. 695. 

Rev.: OLA, XXXVI. p. 4 |. by E. KCHNEL. 
Ari. At.. IV. not. 2/j. 1930-*. P- 173- by 
J. Str/ygowski. 

6 **. Dimand, H.&:- Parthian and Salomon An. 
Hal. il/lr. Mm. Art. XXVIII. no. 4. P-;8-8i. 
4 HI. 

Griffin relief from Hatra. Parthian, 2nd— 
3rd cent. A. D. , various itucco Ulei from 
Ctciiphon, 6th cent. A. D. 

6*3. DtMAND, M. S.: — A Fiftem/k-centnry 
Fenian Fainting an Silk. 

BhI. Metr. Mm. An, XXVIII. no. I*. 
p.213. I ill. 

624. Edgar, J. H.: — 7 iket: Satnra! Slone 
Object w ilk Pkallu Suggestions. 

Man, XXXIII. p. 106. 



L •JFRANKFORT. H. : — Arihaologj and the 
Smnenan Problem. Chicago: 1932]. See: An 
BM. I. A. 1931. no. 679. 

Rev.: WZKM, p. 313 I., by V. Christian. 
JAOS, LIII. p- 359 1. by E. A. Sfeiser. 
Syria. XIV. P . 3*2-4. by G. Contenau: 
•Ce travail, com me tout ce que nous donne 
M. Frankfort, c-t riche dc faits. ct sug. 
gtre mille pensees; il fait au mieux *entir 
la quantity dc probtemes souvent contra- 
dictoire*. que ce* question* ioulivent.* 

Ret. Arek., 6th teric*, I. p. 128. by G. CON- 
TEMAU. 

•Frank* ort. H.: — Tell Aimar, Kha/aje 
and Kkonakad. Second Preliminary Report 
aj tke Iraq Expedition. (The Oriental Insti- 
tute of the University of Chicago. Oriental 
Institute Communications, no. 16). Chicago: 
The University of Chicago Pre»*. 1933, Imp. 
Ivo. 102 p.. 66 ill. — Price: ) 1.25. 

Content*: — 1. The Gimilsin Temple and 
the Palace of the Ruler* of Eihnunna. II. 
The Southern Building at Tell A*mar. III. The 
Akkadian Building* at Tell A.mar. (Rela- 
Don* with India). IV. Kliafaje. V. Khornbad. - 
P. 47 1: ‘There can be no doubt that the 
Akkadian City of Eihnunna was in com- 
munication with the Indu* Valley ju*t be- 
fore the middle of the third millennium B. C. 
But whether it wa* in actual contact with 
Mohenjo Daro remains uncertain... Which- 
ever assumption is correct, the excavations 
at Tell Asmar have produced a whole group 
of imported Indian object* in a well dated 
archxologica) context and have thereby sup- 
plied for the first time a firm chronological 
ba*b for the further study of the newly 
discovered civdization of the Indu* Valley 
and it* influence on the ancient Near East." 



625. "[ Foui'HET, M.: — Sou, ear T Afghanistan. 6*8. FRANKFORT. H.: — Tke Work of the Oriental 

*93*1- Am - BM. I. A. 1931, no. 678. InstUnte in Iraq. 

Rev.: J BAS, 1933. p. ioch- 6. by D. L. Am. 7 - Arek., XXXVII. no. 4. P- $29~39. 
R. LORIMER : 4 a record of first impressioa* 14 ilL 

rather than a work of profound knowledge ‘The Indian importation* found at Tell 

and experience.* Amur enabled u* for the first time to establish 

IkAKJf, XL, p. 316. by A. R. Em. the date of the remarkable remains ditco- 

OLZ, XXXVI, P . $65-8. by W. LENTZ. vered at Mohenjo Daro and Harappa ." 




'5 



WKSTUIN AND CENTRAL ASIA 



629. ‘IFrankeort, H.. T. Jacobsen, and C. 
PREU 55 F.K — Tell At mar and Kkafaje \ the 
Firs I Seasons Work in Esknunna, 1930—31. 
Chicago: 193a]. See: An. Bibl. /. A. ipjj. 
no. 680. 

Rev. : WZKM, XL, p. 3 1 2. by V.CllRlSTlAN. 
Man, XXXIII, p. 104 f., by C. J. Gadd. 

7 . d Savants, 1933, p. 180, by E. Dhorme. 
Rev. Arch., 6th series, I, p. I28f., by G. 
CONTENAU. 

630. '(Godard, A.i — Lot bronzes du Lurislkn. 
Paris: 193 1 J. See: An. BibL I. A. I9JJ. 
no. 685. 

Rev.: Artkiv OrienUlni, V, p. I46C, by 
S. PRZKWOR.SKI: *Das reich und acton illu- 
slricrle Werk von G. wird auf langcre Zeit 
die Grundlage Air alle kunftigen Studies 
bilden.* 

Burlington Magazine, LX1I, no. 359. by 
W. Perceval YETT4: ‘....a valuable pioneer 
work . 

631. Godard, A.: — Nomoeaux bronze 1 dm /-*- 
nstan : Us fondles de Zabn-At 

Gas. B.-Arls, Vie periode, X. p. 12^-38. 
18 ill. 

*I,a nccropolc dc Zabu-Ab [a village about 
30 km. to the North-East o l Kirtnanshah) 
appartient entiiremcnt a I'cpoque de la gran- 
deur assyncone. Dautre part, ics objets qui 
cn provicnncnt, appartiennent a la dcrnkrc 
piriodc dc Part kassite.* 

GOETZ, H.: — Wester uke tnvleeden of de 
Indite he eultuur der Mokammedaansekeftrtode. 

Sec above, no. 340. 

632. GROUSSBT, R. : — The Role of Iran in tke 
History of Asia. 

Tke Open Court, New Orient Society Mono- 
graph, Chicago, 2. »., no. 1 (XLVII. no. 9*0). 

p. 44—52. 1 «U- 

The article contains observations on the 
Iranian influence in Central Asia, on the 
Parthian and Scythic dynasties in Kabul and 
India, and on the Moslem rulers of Hindustan. 

*[HaCKIN, La sculpture indienne et tibrtai- 
neau Must/ Gurnet, 1931]. See above, no. 151. 



633. ‘Hack IN, J.: — L'auvrt de la Delegation 
Artkeologique Franteute en Afghanistan ( 1 91 1- 
rgis). I. Arehrologie huddhique. Tokyo: 
Matson Franco-Japonaisc, 1933. 8vo, 79 p., 
61 ill. 

Work and results of the archeological 
expeditions to Ha^a-Piitivi-Bcgram (De- 
scription of the most important finds. Hellen- 
istic influence. Connexion with N. W. India), 
Bimiyin (Description of the caves. Kakrak), 
the Sassanian paintings of Dokhtar-i-N&hi- 
rwin. HaibaW and ltectna (Buddhist monu- 
meats. The Barbarians. Connexions with the 
Roman Orient). 

634. HACRIN. J: — Hadda no r.ukkyO-CkO- 
kokn (Buddhist Sculpture of Hatftfa. In 
Japanese). Translated into Japanese by I. 
YOSHIKAWA. 

Bijmttu KrnkyU, no. 15, Tokyo, 1933, p. I — 
•4. J P*-- 'J «U- 

A Japanese verrion of the first chapter of 
the preceding work by M. J. HACKIN. 

635. *Ha< kin, J. and J. CARL: — NottveUet re- 
there bet artkMogiques k R&miyOn. Paris: 
G. van Oent. 1933. (Mimoires dc la Ddi- 
gation Arclkologique Francaisc en Afgha- 
nistan, vol. III). Folio, 90 p., 13 ill., 84 pi. — 
Price: frs. 300.- 

Nouvellcs recherche* con sac reel aux grottes 
pr6ctdcmment visit^e*. Grottes visits* pour 
la premiere fois en 1930. Travaux archcola- 
giques dans la vallfc dc Kakrak. Inventaire 
dcscriptif des objets dccouverts A Bamiykn et 
h Kakrak. Conclusion. 

Rev.: Rev. de t Art, LXIV, p. 446. 

636. Hauser. W.: — Tke Persian Expedition. 
Bui. Metr. Mus. An, XX VIII, no. 11, Sec- 
tion n. p. J9—44. 7 

A report on the excavation of a palace 
in the Pcrsepolitan style at gasr-i-Aba Nasr 
near Shirfx. 

637. (HERTZ, A — Die Kultur um den Per- 
sist ken Golf uud ikrt Ausbrntumg. I-eipaic: 
1930). See : An. BibL I. A. 19 32, no. 360. 




WESTERS AND CENTRAL ASIA Il6 

Rev.: Syria, XIV. p- 7 jC, by A. PARROT: 

* . . effort de synthese infimment looabie ... * 

6j8. *[Herzfeld. F..: - Kaskam^Smtanm Coins. 
1930]. See: An. PM. LA. tgr>. no. 714 • 

(P- « 3 «>- 

Rev.: JRAS, 1933. p. 219—21, by R- B. 
WllITEHKAD: ‘An Admirable work of out- 
standing interest and value.* 

63^1. *|llER2FELD, E.: — Ironsscke Dcnkmus/er. 
Ease. 1 and 21 Scries I: Vorgeschiehtliche 
Dcnkmakr. Berlin: 1932). See: An.BM./A. 
• 9 V> "° 69a 

Rev.: Arckh Orunta/m, V. p. 146ft. by 
S. Przewor.sk! : *.. . aufs Warraste «u be- 
grutsen .... H. sucht iu beweisen. dass die 
Topferei von Persepolis derjemgen von Susa I 
vorausgeht. Indcuea at dicse alt liemlicb 
gleichicitig iu bctrachtca.* 

6 j 9 *. HERZSELb. E. : — Iramscke Denkmohr. 
Fate. 3/4: Serie. I : Vorgcsehiclitlichc Dank- 
maler. B. Tafeln I-XXVIli Stpkononda. 
Berlin: Dietrich Reimer-Ernst Vohsen. 1933. 
Jdo, p. 19—26, 3 text-ill., I chronological 
table and 27 pi.). — Price: R M. 24.—. 

A description and analysts of the ancient 
prehistoric pottery found at Nihnwand (Ni- 
phauanda), etp. Tcpe Giyin. — For parts I 
& II. cf. An. PM. /.A 19 u. no. G90. 

640. llERZFELI*. E.1 — An/ Mu :nr oliorienta- 
hic/un Arckoologie. II. Stempe/tiegrl A. 
ProMimofit, B Du e/amuck-koiptuke mud 
du hrttitiscke Fomilu, C. Die snmertuke 
Fomibe. 

Arch. Mill, /ran, V, pt. 2 — 3. p. 49—124. 

The author discusses the problems con- 
nected with the non-cylindncal button-shaped, 
hemispherical and thcrioinorphic seals that 
arc found in Asia Minor. Armenia, Meso- 
potamia, Syria, Persia and Baluchistan. Their 
origin goes back to prehistoric times, when 
real ‘buttons' were used for marking personal 
property. The author then inquires how far 
certain types of seal impressions (not the 
form) are characteristic of certain periods 
and can be helpful for a comparison of ar- 



c Ideological problems, notably in Elam and 
Sumer. In describing the two chief classes 
(B. and C) the criterium is formed by the 
figures on the seals and by the technique, not 
by the shape of the seals- Many of those 
figures are reproduced in the text. 

641. Her? FELD, E.: — The • Magnificent Dis- 
covery' a! Persepolis. 

The Illustrated London News, March, 25, 1933. 
ill Further ill. sec in the number April, 1, 1933. 

•Stairway sculptures that will take rank 
among the greatest works of art surviving 
from antiquity.” CJ. above, p. 2 — 6. 

IIORNBLOWER. G. D.: — Early Dragon Forms. 
See below, no. 689. 

642. Jayne. H. H. F.: — Joint Expedition to 

Damgkan. 

Pal. Am. /nit. Pert. Art, no. 5, p. 1—7. 5 ill. 

*lf the Expedition failed to fix the site 
of liccatompylos. its successes in other 
respects were of unexpected importance. In 
the prehistoric periods perhaps no recent 
discoveries have been so fundamentally iin- 
I *» those at Tcpe Hisaar, J5OO-15W) 
B.C|. while the uncovering of a sizable Sa- 
sanian palace with an extraordinarily rich 
store of stucco decorative details provides 
new material for the study of this epoch.... 
An extremely useful by-product was the 
'tody of the Tarikh Khaneh mosque near 
the Damghan Citadel, perhaps the earliest 
recorded building erected for the uses of 
Mohammedan worship.* 

643. Kent. R. G.: — The Record of Darius's 
Palace at Susa. 

7 AOS, LIU, p. 1-23. 

A revised version of the translation pub- 
lished in An. PM. /. A. I9JI, no. 734. 
based on recent publications. 

644. KRAMERS, J. H.: — A Classified Lis! of the 
Ackamensan Inscriptions. 

Am. PM. /. A. tpjt, p. 35—46 (also pub- 
lished separately). 

The list contains a full bibliography. 




WESTERN AM' CENTRAL ASIA 




645. Manes. J. van : — On Makiag Earthen I ma- 
g/s i» Tibet. 

7 /SOA. I. no. 2. p. 105—11. 

646. MaTSUMOTO. Eiichi: — Temko-ekika airgit*- 
ttski RoJosha- Totk6-Hms» |On the Picture* 
representing the Overcoming of Raudrlksha 
which were in vogue in Tun-huang. In 
Japanese). 

fiuihyd Bquttu, no. 19. Tokyo. 193J. p. 
3-1 1, 4 pl- 

On a subject of Buddhist Art found no 
less than nine times in the cave* of Tun* 
huang but hitherto unidentified. The picture 
is divided into two parts with a central figure 
on both sides: on the left a Bhikshu seated 
on a lotus-seat and on the right a half-naked 
old man in a furious storm. The author 
Identifies it with a scene described in several 
Buddhist text* («/. in the Usun-gm-tkiag, 
Book X) in which a Brahman, called Rau- 
rlialcsha, is defeated by the famous Siriputra 
in a contest of su|icrnatural powers. The 
author concludes that the subject must 
have been popular in Tun-huang during 
the period of the ‘Five Dynasties' lioth 
cent. A.D.). 

647. MAiaUMOTo. Kiichi: — Utm-lhkig* a* /.hi- 
Dam ft a ai Unite (On a Fragment of a Moral 
Painting from Khotnn. In Japanese). 

Kokh,, no. 507, Tokyo. Feb. 1933. p. 37-41. 

On account of the rarity of frescoes from 
Khotnn the author welcomes the acquisition, 
by the Tokyo Institute of the Academy of 
Oriental Culture, of a fragment of mural 
painting (r. J by 2f metre) from this dis- 
trict. The fragment, perhaps the lower part 
of a Bodhisattva, in its present state shows 
a female figure (probably the goddess Prithivi) 
and a male. According to the author the 
fragment fully reveals tiro peculiarities of 
Khotan art by its colour and technique. The 
garments of the figures are characteristic of 
Central Asian customs in the 7th or 8th 
century, which arc also recognised in Kut- 
chean frescoes and accord with some Chinese 
documents. Artistically our fragment belongs 
to the best period of Khotan painting. 



648. MaTsUNOTO, Eiichi: — Tonko-Shahu Koigtu- 
SenJoi-Gd mi tiailc |On a Painting from Tun- 
huang of the Kaigcn-pcriod. In Japanese). 
Kokko. no. jn, T6ky0, June 1933. p. 153-6- 
The author deals with the earliest painting 
on silk discovered at Tun-huang (dated 739 
A. D., now in the Muscc Guimct, Paris) which 
represents a person of Srivaka type but with 
a double face, that is, resembling the Bodhi- 
sattva Kshitigarbha in front and an Arhat 
in profile. Though the painter's intention is 
obscure, the picture possesses special value 
for the history of Buddhist painting and its 
technique in the T'ang-penod. A* an Arhat 
picture, the author maintains, it would repre- 
sent the prototype of the so called Zcngetsu 
style of Arhat painting in China. 

649- MATSUMOTO, Eiichi: — JM-Jgio-Zu to faro- 
Bemtsa (On a Picture of Kshitigarbha with 
the Ten King* of the Hade, and the Bodhi- 
sattva Yia-lu. In Japanese). 

Koktm. no. 515, Tokyo, Oct. 1933. p. *65-70. 

The picture dated 983 A.D., the largest 
(*.*5 by 1.59 metre) and the most perfect of 
its kind, belongs to the Pclilot Collection 
and it now in the Musde Guimct, Paris. It 
1% (tainted in a wiv./a/u-form and shows the 
Bodhisattva Kshitigarbha surrounded by the 
Ten Kings of the Hades, the Priest Tuo-ming 
ty) and a gold-haired lion arc depicted 
below them. Further a figure of the Bodhi- 
sattva Yia-lu tj| Jffi occupies the lowest part 
of the picture. The author enlarges upon the 
origin and development of this combination 
and refers to a legend of Tao ming's visit of 
the Hades in the /Inn Jun-t/i S*§E 
now lost, but cj. K. YABVKf: Mritn-Yoin, 
no. 84. V). As to the Bodhisattva Yin-lu who 
leads the dead to Paradise, the author main- 
tains that this Bodhisattva need not be iden- 
tified with Kshitigarbha. The SukhSvatl idea 
justifies the introduction of this figure into 
this kind of painting, but the clearing up of 
his relation to Taoism and Manichxism be- 
longs to future inquiry, 

65a Pa RUCK. Furdonjcc D. J.: — Sur quelques 
movaaitt SdStamdei inidtlts. 




WESTERN AND CENTRAL ASIA 



I l8 



Rrv. Numitm., 4 th s.. XXXVI. p. 4 SSO. 
2 pi. 

A description of 24 new coins. 

6$l.*(PBLUOT. P.: — la Haau Aiu. Pam: 1931J. 
See: Ah. Bit/. /. A. tgu, no. 705. 

Rev.: BEFEO, XXXII, p. 546.byE.GA*- 
YA RHONE. 

651. Pope, A. Upham: — The Arts of Ira a. 
The Open Court. New Orient Society Mono- 
graph, Chicago, 2. s.. no. 1 (XLVII, no. 920*. 
p. 1-20, 4 pi. 

653. Pope. A. U.: - Persia’s Infusnee in the Arts 
of Other Lands. 

The Open Court, New Orient Society Mono- 
graph. Chicago. 2 . no. 1. (XI. VII. no. 910). 
P Si— 7. I 'll. 

The article contains also remarks on the 
influence of the Sasanian art in Central Asia. 

654. ’Pope, A. U.i — Cmhsation in the East: 
Early Persian Culture— Resent Diseoverus. 
The Times, London. IS January. 193J. 

6$$. (Roerich, G. N.: — The Ansma! Style among 
the Nomads of Northern Tibet. Prague : Sen*- 
nariunt Kondakovianum. 193a 98 p., J pL. 
10 ill. — Price: I2s.6d. 

Rev.: JAOS, UII. p. 89-91. «»y E. A. 
GoiDVMiroK : ‘The most significant part 
was the fact that both form* of archeological 
remains, as well a* the objects decorated with 
the animal style as found among the modern 
nomads, have the same distribution. They 
occupy, roughly speaking, the area usually 
referred to a* the Hor region, the centre 
of which seems to be Nub-hor, bordered by 
Ando and Derge to the North-east of Tibet 
and by the Nararu and eastern Nag tshang.’ 

656. Roerich, G. de: — Sven Urdu. 

J. Umsvmti fust.. HI. p. 1 — 16, 1 pi. 

657. Roerich, G. N. de: — ChronuU of Central 
Asians Explorations for t 9 ji and Citroen 
Central Anatu Expedition. 

7 . Urusvali Inst.. Ill, p. 191—6. 



658. (RosTOVTZEFf, M.: — Car ait tn Cities. Ox- 
ford : 1932.I See : An. BM. I A. t 9 ji, no. 7 1 1. 

Rev.: Am.J.Arch..WW II. no. 1, p. 1 87 f. t 
by J. JOHNSON. 

7 AOS. UII. p. 287. by J. A. Montgomery: 
• . . a fascinating volume . . '. 

Dtsshe l at . Zt £ .. 3. s.. IV (LIV), p. 311 
by E. BlCK ermaxn : * . . cin wohlgelungencs 
Boch . . .* 

7 . de. Savants, 1933. p. 230!., by M. DURRY. 

659. RosTOVTZEM, M.: — The Great Hero of 
Middle Alia and his exploit 1. 

Art. As.. IV. nos. 2/3, 1930-2. p. 99-' *7. « M- 
The writer comes to the conclusion that 
the hunting and genre scenes on the Scythic 
and Siberian bronzes represent illustrations 
to an ancient Nomad epic, the remnants of 
which are to be seen in the early Tibetan, 
Mongol, Turkish and also Iranian epic*. 

66 a Salmunv. A — Der erste Fund von Noin- 
nils. 

Art. As* IV, non. 2/3, 1930—32, p. 86—92, 

7 ill. 

The mast important excavations of the 
Koilov- Expedition at Noin ulla. Mongolia, in 
1924—6 have been preceded by other, very 
superficial investigations by G. HaLLOD In 
1911— 2. The writer gives a description and 
some photographs of the almost forgotten 
find* of the first exploration of these Mon- 
golian tombs, now in the Irkutsk Museum. 
Cf. also An. BUI. I A. tgjt, no. 738. 

661.SAMKRITYAYAX. Rahul: — Mantrayan, Vaj- 
royan aur ihaurOsi Stddh (The Mantrayana, 
Vajraylna and the eighty-four Siddhas. In 
Hindi). 

<**£*, Jm- 1933. P- 214-tf, 88 ill. 

662. SANZAI. Sasakichi : — Seuti-BsskhyO-Bijntsu 
no ShuryU |Main Stream of Central Asian 
Buddhist Art. In Japanese]. 

Shihyo Kentyi, bj, X. no. 5, TokyO, 1933. 
P- 45-6o. 

Though under a strong influence of India, 
the Central Asian Buddhist art developed 
its own characteristics. For the earliest period 




119 



WJSTF.RN ANP CENTRAL ASIA 



two lines of development can be observed : 
Kutchean and Khotanese; the former b 
impressionistic, dynamic, sentimental and 
realistic, the latter dauic-idealistic, static, 
rational and meditative. The second period 
is characterized by T'ang influence in both 
domains, and the third by Uigurian influence. 
The use of plaster is a remarkable feature 
of Central Asian art in contrast with stone 
sculpture in India. In this respect, the author 
concludes, the Buddhist art of Central Asia 
belongs to the sphere of Iranian culture. 

663. SCHLUMRERCBR, D. : — Les fermes ancunnes 
tin tkapueau carmlkien tn Syrie, rm Pales One 
et tn Arable. 

Syria. XIV, p. 183—317. P 1 - xxvii— xxxvii. 

SKI. M. : — Seuki-Samban-BijtUsn-T»untki. 

See below, no. 696. 

664. SioNsiieimkr, H.i — PrrsiuAe Panysf 
OU, XXXVI, p. 474-*. 

The •pony's* in Pcrsepohtan art (IfiLZ- 
IIIIMKR, Giukukte u merer Haustiere) are 
ordinary horses represented according to the 
laws of ancient Oriental art. 

665. [StchoUKINE, I.:— Math MatianaUu leuire. 
Ixs miniatures persanes, 1931^ See: Am. PM. 
/.A. i 9 jj, no. 719. 

Rev.: 7/MS. 1933, p. 473~$. by B. 
GRAV t ‘the first catalogue of Persian minis- 
lures in one of the older European museums 

to be published.* 'Careful description 

of costume and full bibliographies.* 

666. '[STEIN. Sir Aurel: — elm ArckeaUgical rear 
in GeJresia, 1931 1. See: Am. PM. /. A. S 9 JI. 
no. 731. 

Rev.: 7 HAS, 1933. p. 4*5—9. b y C. K. 
A. W. Oldham. 

667. 'Stein, A.: — On Aneiint Centra/- Asian 
Tracks. Brief Narrative of three expeditions 
in Innermost Asia and North-Western China. 
London: Macmillan & Co, 1933. 8ro, 342. 
xxiv p.. 143 ill., map. — Price: 31 s. 6d. 

Succinct account of Sir Aurel Stein's 



travels in Ccntral-Asia. Ch. L: A bird's-eye 
view of Innermost Asia; Ch. II: Chinese 
expansion into Central Asia and the contact 
of civilizations; Ch. Ill: Across the Hindu- 
lcush to the Pamirs and K’un-Iun; Ch. IV: 
Khotan, Dan dan -01 1 ik j Ch. V-VI : Niya, 
Endere; Ch.VlI: Miran; a. VIII: Lou Ian; 
Ch. IX: The ancient route across the dried- 
up Lop Sea; Ch. X.: An ancient borderline ; 
Ch. XI: The ancient Chinese limes, Ch. XII— 
XIV: The Thousand Buddhas; Ch. XV: The 
Nan Shan Ranges; Ch. XVI: From the Ktsin- 
gol to the Tien Shan; Ch. XVII: Ruins of 
Turfan; Ch. XVIII: From the Kuruk-tagh 
to Kashgar; Ch. XIX: From Kashgar to the 
Alichur Pamir; Ch. XX: By the uppermost 
Oxos; Ch. XXI: From Roshan to Samar- 
kand; Index. 

Rev.: 7- Central Asian S.. XX. pt. HI. 
P- 437 by P. M. SYKES: 'The journeys 
and archeological discoveries of Stein in 
Central Asia constitute an epoch. Consequently 
w* welcome an epitome of them in the volume 

wxW review It Is difficult to express 

adequately the value of the work of this 
great archaeologist-explorer. StBIN will remain 
for all time the greatest figure in the ex- 
ploration of Central Asia.' 

The Astatic Re vine, XXIX, no. 99, p. 358 
by A. DL'NCAN : 'A singularly stimulating 
and valuable book, lavishly illustrated and 
provided with excellent maps.* 

Observer, London, March 13, 1933, by I*. 
Sykes. 

The Sunday Times. March 26, 1933, by E. 
Denison Ross. 

Times Weekly Edition, April 13, 1933. 

Cm! 6 ■ Military Gasette, Lahore, April 17, 
•933* 

Tsmes 0/ Indus. Bombay. May J, 1933. by M.D. 
listener, London, May 10, 1933, by E. De- 
nison ROSS. 

N tenure Ratter danuche Ceurant, 1 3 June, 1933. 
Pnnek, Loodon, April 5. 1933. 

663. *STE1N, A. : — Vertchumndrne Kulturen. Au f 
den Spurn Alexanders des Grossen. 

Berliner Tageblatt, January 19, 1933. 




WESTERN AND CENTRAL ASH 



I JO 



jiuduciuu 
luma: Reale 
Ivo, 101 p.. 



669. STMYCOWSKI. ].: - Gruckiuker Irani, mm 
in bnddkutuclur Bildmerei. 

An. As.. IV. BO*, a/3. 1930-1. p. 118— a6. 
8 ill. 



real understanding t- the co«gcnu! ait 
Greece. 



Gj2t. *TCCC1. Giuseppe: — Indo-Tibitua, II: Rin 
cen B:an Pe e la rinascila del Buddkumo 
ntl Tibet interno al MUlt [Rin e’en Bzan Po 
and the revival of Buddhism in Tibet about 



The author explains the astonishing revival 
of Hellenism in the late art of HaJ<U by 
the suggestion that the Iranians were, like 






W * 



67a T human, K. W. : — Same A 'em an the Kka- 
rrifki Document, Jram Ckineu Tarkettan. 
Acta Or.. XII. I. p. J 7 ~ 7 * 

I. Ku{k'iekira, i. K Mikola . y The Twelve- 
Animals Cycle in Kharo*h*hl ; 4. RebUons 
with Khotan |of the Shan-shan kingdom). A. 
Hostilities and post-bellum arrangements. B. 
Knvoys, messages, etc* C- Refugees. tU. D. 
Merchandize, elt.. J. The Supiyas; 6. [The 
title | Ofu, ek., 7. The Buddhist Saipgha in 
Shan-shan , 8. Private and semi o*<ial letters; 
Camkara I prefix to personal name*)- 

671.TUUMAN. F. W.i - C limfui •/ hfe under 
Tibetan Kale in Ckineu Turkman, Sth en- 
ter j el I). 

Man. XXXIII. p. tot l (From the Proceedings 
of the Royal Anthropological Institute} 

67 M. ITUCCI, G.: - InJa-Tibe/ica /. ’Mead 
Hem' e •tTa tin' net Tibet ndmno ed ant- 
denude. Rome: 193a) See: Am. KM. t.A. 
19 V, no. 7*6. 

Rev.: 7 - Central Asian XX. pt. IV. 
p. 640- 2. by A.E.K.: 'riofcmor Tocci 
approaches the religion of the Tibetans in 
l^dakh and the Himalayan tracts of Kuna war 
and Spiti from addressing himself to the study 
of its genuinely Buddhist element. He has 
collated hi* observations on the spot with 
the old doctrinal and mystical treatise* in 
the Tibetan bnguage. consisting of trans- 
lations or exegeses of the Sanskrit Buddhist 
texts. He commences with a volume 00 the 
pagodas of Tibet and on certain day tablets 
deposited in them. His book is a monograph 
with a minimum, or almost total absence, 
of comment or comparison.* 



me year iuoo. in iiaiiaiij. tivcuic 
d'ltalu. Studi e Document!, 1). I 
Aceademu d’ltalia. 1933. Imp. 

Contents: Historical environment. - The 
importance of R. as lotsiva. — K. as a temple 
builder. — Position of Buddhism in the times 
of R. — The royal dynasties of Western 
Tibet, which favouted Buddhism. — The 
school of K. — Sources on R. and their 
historical value. — R. and his school accord- 
ing to the Deb- Ter and Pad ma dkar /«. — 
Religious relations between India and Tibet. 

— Collaborators of R. and the translations. — 
The mam Tar of R. — Hi* voyages to 
India. — The buildinR of the three principal 
temples. - Work* of art. - Appendix.- Indices. 

G73. Wauiii AUER. 0 . 1 — Si) tkiu he Klimt. 
Pantheon, XI. p. » 9 ~J 5 . '»• 

,Der Charakter dcr skythrschcn Kunsl wird 
unmittelbar als etwas Kigcncs ernpfunden, 
und doth Usst er sich schwcr praiisicren; 
thn in Worten ru vcrdcutlichcn. die jeden 
befnedigen konnten. wird vorlaufig kaum 
gelingen, ein Versuch muss dennoch geinacht 
werden.* 

674. WATANARE. Tcsshin: — Seiili- Tauten no 
Oamde | Recollections of my Central Aslan 
Expedition. In Japanese). 

Gendai flmkkfi. no. 105. Tokyo, 1933. p- 
477 -**- 

Reminisccnces of the author's explorations 
chiefly in the Kutcha district in 1904 at the 
same time as the German expedition under 
Dr. GrOnwf.uKL and Dr. HUTU. The main 
result of his tour »i« the identification of 
«ome ruined Buddhist temple* based on the 
statements in the Si-ju-ekt. 

67$. Wesendonk, O. G. von: — Zur aUetlen 

fertile ken Geukukte. 

htterae Orientates, no. 56. p. I— 4. 

Notes on the recent discoveries at Perse* 



12 ! 



THE FAR EAST 



polts by E. Herzfeld: The ancestors of 
Cyrus the Great. 

676. Wl.NTERNITZ, M. : — A- VOM U Cofs Monu- 
mental Work 0 n Buddhist Art sn Central Asia. 
The Modern Review. LIV. p. 64—8. 3 pi-. 
I ill. 

A review of Le Coq-Wau>sch>iidt, 
BuJdhistische Spa tan tike im Msttelasien, vol. 
VII, tf above, no. 618. 

677. Yaul'XI, Keilci: — Mrua-Yein-Kassets a [Ex- 
planations of the Meisa Yoin, i.e, Rare and 
unknown Chinese manuscript remains of 
Buddhist literature discovered in Tun-huang. 

VI. a. THE FAR EAST 

678. d’Ardknne he TlZAC, H.1 — Urn vosenMi- 
thiqur dn Musle Cernuschs. 

Art. As., IV. nos. a/3, I 9 J 0 -J*. MS*. • P>. 

A recently acquired large vase from Kansu, 
deeoratcd with painted animals. 

679. | BoERSCHM ANN, E.: — Dio Baukmnst nmd 
retigsose Knltur der Chinese*. Vol. Ill r Po- 
godin, pt. I. Berlin: 19)1). See: A*. BM. /. 
A. 19JJ, no. 73$. 

Rev.: OLZ. XXXVI. p. 264 f- by F. 
Oilman*. 

680. BkOriNG. Th.: — VolktrkundUcke Sekotu 
inder China- Abteilsngdes Museums fur I'olirr- 
kunde in Wien. 

Sinica, VIII, p. 174— 6. a pi. 

68t. {Bulletin of the Museum of For Eastern 
Antiquities (Ostasiatiska Samlingarna). No. 3. 
Stockholm: 1931). 139 p., 17 pi.. 27 text-ill. 

Rev.: WBKKA, VII, p. 93 f- by R. Heise- 
Geldern. 

68a. ClIANG Peng-1 : — A Postfaee to the Tablet 
in the National Academy of the Chin Djnasty. 
Bui Nat. Lsbr. Peiping, VII. no. 6 . 

683. CoiIN. W.: — Amida-Bilder in der Ost- 
asittischen Kunstsammlung. 

Berliner Museei, LIV. p. 75—80, 4 ill. 
Annul Bibliography VI 11. 



collected by Sir Aurcl STEIN and preserved 
in the British Museum. In Japanese). Under 
the auspices of the Keimei-kai, TokyB : 
Iwanami Shoten, 1933. 8vo. 12. 26, 316, 560 
and 28 p. Cf. An. Bill. /. A 1931. no. 810 a. 

The work is divided into two parts. The first 
part contains detailed explanations of 104 
facsimiles published by the author in 1930, 
while the second part consists of the author's 
treatises on some texts of special interest. 

Rev.: Shnhyu Kenkyi, n. X, no.4.TokyO, 
1933. p. 175 f., by K. KajiyoshI: •....in- 
dispensable not only for specialists in Central 
Asun. Chinese or Japanese Buddhism but 
abo for all concerned in Buddhist studies.’ 

(CHINA. JAPAN. KOREA! 

684. Cohn, W. I — Skulpturen ous Ynn-kang und 
tom "T ten-lung- shun. Neuerwerbungen der 
Sammlung von der Hcydt im Berliner Museum. 
OAZ. N F.. IX. p. 104-9. * Pi 

Description of the sculptures and remarks 
on Indian influence in the art of China. 

Coomakaswamv. A. K — Hindu StsdfOtres 
at Zaytem. See above, no. 139. 

Daitirkn, J. W. van: — Nog iets oxer dr 
tondeltasfhjes [A further note on tinder- 
boxes). Sec above, no. 556. 

684a. David. Sir Percival : — The Shoso-in. 

The Transactions of the Japan Society of 
Unden. XXVIII. 

Rev. . WBKKA. VII. p. 9$. by STflAShNv). 

685. Duyvkndak. J. J. L: — Nietsme gogevens 
hetreffeude dr Chinerschr marilieme expediters 
tejdens de Ming Dynastie [New data con- 
cerning the Chinese maritime expeditions 
during the Ming Dynasty). 

(Coster sc h Gencctsih., 7th Congress, p. 45 — 7 - 

Remarks on the sources used by ROCKHILL, 
ROUFFAER. 1.0. Communication concerning 
the Shu-yU-ikcu-tiH-h. 

686 . ELXCIFOFOULOs. — The George Rumor fo- 
fonlos Collection. Catalogue of the Chinese aud 
Cretan Brontes, Sculpture, Jades, Jewellery 

it 




THE FAB EAST 



133 



and Miscellaneous Oijects. by W. Perceval 
Yetts. VoL III. Buddhist Sculpture. London: 
Benn, 1933. FoL, viii & 93 P~ 75 P*- — 
Price: £ 13, lit 

Rev.: Burlington Magazine, LXIII. no. 365. 
p. 88. by B. LaUFER: ‘The Introduction is 
the first lucid and comprehensive exposition 
of the history of Buddhism and it* art in 
China. * 

Dtsike Im. Ztg ., 3rd series. IV (LJV), 
p. 1267—73. by I- Bachiiofeii: ‘Alles ia 
allem in da* Week... von der pOaM 
Wichtigkcit.* 

JRAS, 1933. p. 440- 3. by A. WALET: 
•the be»t general account of the beginnings 
of Buddhism and Buddhist culture in China 
that has yet appeared.* 

BSOSl., VII, 1, p. 193—303. by O.StBfn: 
•an admirable production*, ‘much valuable 
information, historical as well at iconogra- 
phic.* Remarks on the classification of some 
of the object*. 

|Gnoir»«ET, R. : — /■ the Footsteps of tie 
Buddha, 1933]. See above, no. 343. 

6S7. HAMADA, KiVsaku: — On Chinese Painting 
of the Han Period. 

Kolia, nos. 508 f. — 1 pL 

The author first describe* our present 
knowledge of Han painting, as based only 
on literary sources, then the Japanese exca- 
vations undertaken at Mu-ch eng-i. Manchu- 
kuo. in a part of Lo-lang along the nver 
Dai ku leu, Chosen, and at Wukan. Lo-lang; 
and finally a detailed account of the new 
finds. 

68S. |HEMMI, Baici: — The Ancient Sculptures of 
the Sant hi Stupas In Japanese. TftkyO: 1932). 
See: An. Bill •/. A. ipjf. no. 191. 

Rev. : Shukyo Kenkyh, n.s., X. no. 3. Tokyo, 
•93 J- P- 15 7 *' by O. TakaTa: ‘There is 
no need of making words about the beauty 
and fineness of the photographs. From the 
author of -Studies on Indian Art' and ‘Bod- 
dha-gaya' one knows what is to be expected... 
We wait with anxiety for the appearance of 
a new edition in contemplation.* 



689— 9a HORNHLOWER, G. D.: — Early Dragon 

For mi. 

Man. XXXIII. p. 79 -S 6 . 4 pi- 
A study on early Chinese and Luristan 
bronzes. 

691. KaMEI. SOchO: — Upaniskad ni at aw ar, tan, 
Uandrtra ni UnxU [On the Mandala in the 
Upanishads. In Japanese). 

Tranuutuni of Taisho College, XV, Tokyo, 
•933. P- ,J 3— 36- 

The author seeks the origin of the mandala 
(ia meditation and in picture), which is of 
primary importance for mystic Buddhism as 
well as for Far Eastern Buddhist art. in the 
Yoga practice of ancient India and quotes 
passages from several Upanishads. 

693. M a Hsu-Lua: — A Preface to the 'Notes 
on the /uteri prions of the Stone Drums.' 
Bui Sat. lair. Paging. VI. no. 6 . 

693. Matmtmoto, BunuburO: — Tidat no Bul- 
ky 0 - (huso ns Mule (On BuddhiM Sculpture 
of the Tang Dynasty. In Japanese). 
Bukkyt-Renst, 1. e. Ksuys on Buddhism, Com- 
memorative Volume dedicated to Dr. T. 
TOKIWA on his 65th birthday, compiled and 
edited by Shbson MIYAMOTO, TOkyO: Ko- 
buodO, 1933. p. 34 «-S«- 
After defining the character of the Buddhist 
sculpture of the T’ang dynasty the author 
distinguishes between the Ftng-hsien-tcniplc 
«yp« ( % ft. 51 ) and ,he Hsiang-shan- 
temple type ( Uj iff $ )- These types 
differ especially in the form of the face. While 
the former type betrays a strong influence 
of the Gupta Art of India, the latter shows 
a marked resemblance to the Gandhara type. 

Mat, R.Le: — The Ceramic Wares 0/ North- 
Central Siam. Sec above, no. 534. 

G94. Mironov, N. D.: — The PrajUpMramitd- 
hrdiyasitra as an Inscription. 

7 - Urmtvati Inst., Ill, p. 73—8. 

Eight-sided slab inscribed with the shorter 
(HOryuji) version of the P. in Indian cha- 
racters of the nth— 12th centuries, found 




THE FAR EAST 



123 

by V. Panov in the Jasakti Wang Princi- 
pality, Inner Mongolia, and now preserved 
in the Manchuria Research Society Museum, 
Harbin. 

PbyssONNAUX, J. H. : — Carnet d'un eollei- 
t tonne it r, etc. See above, no. 528. 

Japanese mirrors of the ifieh and 17th 
centuries from Indochina. 

•Prahistoriea Asia Orientalu. L See above, 
no. 529. 

RAJARATNAM, G. P.: — Buddhist PUgrtms 
from China. See above, no. 389. 

695 . Rous-sELLl, E. : — Die tjfueken Bildwerte 
det buddkististken Temfeh in China . VIII. 
HtUigt. 

Siniea, VIII. p. 62-77. • P« . 2 *U. 

696. Seri, Mamoru : — South Nembam- Bijuti m 
Tbsenthi [History of the Eastward Expansion 
of Fine Arts from the Webern’ ( ) 
and the Southern’ Countries « |$f ® . In 
Japanese). TokyO: Kensetsusha. 1933. 8vo. 

21 and 380 p.. j6 pi. — Price: Yen 4 -S«- 

The author traces the eastward penetration 
of various form* of fine art by land and sea. 
and discusses the influence of Hcllcnk ait 
in the Orient, the origin and influence of 
GandhAra art. the complexity of Central 
Asian art and the propagation and develop- 
ment of these elements of Western origin 
in the Far East [China, Korea and Japan). 

697. The Cave-temple of Wan-fo-fang at J-hsuu- 
ek'ing. 

Kokka, no. 5 to, l pL. 9 ill. 

This ’Cave-Temple of the Ten Thousand 
Buddhas' in Manchukuo was excavated in 
the Ching-Ming Era {t. A.D. 840) of the 
Pci-Wei Dynasty, its style is the same as 
that of Yun kang and Lung-men. 

698. SirKn, O. : — A History of Early Chinese 
Painting. Vol. I. From the Han to the be- 
ginning of the Sung Period. Vo l II. From 
the Sung to the end of the Yuan Dynasty. 
[The Medici Society) 1933, xxii & 138 p., too 

A.om 1 BibU*«phj, VIII. 



pi.; x & 162 p.. 126 pi. — Price: £7,7*. 
the set of 2 volumes. 

Rev.: Burlington Magazine, LXII, no. 363, 
p. 295 U by L. BntYON : “These two volumes 
imply heroic labour.... The result Is a very 
valuable book of reference.* 

699. [SouuC DE MORANT, G — A History of 
Chinese Art, London: 1931). Sec: An. Bill. 
/.A. 1 pit, no. 95a 

Rev. .- J. Umsvati Just., Ill, p. 230 f.. by 
G. de Roericii. 

700. Tauhb-SksnskU- Daishtyo, Zuu> [Chinese Tri- 
pifaka. new edition. Picture Section], in 12 
volumes, edited by JunjirO TaKaKUSU and 
GemmyO O.uo. Vol. I- VII, Tokyo: DalzO 
Shuppan Kabushiki- Kaisha, 1932 (Nov.) — 
• 9 JJ- 4 «o. 1196. 1154. 930. 944, 866, 868, 
and 852 p. — Price: Yen. 27000 or Yen. 
25.00 per vol 

On the completion of his great edition of 
the Chinese Tnpitaka in 8j volumes Prof. 
J. TakaRUsu. in collaboration with Prof. 
G. Ono. has undertaken to publish this 
•Picture Section’. The artistic achievement 
revealed in the Buddhist images and pictures 
peculiar to mystic Buddhism in Japan is 
well worthy of serious study. All important 
work* accompanied by traditional expla- 
nations have been collected in this edition, 
and seven volume* out of twelve were pu- 
blished by the end of 1933, containing 245 
work* abundantly illustrated with mono- 
chrome and colour plates. Most of them, 
jealously treasured for more than one thousand 
years, have been now for the first time placed 
at the disposal of specialists. They will surely 
serve as an inexhaustible source of study 
not only for students of mystic Buddhism 
but for all interested in Buddhist art. 

701. T0MITA. K.: — Portfolio of Chinese Painting 
in the Boston Museum (Han to Sung Periods). 
Cambridge. Mass.: Harvard University Press, 
1933. rndo, 144 pi. on Japanese paper. 

Rev.: Burlington Magazine, LXII, no. 363, 
by L. Bisvon. 

l6* 




THE FAR EAST 



124 

702. '(WALEY, A.: — A Catalogs of PoinOngi 
recovered from Tankaang by Sir Aar el Strtn. 
London: 1931). See: Am. BM. I. A. 193*. 
no. 752. 

Rev.: OLZ, XXXVI. p. 389-91. by L 
Bachhgvkr: *Dm Bach isleine wahre Fond- 
grube und wird jedem, der sich mil dem 
ehinesischen Buddhismus. mil der chinesi- 
schen und zentralasiatischen Kunse ni be- 
fassen hit, unentbehrhch sein.* 

Burlington Magana/. LXIII. no. 364. p. 44. 
by W. Perceval Y*rrs: \ . a pioneer work 
of prime importance to student* of Buddhist 
iconography in China.* 

OAZ. IX. p. 1 14 — 6. by a KCmmel: ‘die 
Kedaktion de* Buches laast .... manebe* zu 
wunKhcn ubrig.* 

BSOSL, VII, 1. p. 179—9*. by L. Giles: 

•it ii aadly disfigured by aU manner of mis- 
takes a formidable number of misprints.* 

Lint of corrections. 

703. 1 WILHELM. R.: — Geuhukte der tkimenuken 
Kultur. Munich: 1928). See: An. BM. /. A. 

•9 JO. ao. 917. 

Rev.: OAZ, N. F.. IX. p. 189. by F. LES- 
SING: 'gehOet niebt su den besten Wcrkcn 
des .... Vcrfitscrt.* 



Shtrjb m Haile [On the Materials for the 
Study of the Amidarsm from Tun-huang. In 
Japanese]. 

Bukkje-Renu, {if. above, no. 693), p.499- 

S*5- 

Especially p. JOO— 11 on the artistic repre- 
sentation of Sukhavatl with reference to the 
related Buddhist art in China and Japan. 

70$. YETTS, W. Perceval: — Two Ctm/ir Ex- 
Jubitiom in SUxkkclm. 

Burlington Magazine, LXII. no. 367. p. 
178-85. 3 pi. 

Exhibition of Early Chinese (Chou, llan.r/r.) 
and Siberian Art in the Museum of Far Eastern 
Antiquities, of. bronze*. 

706. Tie YumeJone, X. Tbba no KenkyQ (Studies 
on the Stop*. In Japanese). Edited by Keizb 
SaEKl. Hbryhjimura. Nara Prefecture: Ikaruga 
Furusatotha. 1933. 8vo, VIII, 318 and ii p., 
pi and ill — Price: Yen 3. JO. 

Contents: Part I : See nos. 152-4. 16a. — Part 
II : SUfai in China and Korea, p. 7 1 — 1 jo. — 
Part III: Smyai in Japan, p. iji— 318. — 
la the latter parts various problems concern- 
ing the Chinese and Japanese Buddhist 
itufa are examined by more than a dozen 
Japanese scholars. 



704- Y ASUKI, Kciki: - Tonkb-TMoty+Keniy*- 




ADDENDA AND CORRIGENDA 



Page 4$, sub ZDMG, for: G. StElNDORE, rrod: G. STEIXDORFT. 

Page 47. bo. if, among Editors of An. BM. I. A. add : N. J. Kuo*. 

Page 6$, sub no. 166, /nr: Ramachandran. T. A., rend: Ramachandran, T. N. 
Page 6 7, sub no. 178, for : Alpadia, road: Alpania. 

Page iij, add: 

6ioa. Breasted, Ch.: — Expiring tko Socrets of Ptrstfohs. 

Tko National Geegraphu Mogaxin*. LXIV. p. jSl— 430, SI Ul. 

Page 12a. no. 688 to be transferred to Section II. 2. 



ANNUAL BIBIJOGRAPHY, VII (193a) 

Page 9 . 1. 27 for 283. a86. rood: 383. 386. 

Page 10, I. as for 508, read $. 8. 

Page 3». Dr. Jar! Ciiarpentier (JRAS, 193s. p. 37a) poinU out that the frescoe from 
Cave XVI at Aja^tE (pL VII. a) is the Indian vemoo of the judgment of Solomon, 
found in the Mahaummagga-Jitaka and elsewhere. 

Page 3S f. Mr. J. H. HlTTTON draw* our attention to the remarkable resemblance between 
the jars described by Mile Colani and those published by Mr. J. P. MILLS 
and himself from the North Cachar Hills in Assam. JASB, a. a XXV (1929), 
p. a8s— 300. pi. 17-28. 

Page 84, sub no. 191, for Hrnmi, trod: HEMMI. 

Page 9a, sub no. 240, add: Price: 11 a 




INDEX 



The number* refer to the Bibliography. 
Original book*. tU., thu* : 976. 



Reviews. eU., thus; 

Abdul-Axix, *ee: Axix. 

Achan, Paliyath Anujan: 31. 

Acharya, G. V.: 234. 

Acharya. Prasanna Kumar; 123. 

Adam, I.conhard: 121. 

Adam, W. G.: 462. 

Agrawala. V. S.: I24f, 

Ahmad, Hafir Shamsuddin. 126. 

Ahmad, Kh»*ja Muhammad: 32. 36.', 450. 
Aiar, K. G. S.: 314. 

Atyangar. R. B. S. Krahnaswamii 14,3344 85, 
150. 160. 1 73a. 235. 313 406; P 4» 
Aiy»PP«n. A.: 34. 

Aiyer, K. V. Subrahmxnya. 236, 297, 334* 
Allan, J. : 173^. 451. p. 1a. 13 n. I. 

Altckar, A. S.: 313 
Anand, Mulk Raj; 33 
Andrews, F. II,: 37 b, 603. 

Aravamuthan, T. G.: 316. 

Asthna, Munshi Narayan Prasad: 199. 
d’Ardcnnc dc Tixac, II.. 678. 

Atkinson. F. M.: X 
Auboycr. J.: 141, 603. 

Ayyar, A. S. Kamanatha: p. 4$. 

Ayyar, R. S. Vaidyanatha; 2. 

Axix, Abdul: 317. 

Baehhofer, Ludwig: 8, 188, 471, 535. 604. 686, 
702 . 

JUgchi. P. C.: 174. 

Bala Subrahmanyan, S. R.: 127. 

HalkrHhna : 318. 

Bancrjea, Jitendra Nath: 378. 

Hanerji. Adrixha Chandra: 237f- 
Banerji, Rakhal Das. 128. 239 320. 
Banerji-Sastri, A.: 45, 129. 24O. 

Barnett, Lionel D.: 175. 

Barthoux, J. J.: 605. 

Bnraa, Beni Madhab: 46, 241C 



976. 

Banja. R. B. K. L.: 32I; p. itf. 

Basak. Radhagorinda: 243; p. 13 n. 3. 

Basu. Sri Nirmal Kumar: I30f. 

Beekmao. E. J.: J4I. 

Bell. H. C P.: 464 
Beotra, B. R.: 132. 

Reinct Kempera, A. J.: 4#. 47. 133, 207, 540- 
7. 606. 

Hcrthclot, A.: 426. 

Bctrndge. 1L: 427. 

Beyer. H. O.: 529. 

Bhagvaf. N. K.: P . 4*. 

Bhindarkar, D. R. : 134, 244-7. 322. P . IJ 
*. *4- 

Hhattaeharya, Itenoytovh: 248. 

Bhittaehaiyya, D. C; 249. 

Bhattacharyya. G. S.: 40. 

Bbattacliarya. Pad manat h(a,/: 250. 

Bhattasali. Natim Kanta: 323. 

Hhuyar. S. K. ; 42O; p. 40. 

Biekerroann, E.: 658. 

Bmyon, Laurcace: 26. 1761.. 324. 607. 69* 
BUgdea. C. O.: 120. 361. 503. $>>. S' 4. S7 «- 
Blakiston, J. F.i p. 9. 

Biaucn sterner. K.: 30. 

Worn, P. A. F.: 568. 

Boersehmann. E.: 679. 

Bonncrjca. Biren: 178. 

Borovka. G.: 608- 

Bosch. F. D. 1C: 487. 54». 548. 574; P- J4-8- 
Bo*e. A. K.: 251. 

Bose. Nirmal Kutnar: 135. 

Bousert. IL Th.: 3 
Boudct. Paul: 488. 

Bourgeois. Real: 488. 

Breasted, Ch.: 609L p. 125 
Brdoer, B.: 325. 

BrCcing, Th.: 680. 

Brown. W. Norman: 179, 208. p. 4 




« 2 7 



BUCKLER — E*P 



Buckler, F. W.: 379. 

Buhoi, Jean: 6. 

Burn. Sir Richard: 319, 364. 45S 613; p. 10—3. 
Butenschrtn, Andrea: 326. 

Carey. T. F.: 549. 

Carl, J-: 6 3 5- 
Cas*on. Stanley: 7. 

Cavaignac. E. : 48. 

Chakravarli, C.i 209. 

Chakravarti, N. P.: 210, 252. 550. p. 13 “• 
Chakravarty. S.: 328. 

Chand, Moti: 49. 63. 180. 

Chanda. Ramapraaad: yji. 211. 329C 
Chandra, G. C.: 37*. 136. 

Chandra, Moti, «ee: Chand, Moti. 

Chang, Pcng-I: 682. 

Charpentier, Jarl: id, 253C 
Chatterjee, Bijan Raj : 550. 

Chatterjee, C. D.: 454. 

Chatterjee, Ramanamla: p. 43C. 

Chattcrjcc(-ji) |ChattopadhyayJ. Suoiti Kumars 

50. *7>- 

Chatter ji, K*hetrc* Chandra: 428. 

Chaudhari. Sasmath: 51. 

Chaudhuri, Mcmchandra Ray: 331 
Chaudhuri, P. C.: 429. 

Chaudhuri, Satya Krishna: 52. 

Christian, Victor: 6 *6. 629; p. 4$. 

Chughtai. M. A.: 181. 

Cl*y«, Jean Yves: 489. 

Clauson, G. 1- M.s 4A 
Codrington. II. W.s 465. 

Codrington, K. dc B.: 541. 

Ca’di-v George: id. 135, 150. 334. 4". 49°-*- 
5*3. 529- 537- 578. 

Cohn, William: 8. 13. 535- 683C P- 44- 
Coiani, Madeleine: 493-6. $66. 568. 

Collin Davies. C.: 364. 

Collins, C. H.: 466. 

Combaa, Gisbert: gf. 

Contenau, G.: U, 614!., 626. 629. 
Coomaraswamy. A. K-: id, ir. 12. 19. 137—9* 
140. 150. 179. l8af. 212, 616. 

Coq, Albert von Le: 6l7f. 

Coral Rdmusat, Gilberte dc: 497!. 

Couchoud, P. L.: 2. 

Cousens. Henry: 140C: p. 9. 

Cowan, H. K. J.: 551. 



Coyajee. J. C.: 619. 

Crucq, K. C: 552. 

D , M.: 128. 172. 667. 

D, V. R-: 325- 
Damste. H. T. : 554 
Danylcwytsch, W.: 620. 

Dapperen, J. W. van 555!, 

Dandan, J. : 621- 

Das. Anna* Chandra : 430. 

Das, Kali Kumar: 54. 

Dasgupta. C C: 150. 255. 

Das-Gupta, H. C: 55. 

Das Gupta, S. N.: 332 
Datu. K.: 213. 

Dayal. Prayag : 184 

Dayalji, Prabhu : 214 

Deb, Hant Krishna: 256-8. 302- 

Delduquc da CosU, A.: 333. 

Desha, r*. L.: 6. 

Despandc. Yasvant Khusal : 56. 

Dhama, B. L. : 37d. 

Dhani Vat. Prince: 499 
Dhorcne, E. : 629. 

Dikshit. K. N.: 37d, 59c 
Dikahitar, V. R. Ramichandra: 334I. 
•Dilettante' : 473. 

Dimaad. M. S. : 142. 185. 623 
Djajad.aingrat K. A. Hocsein : p 41. 
Doraswamayya. M.s 390 
DoMji Vara, Sri Narayana : p. 4$- 
Drcwes. G. W. J.s p. 41. 

Dube. Kishanlal Durgashankar : 143. 

Duncan, Arthur: 667. 

Dungen, A.: 15a. 

Duroiselle, Charles: 37*. 142 ». JOOf.; p. 41. 
Darry, N-: 658. 

Dutt. Guru Saday: 186. 

Dull. Kalinaksha : 4 d. 

Duy vendak, J. J. L. : 685. 

Dvivedi, Mahavir Prasad : 61- 

East man, A. C: 144C 
Edgar. J. H. : 624 
Edgerton. Franklin: 618. 

Elisseev, Serge : 2- 
Em.. A- R. : 625. 

Erdmann. K-: 187. 

Erp, Th. van : 557— 6l- 




EVANS — JAGADEB 

Evans, I. H. N.: 502. 

Fabri. C. L.: lc, 227, 431. 

Fernandes, B. A.: p. 42. 

Ferrand, Gabriel: 562. 

Fick, Richard : 14. 

Figueiredo, P. N. de : 62. 

Finot, Louis : 503!.. 515. 

Fouchet, Maurice: 625. 

Frankfort, Henri : 626—9. 

French, J. C.: 188- 
Friedericha, H. F.: 15, 336. 

Fromaget, J.: 529. 

Furer-Haimendorf, C.: S'* 8 - 
Fyiee, A. A. A.: p. 42. 

G., B M.: 145- 

Gadd. C. J. 619; p. 6 . 

Gadrc, A. S.s 41. 

Galeitm, Th. P.: 563* 

Gampert. W. : p. 41. 

Ganguly, D. Gi 146. 215, 259. 1<M. 337 ~8* 
P* II. 

Garde, M. B.: p. 7. 

Gardner. G. B.: 505^ 565. 

Gaspardone, E.t 507, 651. 

Gautam, Lautu Singh: 64. 

Geiger, Wilhelm: 467*. p. 45- 
Gel pkc, Fr.: 618. 

Ghimhman, R.: 615. 

Ghosc, Ajit: 65. 147, 455. 

Ghosh. Deva Prasad: 124, 148. 157. 

Ghosh. Jogendra Chandra: 260— 9. 339. 
Ghosh, Manoranjan: 66, 189. 

Ghoshal, U. N.: 263. 

Giles, Lionel: 70a. 

Gill, Eric: 35. 

Gluck, Heinrich: 26. 

Godard, Andrd: 630f. 

Goetz, Hermann: lc. 190G 340. 

Golomshtok, E. A.: 65s. 

Goloubev*. Victor: 469. 5o8f. 

Gomil, Vasudev Charan: 149. 

Gourdon, Henri: 510. 

Groslier, George: 511, 

Govindaswami. & K.: 192, 341. 

Gravely, F. H.: 150. 

Gray, Basil: 607. 

Griaznov, M. P.: 17. 



128 

Griessmaier. V.: 30. 

Grousset Ren*: l8f- 342. 632. 

G (unwed el. Albert: 121. 

Gulnnot. A.: 20. 

Gupta, if- Das Gupta. 

Gupta. Manmdra Bhuaan: 470. 

Hackio. Joseph: 2, 151 633-5; P- 44 
Haig, Sir T. Wobeley: 21. 343 432- 
Hailey. Sir Malcolm : p. 7. 

Haider. R. R-: 264* . 344- 
Hamada, Kftsaku: 687. 

Hargreaves, H.: 37>- 
Harro.er. J. G.: 512. 

Hartman, Gerda: 216. 

Hasan. Maulvi Zafar. see: Zafar Hasan. 
Hashimoto. GyRin: 152. 

Hatch, E. G.: 67. 

Hauser, W.s 636. 

Hayaahi, T.i 24. 

Heanly. C- M : 529. 

Hetne-Geldcra, Robert: 566!.. 68 1 . 

Hemmi, BaW: 68. 153!.. 688. 

Hentze. C*H: 617 1 p. 39- 
Herat. H.: 345!. 

Hertz. Amelia : 637. 

Hrnfrld. Ernst: 638 41. p. 3—6, 39. 

Hevety. G. de: 228f . p. 7- 

Him Ul, R. B.: 95. 267-9. 347- 

Hobson, R. L.: 513. 

Hocart. A. M.: 471. 

Hollis. H. C: 193-5- 217- 

Hoop. A. N. J. Tb. a Th. van der: 568f. 

Hornblower, G. D.: 689. 

Hotain. M. Hidayet:: 348, 433. 

Hosten, H.: 349. 

Hrozn*. Redhch: p. 39. 

Hurt, C: 2. 

Hunt. E. H-: 69. 

Hutchison, J.: 350. 

Hutton, J. H.: 327. 

Iyengar, T. G. Aravamuda: p. 9. 

Iyer, tf. Aiyer. 

Iyer, P. V. Jigadiia: 70, 352. 

Jacobsen. Thorlcild: 629- 

Jagadeb Bahadur. Raja L. H.: 270. 353L 

Jagadeb, Sri Lakshminarayan Harichandan : 271. 




1 29 JAGADISWARANAKDA-MITRA 


Jagadiswarananda : 472. 


Law. Narendra Nath: 63, 78: p. 41. 


Jain, Kamta Prasad: 71. 2X8- 


Lelyveld, Th. B. van: 541. 


Jalaberl, L.: II. 


Lentz, W.: 625. 


Jaworslri, Jan: 4 i. 


Lessing. F.: 703. 


Jayaswal, K. P.: 72 f.. 99 . * 35 - » 55 *- * 79 . 


Levi. Sylvain : 5x4. 574 


294 . 309. 334 . 355 - 7 . 4 °«. 423 - 54 « ; P- lOf- 


Levy. Eather J.: 4/. 


Jayne, H. H. F.: 6x2^. 642. 


Uvy. P.: 6. 


Jinvijaya, Sri Muni: 358. 


Lineham. W. : 5x8. 


Jnani, Ranchhor Lai : 74, 2x9. 


Lingat. Robert : 4/. 5x9. 


Johnson, J.: 6$8. 


Linossier, Raymonde : 2- 


Johnson. W.s 157. 


Lochard, A.: 529. 


Joseph, B. A.: 274 - 


Loequin. Jeanne J.: 79. 


Joscph, T. K.: 359 - 


Longhunt, A. H.: 373. 80. 


Josi, Anand Rao: 75. 


Lonmer. D. L: 625. 


K.. A. F.« 6 72*. 


Lo*ch. H.: 374. 
Luders, Heinrich : 6x8- 


Kajiyoahi, K.i 677. 

Kak. R. C.i 157C; p. *o -5 


M.. J. L.: a. 


Kambayaahi. RyOjyO: 1584. 


Ma Hsu Lun : 692. 


Kamei. SdehO : 69X. 


Mac Way, Dorothy: 8l. 8la. 


Kan, J. van: 361. 


Mackey, Ernest J. H. : 37A 82f. 


Kailgrcn. Bernhard: 303. 


Maclagan. Sir Edward : 197!.. 364. 


Katki, Sarvasvar &arma: 76. 


Maclean. J. A.: 520. 

Mac Munn, Sir George : 365. 


Kats. J.: p. 4 >. 


Kausalyayan. Uhadant Anand: 275. 


.Mag", Sahityacharya : 231. 45 ® 


Kela, Hhagawan: 362. 


Mahon. A. E. : 37a. 84. 


Kemper*, see : Bernei Kemper*. 


Majumdar. N. G.: 37A 457!.; p. II, 13. 


Kent, R. G.: 643. 


Majumdar. R. C.: 366-8. 521. 


Kern, H.i p. if. 


Mai. La la Kannoa: 199. 


Khan. Dtlawar : 37A 


Manco. J. ran : 645 


Khan, H. H.: 37*. 


Marchal, Henri: 2. 522: p. 37 — 34 - 


Khan, M. Ab.d All: 1 59 - 


Marshall. Sir John: 37b, 85 (. p. 7 - 


Khemka .Chandra", Dharm Chandra : 516. 


Maspcro. H. : 2- 


Kirfcl, W.i 85. 


Mwon-Ouncl. P. : 369. 


Konow, Slen : lb, 230. 276-8. 303. 519. 3 «- 


Mathur. Kri.hna Kumar: 87. 


3 * Si P. 39 - 


Matsumoto, Buniaburo: X62. 693. 


Koperberg, S. : p. 41. 


Matsumoto, Eiichi : 646—9. 


Kramers, J. H. : If, 644. 


May. Reginald Le : 523 f 


Kramrisch, Stella : 26. itof.. 173*. 196. p- 4 *- 


Maybon. Albert: 510. 


Krom, N. J. : If. 568, 571-3; P- ,a S- 


Mazumdar, tf. Majumdar. 


Kuhncl, E.: 6*1. 


Mazumdar. Yatindra Mohan: 88. 


KumincI, 0 .: 6x8. 70*1 p. 44 - 


Me Callum, J. L.: 52 $. 


Kuraishi, M. H.: yj6. 


Mellema, R. L. 57s 


Laha, Narendra Nath : 77. 


Menoo. K. P. Padmanabha: 370. 
Miller. J. 0.: *. 


Lalou, Marcelle : 4 b, 220. 


Mirashi, V. V.: 371. 


Langham-Cartcr, R. R.: 5x7. 


Mironov. N. D.: 694. 


Laufer, Bcrthold : 686. 


Mist, Suresvax Prasad: 304. 


Law, Bimala Churn : 363. 434 t'- 


Mitra. Panchanan: 22, 372. 




MIYAMOTO-RAV 



130 



Miyamoto. Shtoon : 693. 

Modi, Jivanji Jamshedji: 373 ; P- 4*- 
Moens, J. L.: 576. 

Mohammad Syed: 279. 

Montgomery, J. A.: 658. 

Moojen. P. A. J.: 577. 

Mookerji, R. K.: 125, 305f. 

Monies, G. M.: 374*. 

Motichand, tee: Chand, Moti. 

Muhamad Munshi. see: Munshi, G- M. 
Muklierjee, S. C; 1 63. 

Muller, H. W,: 356. 

Mun.hi, Gulam Muhamad: 41. 

Murakami, T.: 434- 
Mu*. Paul: 578. 

Mtik, H. von : 4*6- 

Nacrtsen, F. H. van: 579. 

Nag, Kalidas: 3$. 

Nahar, P. S.: 200. 

Nahar, Puran Chand: 436. 

Narain, Shco: 437. 

Naraumhachari. D. L.: 376. 

N'aratimham, Vajjala: 377. 
Naraiimhatwami, S. P. L.: 378. 

Narayan, Lakihmi: 89. 

Naum. Muhammad: 379. 

Negelcin, Julius von: 18. 

Nell. Andrea* : 473. 

Nicuwenkamp, W. O. J.: 580. 

NiUkantha, *«e: Sastri. K. A. N. 

Niyogi, N.: 23. 

Novotny. F.: 30. 

Nybcrg. II. S: p. 43- 

O'Dwyer, m. F.: 324. 

Oclmann, Fran*: 679. 

Oldham. C. E. A. W.: 90. 

Ono, GcmmyO: 24. 700 
Outhwaite, L.: 6126. 

Oyama Kashi wa: 529. 

P.: 421. 

y A.: yjb. 91. 

Pagc5, P.: 529. 

Pai, M. Govind: 307f., 380. 

Palit, llaridas: 280. 

Panchamukhi, R. S.: 28 1. 

Pandeya, Lochan Prasad: 282. 459. p. 12. 



Pandya, L. K.: 381. 

Pant. D.: 382. 

Paranavitana (-ne). S.: 463. 473—85; P- *S — 7. 4«- 
Partnenuer. Heon: 526f- 
Paruck. Furdonjee D. J.: 650. 

Pedersen, J.: p. 39- 
Pelliot. Paul: 651. p. 44- 
Peyssoanaux, J. H.: 528. 

POlai. K. N. Sivaraja: 309. 

Piper. Hartmut: 384. 

Phharoti, K. Rama: 92, 38s. 

Pissurlcncar, Panduranga: 386C 
Poerbatjaraka, R. Ng. ; 582C 
•Politicus' : 93, 103. 

Pope. A. Upham: 6l2*. 652-4 
Prasad, Madan: 94. 

PrcuMer, Conrad: 629. 

Prinlt, Wilhelm: it, 97. 300. 574. 

Prteworski. Stelan: 612a, 63a 
Priyluski, Jean: 4A. 283. 530- 

Qadri. Ahmadullah: p. 45. 

Qvki. Shamsullah : p. 4$. 

Qanungo. K. R.: 96, 351, 388. 408, 414. 

R. K. V.: 334. 

R. N.t III, 3.3. 

Raghavan. V.: 164, 201. 

Rai. </. Roy, Ray. 

Rai. Hem Chandra: 96. 388. 

Rai, Vinod Vihan: 284. 

Raja. K. Rama Varma: 310. 438. 

Rajaratnam. G. P.: 389. 

Raju. K. Vcnkataranga : 165. 

Ramachandran, T. N.: 150, l66f.. 584. 
Ramakrishna Kavi, M.: 390. 

Ramanathan. A. V.: 140, 309. 

Ramanayya, N. Venkata: 391. 

Ramdas G.: 285. 

Rangacharya, V.: 392. 

Rao. K. Rama Kotitwara: p. 43. 

Rao, M. Rama: 63. III. 286, 393—5. 

Rao. N. Lalnhrainarayan : 287, 395. 

Rao. R. Subba: 3. 98. 378, 39^ 39 s 
Rao. V. N. Srinivasa: 397 
Rapson, E. J.: 232. 30a 
Kau. see: Rao. 

Ray. tf. Roy, Rai. 

Ray. H. C: 399- 




RAY-STCHOUKINE 



Ray, Nihar Ranjan : 141, 168. 531. 

Ray, Nripati Kanta : 486. 

Raya, Yoschandra : 439. 

Raychaudhuri, H. C.: 99, 400. 

Reichel. A.: 30. 

Rcidemeister, L.: 508, 

Reu, Bisheshwar Nath: 401— 4 
Rhys Davids, C. A. F.: 334. 343- 
Rice, D. Talbot: 608. 

Richards, F. J. : it, 171. 

Richter, G.: 379. 

Rivet, P.: 539. 

Roerich. G. N. de : 4 330, 655—7, 699. 
Ronkcl, Ph, S. van: p. 39. 

Roorda, T. B.: 585. 

Ross, Sir E. Denison : 607, 667. 

Rostovtscff, M.: 698C. 

Rousscllc, Erwin: 8. 695. 

Roy, </. Ray. Rai. 

Roy, Binod Bihari, Vedaratna: 8j. 284. 331, 

405. 440. 

Roy, H. Ct If. 

Roy, R. B. Sarat Chandra: p. 43- 

S-. C. G.: j68. 

Sackl, KcirO: 706. 

Sahni, Daya Ram : 37*, 288 ; p. 6 n. 2. 

Sakisian, Atmtfnag Bey: O07. 

Saktcna. Beni Prasad: 406. 

Saletore, B. A.: 407. 

Salles, Georges: p. 44. 

Salmony. Alfred: 221, 490. 5". S3S> fo*. 660, 
p. 39. 

Samkrityayan, Rahul: lOOf.. 661. 

San Baw U: 532. 

Sanyal, Niradbandhu: 40. 

San rai, Sasakichi: 662. 

Sarasin, Frit*: 533. 

Sarasvati, Manisinath Bata: 441. 

Saraswati, S. K.: 102f-, 169. 210; p- 13 o- i- 
Sarda, Har Bilas: 408. 

Sardesai, G. S.: 318 

Sarkar, Dinesh Chandra: 289. 295 f - 4<7 445' 
Sarkar, Himansu Bhutan: 586. 

Sarkar, Jadunath: 250, 409. 

Sarkar. K. C.: 222. 

Sarkar, Suvimal Chandra: 104. 

Sarnia, M. Somasekhara: 360. 

Sarre, Friedrich: 618. 



Sarup, Lalcsman : 63 (r/. Svarup). 

Sastri, tj. ShastrL 

Sastri, Hirananda: 37 t, lo6f-, 290. 4«°: P- 4'- 
Sastri, K. A. Kilakantha: 291 f, 41lf-, 4421'. 
Sastri. S. Srikantha: 293. 

Schanrlin, G. L.: 460. 

Schindler. B.: p. 40. 

Schlumberger, D.: 663. 

Schmidt. R. : 5. 

Schnitger. F. M.: 587f. 

Schurhammcr. G.: 25. 

Seidenfaden. E.: 534. 

Seki, Mamoru: 696. 

Sen. B. C: IJ9- 
Sen. P. C: 444 
Seaart, E.: 20. 

Sewell, Robert: 294. 

Sewell. R. B.: 37a. 

Shah. Chi mania! J.: 105. 

Sfeahidullah, M. : 413. 

Sharaf-ud-dn, S.: 40. 

Sharna, Sri Ram: 414L 
ShastrL tf. Sastri. 

Shastri. Bahadur Chand: 223 
ShastrL Haraprnsad: 416 
Shellshcar. J. L.: 529. 

Shryock. J. K.: p. 4>- 

Slip ha, Kumar Ganganand: 3IL 

Sircar. D. C. tee: Sarkar, D. C. 

Siren, Osvnld : 686. 698. 

Sirkar. D. C. tee: Sarkar. D. C. 

Sita Ram. K. N.: 38. 

Sivaramamurti. C: 202— 4.. 

SUgter. J.: 54«- 
Slawik. A.: 30. 

Sleen. W. G. N. van dcr: 589. 

Snouck Hurgroije, C: p. 39. 

Soeriadiradja. M.: p. 4«- 
Soulie de Moraot. Georges: 699 
Spciser. Ephraim A.: 626; p. 43. 

SpiegeL H.: 30. 

Spoer. H. H.: 31. 

Spoflthcimer, H.: 664. 

Snkantaya, S.: in. 3. 36*. 39. 150. 334. 4". 

435. 434. 45*- 
Srinivasacharya : 108. 

Srinivasacharyar, C. S.: 319, 331, 364: p. 42. 
Stapleton. H. E.: 109, 159, 4»8; P- 8, 13-7. 
Stchoulcine, Ivan: 26, 665. 




STKIK-Z1MM1X 



Stein, Sir Aurel: yjt. 666-8. p- 9- 
Stein, Otto. 4^, 298. 419; p. 41. 

Stein Callcnfels, P. V. van : 529. 570. 59O 
Stcindorff, Georg: p. 4$, 125. 

Stclling-Michaud, S-: 621 

Stern, Philippe : 369 

Stiassny, Melanie: 12, 26, 3a 684*. 

Stix, A.: p. 40. 

Strauss, Otto: 316. 

Str/ygowski, Josef: a6f, 30. 110, 205.621.669. 
Stutterheim, j. F. : 591 
Stutterheim, W. F.: 212. 5 GjK 592 -600. 
Subramanian, K. R.: ill. 

Suhrawardy, Shadid: 26. 

Sukthankar, V. S.: p 42. 



’■nip, I.akshman : 112 [tf Sarup). 
'km. P. M.: 6 67. 

iRore, Abanindranath: p. 42. 
ikitcs, Zoltan de; 28. 
ikakuiu, JunjirSi 700. 
ikata, O.: 688. 

rlung, Virbhndra Sarmat 299. 

u lamas, F.-A.: 529. 

lomas, F. W.: 368, 151, 603, 670f. 

>ganoo, S.: 601. 

units, Kojiro: 701. 

imoinatsu, E: 4/. 

>r*l RytiiO : 5 a 9- 
•ivrdi, H. V.: 447. 

■ouv<, G.: 536. 
iccl, Giuseppe: 673a— A 
irncr, K. L.: 300. 
ixen, Potili 48. 

podhyaya, Vasudeva: 461. 

aidya, C. V.: 421. 
ildyanathan, L. S.i 327. 
likuntram Pandit, A.: 170. 



Vakil. Kanaiyalal H.: 171. 

Valette, John de la: U3f. 

VaUee Poussin, I.ouis de la: 4/'. 422. 

Vanna, Srtmadbhagavat Pradd: 115. 312. 

Vats, M. S.: 37^. n6f. 

Venkatesvara. S. V.: Il8. 

Vidyalankar, Jayaehandra: 423. 448. 
Vijayaraghavacharya, V.: 119. 

V««, H. F. E. : 29. 

Vogel, J. Ph.: V. 4*. 13. 120, 206, 224, 301. 
35°> 449 574 i P 6-9. 20-5. 

Wald ha user, O.: 673. 

Waldschmidt, Ernst: 121. 617!. 

Wales, H. G. Quaritch: 537. 



Ware, J. R.: 4*. 

Wsrriat, A. Govinda: 424. 

WaUnabe. Tcsshm: 674. 

Wauchope, R- S.: 172. 

Weller, Friednchi p 40. 

Well Mr. Emmy: a6. 

Wesendoak. O. G. v«. 675. 

Wi.mgaarden, W. D. van: p. 2—6. 

Wilhelm, Rickard: 703. 

Wilkinson, J. V. S.: .y, 173A 607. 

Wilkinson, R. J : 538. 

Wilraan-Grabovska. H. de: 2. 369. 

WiMtedt. R O.: 539. 602- 
W mltro.tr. M.: 618. 676. 

Witte. J.: 25. 

Yabuki, Keiki 677, 704. 

Yardani. Ghnlam: 36c. 37*. 122. 1734-*. p. 
17-9. 41- 

Yetis, W. Perceval: u. 630, 686. 702, 705. 
Yoahimuu, J. : 4A 

Zafar Hasan. Kban Bahadur Maulvi: 37*. 125. p. 9. 
ZiesenlM, Alexander: 225. 

Zimmer, Heinrich: 1 a, 16, 4 a, 100. 220, 226, J84. 



PLATES 







■■ ■ \ ■ • 






c«or? Of II04A\ T*m rt-ac. 


,u “ 


m 1 = A". 


■* ■ ■ 1 • 




PLATE II 



IMAGES FROM BENGAL 




AVANTISVAMIS TEMPLE AT AVAXTIFURA. KASHMIR 



PLATE IV 




Riuino 



1 



r* 



PLATE V 




ROYAL BATH AT POLONN A RUVA. CEYLOX 



#. ROYAL RATH BCTORR RfSTOR A TKX< 






ROYAL RATI! Af'TCH RESTORATIOX 



PLATE VI 



EXPLORATIONS AT ANGKOR. CAMBODIA 




c. GENERAL VIEW Of UVCW TEW nr. f«OW WEST 

I. nUSAT AS TOW IS Hit ».W Of ESC»V»TIOX FMI SXTHU'T 




TIONS AT ANGKOR. 




. OOXK AL VIEW or CENTRAL TOWER OF THE BA VOS TETifLE #. HD I'll A STATUE FOUND IN* SANCTUM Of CENTRAL WRR 



IN NETHERLANDS INDIA 




PLATE IX 



ARCHEOLOGICAL WORK IS NETHERLANDS INDIA 




«. FRoerr view 



A. BACK VIEW 







Die Pi 



OTTO HARRASSOWITZ 

LEIPZIG 




rVAi/i'/i^/A A/ r H i frlpikt fn ft 

LITTERAE ORIENT ALES 

OrirnUli-tiarher l.iteratuilM-rirlit 

EiM UibHogmpbia ttller NnmcWDipgn nof dcm 
UflMHIlKcbiei der OrienUlntik do* in- und AmUndo* 
und deft Orient*. Jede Nuunirr entlifllt einen wiaaen- 
M-lulllirhen Aiifnitz, eowte eino Bibliotfnipliir ron 
c». 500 Titeln. — Pren pro Jahrgaog KM. 5.— 



VERLAGSBERIC H T 

Npiierv'heinungen des Verbges und Kotnmi«siou«- 

rerlage*. 

Dicker nnterrichtet Ober die VeHagstAtigkeii des 
llaiHe* Otto llarra«*owitz ucd gibt eine kurte Chantk- 
teristik der erschienencn Werke. 

Der Verbgsbericht stebt kostenlos zur VerfQgung. 



0RIENTAL1STISCH E 
LIT ER ATURZEIT UNG 

A MONTHLY PERIODICAL inMuitaMroii. 

entire East together mill it* relation* to tlie neiulil-'imun civilisations 

Edited by 

PROFESSOR OR. WALTER WRESZINKRY 

with the ..4UI-r.li-i of l’n»fn*»>* I>r. II. K helot f, IVofci- 
n>e l»r. K. Hartmann, I’rofrmor Ikr. W. 81 mu a, and 
I’lufraor lb. <11 la 8l ran** 

Thu Ori«n<uli»6aehe Lilmlararkaax which i* t*»" being puhli.b.-d in iu SHili yarn. ha* 
•lot eloped from a prrwdieil •pr.Ulircl in ike ancient Soar K«-l to be lha loading organ 
fur all reaearch work in Ik** field of the mure Unmi. 

Al the beginning of each number aill ta foond aome important article* dealing "illi 
problem* M ike anneal and ike or* i trier! between the Meditrrmamn Hen ami Ike iVIhc 
Ocean. its pe.pl.., ikrir laagimgm and culture*, ami tknr interrelation*. Thu prinri|iil |url 
l«, h.>we*i>r, ilatulnl io re»i*u* and anrwancrmmu by pnaninrnl arlmUra, of nearly nil 
rum-o I publication* in all roanliio. Ii i* Ikrof.-re .-.mi-1 lh«r any. at*' *«*riou*lj Intervated 
In oriental *tudica and dr*ir..u* of keeping up-t.-dalr and in toueli with the reaulla of 
n-rurih ihould regularly i'*a*nll ike OI.Z. 

An rakairtive ami roaiprebm*i«e wimmary »f article* puLli-hrd for the nio»l port in 
|a>rii>dii'al*, often with *h«rt indication. of the fortml* appmra in each number. A I let «f 
recent publication. i* to be f.mnd at «be rad of mrh number. 

The 1931 volume of the 0 1, 7 , contained If uritfioAl fittide* ami about 402 I took 
tvview. in m 2 rolimiii*. Tltw* were allotid a* follow*: 



ArlKk- 


W rmt 


Tii'ti.l. t'aoaarian. 


f#l. 


i 

•j 

1 




Iiaatc 


Ullim 


fit . 


InJian. M*l*i*n . 


• IS • 


»*ryr*^«r • 


M . 


(lunew, inpanew . . . 


• 


l imeiS.m R'*»a«»l< . 


» . 


Au-U-alian. H-camr. 




Tnlamenl.Newle*- 




Modem Afnan . . . 


90 . 


Uull. laU )i4ino 


“< . 


Snomuij of IV.WJ«*al. 




XnaN«. Man,- »m4 




(now mn»r Uum »«•) 


T , 


Arabic 


9* * 


Annual Itrinln . . . 


•H , 



PRICE jurlj *uUenpt.o« ItM l«. — ; fur membera of the 
I Vot*cbrVorg*aUodi*rkc (ieeellnrholt KM portage KM ISO 

Specimen iinbrn will be nent free of charge 

tt 

VERLAG DER J. C. HINRICHS* 1 "® 
BUCHHANDLUNG IN LEIPZIG Cl 




HEFFER’S BOOKSHOP 
for ORIENTAL BOOKS 

We have ;i comprehensive and carefully selected 
slock of new ;iikI secondhand books and journals 
on tin* Orient and Africa. In addition to our 
s|H*ci;ilis«*<| I « a i In lollies issued :it frequent intervals, 
we issue every l\vo months on **Orient4il Supple- 
ment", yiviny iletnils or ini|Miii:int foiTheoininy 
publications and of recent purchases of second- 
hand hooks and journals If you are not nlremly 
on ••nr iiiailiny list to receive ( !utjilo<'iios, we hope 

you will let us know your special interests. 

W e ore always yl.-ol u* |iUlv||lise yoiMl hooks of 
every <lesrrl|»li'fli. end ;it I lie moment sjiccinlly 
ret pure I he rollowiuy: 

(illlFFITI IS, I'oinliliys in I li«* Ituddhisl Cave-Temples 
of AjonlTi. I svh v— ! . 

KI.UOT. History of Indio, s x.,|s. 
mtiVEDA SANIIITA. edited jfc.x Muller. 

JATAKA. edited Kaiisb.dk T vt»|«. 

.IATAKA, Ironsloled by Chalmers and Olliers. 0 vols. 

It Hi HSTI. V IT HUSH KII . 

AN INTUomieiiON TO rnl.UMjITAI. IIKNOALI. Bf W. HUTTON PAUF-, Kradrr in 
lltngilli ill lllv Pnix-mity of I on- 1 on. Hrhuul "I Olirnlal Nadir- iJtmr, IS. t'oHon y Fttml, 
IV. A III). Ik’iny Hvo, rh.th. l*»« W nH. 

Till- L-4 MIBB at pnmriing iIm- mil. -rial. and thr Mp nwd.il by itudnnta 
who wish I.. I-.'iuk' funilur with Ibagali ■» a »|*»kcn language. 

TIIK IIUDDIIISM OK TIBET, or LAMA ISM. With it. My-tir CulU, Symbolic. and 
Mythology, and in il. IkUUua to Indi.n IMdlia. Hj L. ADST1NK WADDELL 

A rrprinl of the lr»t of thia standard work on the .ubjfct which ha. lm*u 
long out of print and mure. 



NV. HBFFER a SONS LIMITED CAMBRIDGE- ENGLAND 




ART I BUS ASIAE 

CURAT EDITION EM RICHARD HADLLIPSIAE 

PERIODICAL OF ORIENTAL ART AND PHILOLOGY 

Till. AIM OF THE PERIODICAI. ARTIBUS ASIAF. THAT HAS NOW 
lUrml it* fifth anniversary i* to deepen and enlarge the vision of Aria's 
aim uiil civilisation bv publkhing contribution* written by the beat author* 
ill I lie fidd o( Axial k art, culture-history and philology . 

Aria'* archeology, the recent excavation* pertaining to ll, the ancient hi.lnry 
nf Ilia* Arialk world, it* art, ryugraplm. and Monograph)', ai well « it* lan- 
guage. and literaturra arr adequately treated. 

Nawlv ptihlnlied book* relating to the ekploralinn of the realm of A»ia, to 
arrharologkal work, to Auatir history, language*, literature, religion*, folklore 
and rurioma are adequately reviewed by competent critic*. Exhibition* and 
collm lion* id A walk art urv aho luitahlv dealt with. 

K.tery contribution i* puhlkhed in the language of the original manuvript, 
(ierinan, Englkh, or French. 

Every volume lomivl* ol four facictili m 4 % each of them containing about 
100 pages with many tkculw? ami illiwlraUuu*. 




Price of iuln< opnon I volume <nai*inm( * (nnrall Mark* 60. — 

SiiIm npiion- mm la* oild resell to any library or directly to the pnlili»lic*rw 

OFFIZIN RICHARD HAUL • LEIPZIG 

Cl, IOII ANMSGASSE 50 






INDIA N 



AND 



PERSIAN 
A RT 



MSS., BRONZES 

ETC, 

issm-r ihim 

UAI.I.KKY UK ORIENTAL AKT 



JU8T I’UHUSHKD: 

FOLK MEDICINE IN MODERN EGYPT 

Being (lie rrle»uu( part, of the TIUU AL 11UKKA or OLD WIVES’ 
MEDICINE OP ADD AL-RAIIMAN ISMA IL 



BY JOHN WALKER. M L 

,\44hI k<ei, 1-iU-k Mwauui 

Willi l llla-lnlM*. i».l Irtfei liniUil la MU (opWa. 

'Ml. n- ISM. (VI.-T 7/n 

MAWAlJlK AND MUKII VTAIIAT .TIIKl uf Muk.mm.id ll« ‘A Mi Al-NilTari; 

utrli other rmffin.«K Aiul.ii* lr\l, edit. -I *..# (t». «>.t liar, •ithtnuuialicut, commentary, and 
imlix-v by Arthur J..hn Auamv, (*F. J. W. Ulna Memorial Serie.’’: Nr« Scrim, IX). 

Il..y Hen, fcm-knim, |-|> WII «7<-. SIM. |y| c) , <£&<_ 

NKAUI.Y IlfcAhV 

KITAII AL-IIAIH- OP ‘ADD M.I.AII IUN AL MU TA /./. 

from III.- unique MS. in Hr K^«i.il, •III. iatraduelimi, Mob's «n.| indieei.. 

Hy ION ATI L'M KRATVIIKOVSKY. 

Imakram. '»»•- 31, 144 -K I. W Ilian Mra.—ul NW: N.-a Se.,.-, X. 

WADDELL <L. '•». TmJ.il '*risia ..I Hr llriu*.., feut*, and Anglo- Nixon.: explaining 
llie prc-m-nl -In world procniwetue of Union. 

Willi on-r 1011 illuatrutioua, and 4 ni>|«. *«•«•., rlaih. linn* tlie 4lb edilion of the 
I’ln M-niriin origin of tin* Drillin', Nr«t«. and \nglo-Si\<>n*. 

IN liiKI'.MI ATHiN : 

THE Idi VEDA AS I.AXD-X \M \ |K«uK. Dv An.nd. K. Coomaba-.mk 



LL’ZAC & CO. 



Urieiil.il and K.inign BmAnrllrr*. 4« tin.) Itamell Street, Ixmdon, W.C. I. 

|il n ....lr Ifcr iMali \|— mnt 




LIST OF PRICED PUBLICATIONS ISSUED BY THE 
AHCHEOLOOICAL SURVEY OK INDIA DURING THE 

YEAB I (KM — 35. 



1. Annual Heporl M South Mian Epigraphy /or the year nuliny Slat Match 1981. 

Ho. 3-6- 0. 

2. Epigraph* Mira Yol. XXI. Pt*. IV- VI. . . . Its 2-0-0 per pari. 

3. a tie Imperial Series. VuL Xl.lll, (Pt III). TU- ltakh.h.li Mh.. Pt III by 

U. K. K*»« 1U. 7 -2-0. 

4. Memoir So. Pi. On the leon-ira/thy of HutldKa's Satirity by A. KoOCNU. 

IU. 3-6-0 

5. Memoir So. 48. lUploraticns in Sind by N. 0 Majomim*. . IU. 17-2-0. 

6. (i /title lo Orphan* by Ur. IlinuMuda Siu.rmi R»- 2-6—0. 



PUBLICATIONS 



nr THE 

ARCHEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF CEYLON 
PUBLISHED DURING THE YEAR 1934 



/. .1 Hint’ll H/jiurl mi the Anhtevloyiral Surrey of Ceylon for 
the yeti r 1988: .1 Summary of the mark done by the Department 
in im Price W cent*. 



2. Epijro/thia Zeyfanira, being Lithe ami other hmeeiptinu 
of Ceylon, V ol. / Put I Price its, each Part. 



LIST OF PUBLICATIONS ISSUED BY H.E.H. THE 
NIZAM'S AHCH.-EOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT. 



1. A junta'. Volume III by 0. Yiziuki. 

2. Bidar: It* history am/ monument* by 0. Y.flum. 

3. Trlwju Inscriptions in II. K II. On Nizam’* l/ommion* by Dr. »». Smm- 

VAACHAI, I’ll. D. 

4. Giuarrse Interi^m** of Kopial by C. U. K«i-linM»OH«lnr. 

ft. t 'auiteeee hurription* of KnUimnr ami Kallttr by C. R. K«iM*«iiAa'MARMI. 

Boi.le* I hoe I lie IH reel Of ha* fa<-- 3 (Vo| 1 1 1 ) of the Shaljnhau 

Xamah fur lb.* HUJiaiiea Intlieu S. ri.w of the A>i.ilk Society of Denial. He 
Inn. nlM> ennt rilmteil the following article* to variou. journal-: 

1. lutrriptian* of '»■«/.. Sh*hp*r, ami thyaf (Hpiymplia Imlo- Mmlrmini). 

2. Ah huenpUm from lk>mlotlli {fyijra/Aia In. la- \l < >*A .*«*»). 

3. Str-’H .Ww* InteriptioU* from I toll r, llylrnd*nl State (lyih/iaphia Indi- 

Matl'min). 

4. Tii'ii Intrriptiou* from the II ' aranyil Sort {KpSyrttfAia /nil*- Motion ini). 
ft. An inscription /ram lie Unites Tort ( Rpijmplit hnh- Mmlemha). 

fi. The Intrriptiou of Maiyalht Ta» (fyi/raphii Indo-Mmdfiniea). 

7. .Ik hurripTnm of Ihttain Si oh of Ilewyal from Maiyram, T.& Khan/ram 
I >ia ti l MnrtiHlib.nl (fyiymphicm Mo-Matlnoint). 

5. Tii'ii miniitni-f > /non Rtjapir {IJamir I 'nit me). 

9. A lamp-hearer (/A/m UUak mi {Journal of tie Imlim Sornty of 
Oriental Art ). 

10. See the Seren Wonder* of Hylerahad ( Tie Annual of the East). 




A HISTORY OI-* I’M- 1 UTI-KATI KI- 



n 

Hi mala Churn Law. rii.l*.. v.a„ DU with a far t word by Wilhelm Grh;rk. rtl.p. 

in two volume*. Introduction, pi* I— XNVIII, pp. i— f.Sy. Published by 
Regan Paul. Trench. Truboci & Co Lid., lyjj. 

II is a systematic and exhaustive Irealment of Pali literal arc attempted for the 
first lime. The first volume deals with the chronology ami general history of the 
Pah Pi |aka«. In the introduction In volume I I Ik author ha* briefly discussed the 
origin of Pali and ihe im|«>ttan<c of the vtndy of I ‘ah a* one of I he Indian languages. 
A systematic and critical Irealment of the ps/ding problem of tlie chronology of 
Ihe I'Ali canon follow* nett, throwing a Hood of new light on thi* intricate and difficult 
•object. Then the author ha* tried to discus* in some length each and every book 
of the Pali canon. The volume contain* a dear and critical exposition of the Vinaya 
Pilaka. a detailed account of the Salta P*aka coatsling of the five Nikaya*, Dtgha, 
Majjhnna. Sartiyutta, Ahguttara and Khuddaka. Vanou* peeuliantie* of the style and 
language in which each Suttanta hat been written, have been ably dealt with. Under 
each Sulla and under each Nikaya, the literature, ancient and modem ha* been 
noticed. The author then dneuwc* the significance and imj>ortanee of llic Abhidhamma 
treatise* not without paying attention to the «l>|c and language of the Abhidhamma 
text*. The author'* treatment of the Pali counlcr|urts of the Abhidhamma book* of 
the SarvUstivitda school deverve* mention. All the available [muled edition*, inaiiu*cii|it* 
and different reccmion* of each Sutta have been noticed with textual variation* 
wherever possible. An attempt ha* al«o been made to collect Ihe parallel passage* 
by way of companion from other literature*. 

The Kcood volume contain* an account of po*teann»oeal Pali literature. It is 
devoted to the *tudy of extra caaoaieal work* presupposed by the Pali Commentaries, 
eh mi ie let. grammar*, ti, In live concluding chapter, the author ha* given a general 
•urvey of the whole book and traced the development of Pali poetry. The two 
a|>pendice* containing historical and geographical reference* in the Pali Pifakai and 
the Plli tract* in the Invcriptioo* wdl no doubt *crvc a u«cful purpose. I>r. Geiger 
write* in the Foreword thus- *lt will prow to he extremely uveful to all the Pali 
scholars by the «ober and impartial judgment of the author and by the clear and 
exhauttive expovition of the vanou* problem*. I frankly *ay that I found all I could 
read extremely Mggnlin and I am convinced that I shall learn much from the book 
even where my opinion may pethap* differ from that of the author." 

Jearnal if ihe Ke/ai Aiutu Saiefy. January 19 JJ: — *L>r. Law'* book will be 
a great help to the *tuden« of the caaoo ia giving a complete review of the Pifaka*." 

Hultttin 0/ the Sekaai 0/ Oruaul St* Jut. Imulitmlum. Vol. VII. It. j: — 

•Thi* is a work replete with information a* to what con«titutc* Pali, what con- 
stitute* it* literature, old, meduval and even modern, and as to what scholar and 
other writer* have contributed to the material* for that final and authoritative hiatory 
which is yet for to come. Dr. Law'* book is a full and important addition to those 
materials.” 

Awt/i/l ef /he PkanJartar OntnUl Retearch fmih/mle. Vol. XV (Dr. A. lieu iedale 
Keith): - Tho«e who are familiar with the many work* on Buddhism which have 
come from Dr. Bimala Churn l.aw's ready pen will find in hi* latest work abundant 
evidence of hi* wide reading and mtimatc knowledge of the Pali literature.